The valuation techniques and nature of significant inputs used to determine the fair value of the firm’s financial instruments are described below. See Note 5 for further information about significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 financial instruments.
Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs for Trading Cash Instruments, Investments and Loans
Level 1. Level 1 instruments include U.S. government obligations, most non-U.S. government obligations, certain agency obligations, certain corporate debt instruments, certain money market instruments and actively traded listed equities. These instruments are valued using quoted prices for identical unrestricted instruments in active markets. The firm defines active markets for equity instruments based on the average daily trading volume both in absolute terms and relative to the market capitalization for the instrument. The firm defines active markets for debt instruments based on both the average daily trading volume and the number of days with trading activity.
Level 2. Level 2 instruments include certain non-U.S. government obligations, most agency obligations, most mortgage-backed loans and securities, most corporate debt instruments, most state and municipal obligations, most money market instruments, most other debt obligations, restricted or less liquid listed equities, certain private equities, commodities and certain lending commitments.
Valuations of level 2 instruments can be verified to quoted prices, recent trading activity for identical or similar instruments, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or executable) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.
Valuation adjustments are typically made to level 2 instruments (i) if the instrument is subject to transfer restrictions and/or (ii) for other premiums and liquidity discounts that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.
Level 3. Level 3 instruments have one or more significant valuation inputs that are not observable. Absent evidence to the contrary, level 3 instruments are initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequently, the firm uses other methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument. Valuation inputs and assumptions are changed when corroborated by substantive observable evidence, including values realized on sales.
Valuation techniques of level 3 instruments vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques. The valuation techniques and the nature of significant inputs used to determine the fair values of each type of level 3 instrument are described below:
Loans and Securities Backed by Commercial Real Estate
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate are directly or indirectly collateralized by a single property or a portfolio of properties, and may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses and include:
•Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and changes in market indices, such as the CMBX (an index that tracks the performance of commercial mortgage bonds);
•Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral;
•A measure of expected future cash flows in a default scenario (recovery rates) implied by the value of the underlying collateral, which is mainly driven by current performance of the underlying collateral and capitalization rates. Recovery rates are expressed as a percentage of notional or face value of the instrument and reflect the benefit of credit enhancements on certain instruments; and
•Timing of expected future cash flows (duration) which, in certain cases, may incorporate the impact of any loan forbearances and other unobservable inputs (e.g., prepayment speeds).
Loans and Securities Backed by Residential Real Estate
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate are directly or indirectly collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate and may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons to instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles. Significant inputs include:
•Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets;
•Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral; and
•Duration, driven by underlying loan prepayment speeds and residential property liquidation timelines.
13
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Corporate Debt Instruments
Corporate debt instruments includes corporate loans, debt securities and convertible debentures. Significant inputs for corporate debt instruments are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same or similar issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:
•Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices, such as the CDX (an index that tracks the performance of corporate credit);
•Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation;
•Duration; and
•Market and transaction multiples for corporate debt instruments with convertibility or participation options.
Equity Securities
Equity securities consists of private equities. Recent third-party completed or pending transactions (e.g., merger proposals, debt restructurings, tender offers) are considered the best evidence for any change in fair value. When these are not available, the following valuation methodologies are used, as appropriate:
•Industry multiples (primarily EBITDA and revenue multiples) and public comparables;
•Transactions in similar instruments;
•Discounted cash flow techniques; and
•Third-party appraisals.
The firm also considers changes in the outlook for the relevant industry and financial performance of the issuer as compared to projected performance. Significant inputs include:
•Market and transaction multiples;
•Discount rates and capitalization rates; and
•For equity securities with debt-like features, market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets, current performance and recovery assumptions, and duration.
Other Trading Cash Instruments, Investments and Loans
The significant inputs to the valuation of other trading cash instruments, investments and loans are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:
•Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices;
•Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation; and
•Duration.
Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs for Derivatives
The firm’s level 2 and level 3 derivatives are valued using derivative pricing models (e.g., discounted cash flow models, correlation models and models that incorporate option pricing methodologies, such as Monte Carlo simulations). Price transparency of derivatives can generally be characterized by product type, as described below.
•Interest Rate. In general, the key inputs used to value interest rate derivatives are transparent, even for most long-dated contracts. Interest rate swaps and options denominated in the currencies of leading industrialized nations are characterized by high trading volumes and tight bid/offer spreads. Interest rate derivatives that reference indices, such as an inflation index, or the shape of the yield curve (e.g., 10-year swap rate vs. 2-year swap rate) are more complex, but the key inputs are generally observable.
•Credit. Price transparency for credit default swaps, including both single names and baskets of credits, varies by market and underlying reference entity or obligation. Credit default swaps that reference indices, large corporates and major sovereigns generally exhibit the most price transparency. For credit default swaps with other underliers, price transparency varies based on credit rating, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligations, and the availability of the underlying reference obligations for delivery upon the default of the issuer. Credit default swaps that reference loans, asset-backed securities and emerging market debt instruments tend to have less price transparency than those that reference corporate bonds. In addition, more complex credit derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more underlying reference obligations, generally have less price transparency.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
14
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
•Currency.Prices for currency derivatives based on the exchange rates of leading industrialized nations, including those with longer tenors, are generally transparent. The primary difference between the price transparency of developed and emerging market currency derivatives is that emerging markets tend to be only observable for contracts with shorter tenors.
•Commodity.Commodity derivatives include transactions referenced to energy (e.g., oil, natural gas and electricity), metals (e.g., precious and base) and soft commodities (e.g., agricultural). Price transparency varies based on the underlying commodity, delivery location, tenor and product quality (e.g., diesel fuel compared to unleaded gasoline). In general, price transparency for commodity derivatives is greater for contracts with shorter tenors and contracts that are more closely aligned with major and/or benchmark commodity indices.
•Equity.Price transparency for equity derivatives varies by market and underlier. Options on indices and the common stock of corporates included in major equity indices exhibit the most price transparency. Equity derivatives generally have observable market prices, except for contracts with long tenors or reference prices that differ significantly from current market prices. More complex equity derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more individual stocks, generally have less price transparency.
Liquidity is essential to the observability of all product types. If transaction volumes decline, previously transparent prices and other inputs may become unobservable. Conversely, even highly structured products may at times have trading volumes large enough to provide observability of prices and other inputs.
Level 1.Level 1 derivatives include short-term contracts for future delivery of securities when the underlying security is a level 1 instrument, and exchange-traded derivatives if they are actively traded and are valued at their quoted market price.
Level 2.Level 2 derivatives include OTC derivatives for which all significant valuation inputs are corroborated by market evidence and exchange-traded derivatives that are not actively traded and/or that are valued using models that calibrate to market-clearing levels of OTC derivatives.
The selection of a particular model to value a derivative depends on the contractual terms of and specific risks inherent in the instrument, as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. For derivatives that trade in liquid markets, model selection does not involve significant management judgment because outputs of models can be calibrated to market-clearing levels.
Valuation models require a variety of inputs, such as contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, discount rates (including those derived from interest rates on collateral received and posted as specified in credit support agreements for collateralized derivatives), credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates, loss severity rates and correlations of such inputs. Significant inputs to the valuations of level 2 derivatives can be verified to market transactions, broker or dealer quotations or other alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or executable) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.
Level 3. Level 3 derivatives are valued using models which utilize observable level 1 and/or level 2 inputs, as well as unobservable level 3 inputs. The significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 derivatives are described below.
•For level 3 interest rate and currency derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include correlations of certain currencies and interest rates (e.g., the correlation between Euro inflation and Euro interest rates) and specific interest rate and currency volatilities.
•For level 3 credit derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include illiquid credit spreads and upfront credit points, which are unique to specific reference obligations and reference entities, and recovery rates.
•For level 3 commodity derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include volatilities for options with strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices and prices or spreads for certain products for which the product quality or physical location of the commodity is not aligned with benchmark indices.
•For level 3 equity derivatives, significant unobservable inputs generally include equity volatility inputs for options that are long-dated and/or have strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices. In addition, the valuation of certain structured trades requires the use of level 3 correlation inputs, such as the correlation of the price performance of two or more individual stocks or the correlation of the price performance for a basket of stocks to another asset class, such as commodities.
15
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Subsequent to the initial valuation of a level 3 derivative, the firm updates the level 1 and level 2 inputs to reflect observable market changes and any resulting gains and losses are classified in level 3. Level 3 inputs are changed when corroborated by evidence, such as similar market transactions, third-party pricing services and/or broker or dealer quotations or other empirical market data. In circumstances where the firm cannot verify the model value by reference to market transactions, it is possible that a different valuation model could produce a materially different estimate of fair value. See Note 5 for further information about significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of level 3 derivatives.
Valuation Adjustments. Valuation adjustments are integral to determining the fair value of derivative portfolios and are used to adjust the mid-market valuations produced by derivative pricing models to the exit price valuation. These adjustments incorporate bid/offer spreads, the cost of liquidity, and credit and funding valuation adjustments, which account for the credit and funding risk inherent in the uncollateralized portion of derivative portfolios. The firm also makes funding valuation adjustments to collateralized derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit the firm to deliver or repledge collateral received. Market-based inputs are generally used when calibrating valuation adjustments to market-clearing levels.
In addition, for derivatives that include significant unobservable inputs, the firm makes model or exit price adjustments to account for the valuation uncertainty present in the transaction.
Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs for Other Financial Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value
In addition to trading cash instruments, derivatives, and certain investments and loans, the firm accounts for certain of its other financial assets and liabilities at fair value under the fair value option. Such instruments include repurchase agreements and substantially all resale agreements; certain securities borrowed and loaned transactions; certain customer and other receivables, including certain margin loans; certain time deposits, including structured certificates of deposit, which are hybrid financial instruments; substantially all other secured financings, including transfers of assets accounted for as financings; certain unsecured short- and long-term borrowings, substantially all of which are hybrid financial instruments; and certain other assets and liabilities. These instruments are generally valued based on discounted cash flow techniques, which incorporate inputs with reasonable levels of price transparency, and are generally classified in level 2 because the inputs are observable. Valuation adjustments may be made for liquidity and for counterparty and the firm’s credit quality. The significant inputs used to value the firm’s other financial assets and liabilities are described below.
Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowed and Loaned.The significant inputs to the valuation of resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned are funding spreads, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and interest rates.
Customer and Other Receivables. The significant inputs to the valuation of receivables are interest rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and funding spreads.
Deposits.The significant inputs to the valuation of time deposits are interest rates and the amount and timing of future cash flows. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments described above. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives and Note 13 for further information about deposits.
Other Secured Financings.The significant inputs to the valuation of other secured financings are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, funding spreads and the fair value of the collateral delivered by the firm (determined using the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, market prices, market yields and recovery assumptions). See Note 11 for further information about other secured financings.
Unsecured Short- and Long-Term Borrowings.The significant inputs to the valuation of unsecured short- and long-term borrowings are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, the credit spreads of the firm and commodity prices for prepaid commodity transactions. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments described above. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives and Note 14 for further information about borrowings.
Other Assets and Liabilities.The significant inputs to the valuation of other assets and liabilities are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, market yields, volatility and correlation inputs. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments described above. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
16
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Note 5.
Fair Value Hierarchy
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value includes trading cash instruments, derivatives, and certain investments, loans and other financial assets and liabilities at fair value.
Trading Cash Instruments
Fair Value by Level. The table below presents trading cash instruments by level within the fair value hierarchy.
$ in millions
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
As of September 2024
Assets
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.
$
161,275
$
75,930
$
–
$
237,205
Non-U.S.
70,884
28,050
14
98,948
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate
–
1,638
86
1,724
Residential real estate
–
10,166
117
10,283
Corporate debt instruments
192
49,018
821
50,031
State and municipal obligations
–
1,037
1
1,038
Other debt obligations
–
2,449
75
2,524
Equity securities
143,692
1,016
175
144,883
Commodities
–
5,306
–
5,306
Total
$
376,043
$
174,610
$
1,289
$
551,942
Liabilities
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.
$
(21,758)
$
(73)
$
–
$
(21,831)
Non-U.S.
(49,627)
(2,454)
(4)
(52,085)
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate
–
(33)
–
(33)
Residential real estate
–
(6)
–
(6)
Corporate debt instruments
(1)
(25,387)
(71)
(25,459)
Equity securities
(48,927)
(104)
(31)
(49,062)
Commodities
–
(19)
–
(19)
Total
$
(120,313)
$
(28,076)
$
(106)
$
(148,495)
As of December 2023
Assets
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.
$
85,190
$
58,862
$
–
$
144,052
Non-U.S.
61,981
25,702
91
87,774
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate
–
916
45
961
Residential real estate
–
8,940
99
9,039
Corporate debt instruments
177
37,883
1,415
39,475
State and municipal obligations
–
371
–
371
Other debt obligations
80
2,086
37
2,203
Equity securities
135,032
1,739
103
136,874
Commodities
–
5,640
1
5,641
Total
$
282,460
$
142,139
$
1,791
$
426,390
Liabilities
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.
$
(26,400)
$
(32)
$
–
$
(26,432)
Non-U.S.
(50,825)
(2,343)
–
(53,168)
Loans and securities backed by:
Commercial real estate
–
(27)
–
(27)
Residential real estate
–
(5)
–
(5)
Corporate debt instruments
(124)
(15,317)
(70)
(15,511)
Equity securities
(48,347)
(37)
(8)
(48,392)
Commodities
–
(66)
–
(66)
Total
$
(125,696)
$
(17,827)
$
(78)
$
(143,601)
Trading cash instruments consists of instruments held in connection with the firm’s market-making or risk management activities. These instruments are carried at fair value and the related fair value gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.
In the table above:
•Assets are shown as positive amounts and liabilities are shown as negative amounts.
•Corporate debt instruments includes corporate loans, debt securities, convertible debentures, prepaid commodity transactions and transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases.
•Other debt obligations includes other asset-backed securities and money market instruments.
•Equity securities includes public equities and exchange-traded funds.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of trading cash instruments.
Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below presents the amount of level 3 trading cash instrument assets, and ranges and weighted averages of significant unobservable inputs used to value such trading cash instrument assets.
As of September 2024
As of December 2023
$ in millions
Amount or
Range
Weighted
Average
Amount or
Range
Weighted Average
Loans and securities backed by real estate
Level 3 assets
$
203
$
144
Yield
4.2% to 44.0%
13.1
%
3.8% to 26.1%
12.8
%
Recovery rate
24.5% to 93.5%
56.7
%
35.5% to 76.0%
44.6
%
Duration (years)
0.6 to 12.5
5.1
0.3 to 15.3
5.2
Corporate debt instruments
Level 3 assets
$
821
$
1,415
Yield
3.0% to 30.7%
8.8
%
2.8% to 40.0%
9.3
%
Recovery rate
7.2% to 71.5%
44.1
%
7.3% to 65.0%
39.4
%
Duration (years)
1.9 to 3.7
3.2
0.9 to 11.3
3.4
Other
Level 3 assets
$
265
$
232
Yield
9.4% to 40.5%
16.7
%
3.6% to 31.3%
14.6
%
Multiples
N/A
N/A
0.7x to 4.5x
3.9x
Duration (years)
1.5 to 4.6
3.0
2.3 to 6.4
4.1
17
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
In the table above:
•Other includes government and agency obligations, state and municipal obligations, other debt obligations, equity securities and commodities.
•Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of trading cash instrument.
•Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the trading cash instruments.
•The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one trading cash instrument. For example, the highest recovery rate for corporate debt instruments is appropriate for valuing a specific corporate debt instrument, but may not be appropriate for valuing any other corporate debt instrument. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of level 3 trading cash instruments.
•Increases in yield or duration used in the valuation of level 3 trading cash instruments would have resulted in a lower fair value measurement, while increases in recovery rate or multiples would have resulted in a higher fair value measurement as of both September 2024 and December 2023. Due to the distinctive nature of each level 3 trading cash instrument, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.
•Trading cash instruments are valued using discounted cash flows.
•The significant unobservable inputs for multiples related to other trading cash instruments as of September 2024 did not have a range (and there was no weighted average) as it related to a single position. Therefore, such unobservable inputs are not included in the table above.
Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 trading cash instruments.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Assets
Beginning balance
$
1,553
$
1,664
$
1,791
$
1,734
Net realized gains/(losses)
28
22
92
129
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(6)
(41)
(52)
(22)
Purchases
193
295
397
597
Sales
(134)
(167)
(494)
(499)
Settlements
(95)
(91)
(310)
(311)
Transfers into level 3
174
309
221
323
Transfers out of level 3
(424)
(238)
(356)
(198)
Ending balance
$
1,289
$
1,753
$
1,289
$
1,753
Liabilities
Beginning balance
$
(96)
$
(95)
$
(78)
$
(64)
Net realized gains/(losses)
–
(1)
(3)
6
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(10)
–
(33)
(15)
Purchases
47
46
52
52
Sales
(37)
(29)
(45)
(48)
Settlements
–
5
9
13
Transfers into level 3
(20)
(15)
(15)
(3)
Transfers out of level 3
10
38
7
8
Ending balance
$
(106)
$
(51)
$
(106)
$
(51)
In the table above:
•Changes in fair value are presented for all trading cash instruments that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.
•Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to trading cash instruments that were still held at period-end.
•Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If a trading cash instrument was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.
•For level 3 trading cash instrument assets, increases are shown as positive amounts, while decreases are shown as negative amounts. For level 3 trading cash instrument liabilities, increases are shown as negative amounts, while decreases are shown as positive amounts.
•Level 3 trading cash instruments are frequently economically hedged with level 1 and level 2 trading cash instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or level 3 derivatives. Accordingly, gains or losses that are classified in level 3 can be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 trading cash instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or level 3 derivatives. As a result, gains or losses included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
18
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents information, by product type, for assets included in the summary table above.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Loans and securities backed by real estate
Beginning balance
$
212
$
221
$
144
$
154
Net realized gains/(losses)
2
3
18
9
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
2
(11)
(6)
(11)
Purchases
8
13
52
67
Sales
(8)
(43)
(39)
(53)
Settlements
(7)
(15)
(28)
(26)
Transfers into level 3
66
59
88
63
Transfers out of level 3
(72)
(56)
(26)
(32)
Ending balance
$
203
$
171
$
203
$
171
Corporate debt instruments
Beginning balance
$
1,132
$
1,145
$
1,415
$
1,238
Net realized gains/(losses)
18
14
54
31
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
5
(18)
(29)
(6)
Purchases
103
216
229
424
Sales
(117)
(71)
(356)
(263)
Settlements
(77)
(46)
(259)
(214)
Transfers into level 3
68
217
51
212
Transfers out of level 3
(311)
(141)
(284)
(106)
Ending balance
$
821
$
1,316
$
821
$
1,316
Other
Beginning balance
$
209
$
298
$
232
$
342
Net realized gains/(losses)
8
5
20
89
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(13)
(12)
(17)
(5)
Purchases
82
66
116
106
Sales
(9)
(53)
(99)
(183)
Settlements
(11)
(30)
(23)
(71)
Transfers into level 3
40
33
82
48
Transfers out of level 3
(41)
(41)
(46)
(60)
Ending balance
$
265
$
266
$
265
$
266
In the table above, other includes government and agency obligations, state and municipal obligations, other debt obligations, equity securities and commodities.
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months Ended September 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 trading cash instrument assets of $22 million (reflecting $28 million of net realized gains and $6 million of net unrealized losses) for the three months ended September 2024 included gains of $8 million reported in market making and $14 million reported in interest income.
The drivers of net unrealized losses on level 3 trading cash instrument assets for the three months ended September 2024 were not material.
The drivers of transfers into level 3 trading cash instrument assets during the three months ended September 2024 were not material.
Transfers out of level 3 trading cash instrument assets during the three months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt instruments to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Nine Months Ended September 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 trading cash instrument assets of $40 million (reflecting $92 million of net realized gains and $52 million of net unrealized losses) for the nine months ended September 2024 included gains/(losses) of $(1) million reported in market making and $41 million reported in interest income.
The drivers of net unrealized losses on level 3 trading cash instrument assets for the nine months ended September 2024 were not material.
The drivers of transfers into level 3 trading cash instrument assets during the nine months ended September 2024 were not material.
Transfers out of level 3 trading cash instrument assets during the nine months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt instruments to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months Ended September 2023. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 trading cash instrument assets of $19 million (reflecting $22 million of net realized gains and $41 million of net unrealized losses) for the three months ended September 2023 included gains/(losses) of $(36) million reported in market making and $17 million reported in interest income.
The drivers of net unrealized losses on level 3 trading cash instrument assets for the three months ended September 2023 were not material.
Transfers into level 3 trading cash instrument assets during the three months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt instruments from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 trading cash instrument assets during the three months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt instruments to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).
19
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Nine Months Ended September 2023. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 trading cash instrument assets of $107 million (reflecting $129 million of net realized gains and $22 million of net unrealized losses) for the nine months ended September 2023 included gains of $61 million reported in market making and $46 million reported in interest income.
The drivers of net unrealized losses on level 3 trading cash instrument assets for the nine months ended September 2023 were not material.
Transfers into level 3 trading cash instrument assets during the nine months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt instruments from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 trading cash instrument assets during the nine months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt instruments to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).
Derivatives
Fair Value by Level. The table below presents derivatives on a gross basis by level and product type, as well as the impact of netting.
$ in millions
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
As of September 2024
Assets
Interest rates
$
9
$
164,261
$
781
$
165,051
Credit
–
10,104
2,850
12,954
Currencies
–
83,284
172
83,456
Commodities
–
16,267
1,206
17,473
Equities
139
92,450
1,159
93,748
Gross fair value
148
366,366
6,168
372,682
Counterparty netting in levels
–
(277,337)
(1,118)
(278,455)
Subtotal
$
148
$
89,029
$
5,050
$
94,227
Cross-level counterparty netting
(1,127)
Cash collateral netting
(43,777)
Net fair value
$
49,323
Liabilities
Interest rates
$
(6)
$
(128,983)
$
(909)
$
(129,898)
Credit
–
(10,539)
(1,223)
(11,762)
Currencies
–
(89,461)
(241)
(89,702)
Commodities
–
(18,419)
(424)
(18,843)
Equities
(45)
(130,133)
(2,422)
(132,600)
Gross fair value
(51)
(377,535)
(5,219)
(382,805)
Counterparty netting in levels
–
277,337
1,118
278,455
Subtotal
$
(51)
$
(100,198)
$
(4,101)
$
(104,350)
Cross-level counterparty netting
1,127
Cash collateral netting
36,527
Net fair value
$
(66,696)
As of December 2023
Assets
Interest rates
$
15
$
241,850
$
758
$
242,623
Credit
–
9,964
2,861
12,825
Currencies
–
89,694
210
89,904
Commodities
–
15,393
1,449
16,842
Equities
2
59,220
816
60,038
Gross fair value
17
416,121
6,094
422,232
Counterparty netting in levels
–
(319,045)
(933)
(319,978)
Subtotal
$
17
$
97,076
$
5,161
$
102,254
Cross-level counterparty netting
(1,411)
Cash collateral netting
(49,723)
Net fair value
$
51,120
Liabilities
Interest rates
$
(14)
$
(213,861)
$
(1,197)
$
(215,072)
Credit
–
(8,923)
(1,211)
(10,134)
Currencies
–
(97,436)
(168)
(97,604)
Commodities
–
(17,122)
(821)
(17,943)
Equities
(5)
(78,222)
(1,887)
(80,114)
Gross fair value
(19)
(415,564)
(5,284)
(420,867)
Counterparty netting in levels
–
319,045
933
319,978
Subtotal
$
(19)
$
(96,519)
$
(4,351)
$
(100,889)
Cross-level counterparty netting
1,411
Cash collateral netting
42,724
Net fair value
$
(56,754)
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
20
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
In the table above:
•Gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty netting and collateral netting, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure.
•Counterparty netting is reflected in each level to the extent that receivable and payable balances are netted within the same level and is included in counterparty netting in levels. Where the counterparty netting is across levels, the netting is included in cross-level counterparty netting.
•Assets are shown as positive amounts and liabilities are shown as negative amounts.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of derivatives.
Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below presents the amount of level 3 derivative assets (liabilities), and ranges, averages and medians of significant unobservable inputs used to value such derivatives.
As of September 2024
As of December 2023
$ in millions, except inputs
Amount or Range
Average/ Median
Amount or Range
Average/ Median
Interest rates, net
$
(128)
$
(439)
Correlation
(10)% to 95%
60%/72%
(10)% to 75%
60%/66%
Volatility (bps)
31 to 101
57/49
31 to 101
56/49
Credit, net
$
1,627
$
1,650
Credit spreads (bps)
7 to 1,753
148/92
3 to 1,750
130/85
Upfront credit points
(2) to 100
23/14
0 to 100
26/15
Recovery rates
8% to 71%
45%/40%
20% to 70%
43%/40%
Currencies, net
$
(69)
$
42
Correlation
20% to 68%
36%/23%
20% to 90%
41%/43%
Volatility
15% to 16%
15%/15%
15% to 16%
16%/16%
Commodities, net
$
782
$
628
Volatility
22% to 88%
37%/33%
23% to 98%
42%/39%
Natural gas spread
$(2.14) to $4.73
$(0.07)/$(0.26)
$(1.39) to $3.06
$(0.32)/ $(0.35)
Oil spread
$(4.21) to $21.64
$2.93/$(3.10)
$(5.39) to $31.69
$15.39/ $19.35
Electricity price
$3.10 to $569.81
$48.95/$29.83
$2.72 to $1,088.00
$48.15/ $35.16
Equities, net
$
(1,263)
$
(1,071)
Correlation
(75)% to 100%
58%/57%
(70)% to 100%
65%/71%
Volatility
1% to 102%
17%/15%
1% to 106%
14%/13%
In the table above:
•Assets are shown as positive amounts and liabilities are shown as negative amounts.
•Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of derivative.
•Averages represent the arithmetic average of the inputs and are not weighted by the relative fair value or notional amount of the respective financial instruments. An average greater than the median indicates that the majority of inputs are below the average. For example, the difference between the average and the median for credit spreads indicates that the majority of the inputs fall in the lower end of the range.
•The ranges, averages and medians of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one derivative. For example, the highest correlation for interest rate derivatives is appropriate for valuing a specific interest rate derivative but may not be appropriate for valuing any other interest rate derivative. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of level 3 derivatives.
•Interest rates, currencies and equities derivatives are valued using option pricing models, credit derivatives are valued using option pricing, correlation and discounted cash flow models, and commodities derivatives are valued using option pricing and discounted cash flow models.
•The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, option pricing models and discounted cash flow models are typically used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.
•Correlation within currencies and equities includes cross-product type correlation.
•Natural gas spread represents the spread per million British thermal units of natural gas.
•Oil spread represents the spread per barrel of oil and refined products.
•Electricity price represents the price per megawatt hour of electricity.
Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs. The following provides information about the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 derivative instruments:
•Correlation. Ranges for correlation cover a variety of underliers both within one product type (e.g., equity index and equity single stock names) and across product types (e.g., correlation of an interest rate and a currency), as well as across regions. Generally, cross-product type correlation inputs are used to value more complex instruments and are lower than correlation inputs on assets within the same derivative product type.
21
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
•Volatility. Ranges for volatility cover numerous underliers across a variety of markets, maturities and strike prices. For example, volatility of equity indices is generally lower than volatility of single stocks.
•Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates. The ranges for credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates cover a variety of underliers (index and single names), regions, sectors, maturities and credit qualities (high-yield and investment-grade). The broad range of this population gives rise to the width of the ranges of significant unobservable inputs.
•Commodity prices and spreads. The ranges for commodity prices and spreads cover variability in products, maturities and delivery locations.
Sensitivity of Fair Value Measurement to Changes in Significant Unobservable Inputs. The following is a description of the directional sensitivity of the firm’s level 3 fair value measurements to changes in significant unobservable inputs, in isolation, as of each period-end:
•Correlation. In general, for contracts where the holder benefits from the convergence of the underlying asset or index prices (e.g., interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, inflation rates and equity prices), an increase in correlation results in a higher fair value measurement.
•Volatility. In general, for purchased options, an increase in volatility results in a higher fair value measurement.
•Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates. In general, the fair value of purchased credit protection increases as credit spreads or upfront credit points increase or recovery rates decrease. Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates are strongly related to distinctive risk factors of the underlying reference obligations, which include reference entity-specific factors, such as leverage, volatility and industry, market-based risk factors, such as borrowing costs or liquidity of the underlying reference obligation, and macroeconomic conditions.
•Commodity prices and spreads. In general, for contracts where the holder is receiving a commodity, an increase in the spread (price difference from a benchmark index due to differences in quality or delivery location) or price results in a higher fair value measurement.
Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 derivatives, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.
Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 derivatives.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Total level 3 derivatives, net
Beginning balance
$
534
$
609
$
810
$
1,521
Net realized gains/(losses)
(87)
(75)
(235)
205
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
139
(127)
257
(957)
Purchases
140
113
498
317
Sales
(368)
(795)
(1,053)
(1,117)
Settlements
465
340
537
111
Transfers into level 3
(475)
3
(172)
45
Transfers out of level 3
601
291
307
234
Ending balance
$
949
$
359
$
949
$
359
In the table above:
•Changes in fair value are presented for all derivative assets and liabilities that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.
•Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to instruments that were still held at period-end.
•Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If a derivative was transferred into level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.
•Positive amounts for transfers into level 3 and negative amounts for transfers out of level 3 represent net transfers of derivative assets. Negative amounts for transfers into level 3 and positive amounts for transfers out of level 3 represent net transfers of derivative liabilities.
•A derivative with level 1 and/or level 2 inputs is classified in level 3 in its entirety if it has at least one significant level 3 input.
•If there is one significant level 3 input, the entire gain or loss from adjusting only observable inputs (i.e., level 1 and level 2 inputs) is classified in level 3.
•Gains or losses that have been classified in level 3 resulting from changes in level 1 or level 2 inputs are frequently offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 derivatives and/or level 1, level 2 and level 3 trading cash instruments. As a result, gains/(losses) included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
22
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents information, by product type, for derivatives included in the summary table above.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Interest rates, net
Beginning balance
$
(367)
$
(589)
$
(439)
$
(459)
Net realized gains/(losses)
(124)
(5)
(196)
9
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
730
(109)
508
(338)
Purchases
6
10
15
30
Sales
(97)
(98)
(267)
(225)
Settlements
144
88
359
167
Transfers into level 3
(426)
(14)
(92)
25
Transfers out of level 3
6
110
(16)
184
Ending balance
$
(128)
$
(607)
$
(128)
$
(607)
Credit, net
Beginning balance
$
1,726
$
1,711
$
1,650
$
1,460
Net realized gains/(losses)
7
2
87
(18)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(96)
(24)
158
181
Purchases
81
28
182
114
Sales
(45)
(28)
(95)
(48)
Settlements
(44)
(64)
(360)
(192)
Transfers into level 3
20
–
10
(5)
Transfers out of level 3
(22)
(15)
(5)
118
Ending balance
$
1,627
$
1,610
$
1,627
$
1,610
Currencies, net
Beginning balance
$
24
$
129
$
42
$
162
Net realized gains/(losses)
49
30
14
84
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(121)
16
(136)
(100)
Purchases
3
1
7
2
Sales
(13)
(2)
(17)
(4)
Settlements
(16)
(46)
(42)
(31)
Transfers into level 3
2
7
3
7
Transfers out of level 3
3
13
60
28
Ending balance
$
(69)
$
148
$
(69)
$
148
Commodities, net
Beginning balance
$
648
$
666
$
628
$
919
Net realized gains/(losses)
(155)
(64)
(311)
(39)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(78)
(202)
19
(435)
Purchases
10
19
161
12
Sales
(10)
(16)
(38)
(68)
Settlements
146
80
84
111
Transfers into level 3
(21)
51
29
131
Transfers out of level 3
242
56
210
(41)
Ending balance
$
782
$
590
$
782
$
590
Equities, net
Beginning balance
$
(1,497)
$
(1,308)
$
(1,071)
$
(561)
Net realized gains/(losses)
136
(38)
171
169
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(296)
192
(292)
(265)
Purchases
40
55
133
159
Sales
(203)
(651)
(636)
(772)
Settlements
235
282
496
56
Transfers into level 3
(50)
(41)
(122)
(113)
Transfers out of level 3
372
127
58
(55)
Ending balance
$
(1,263)
$
(1,382)
$
(1,263)
$
(1,382)
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months Ended September 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 derivatives of $52 million (reflecting $87 million of net realized losses and $139 million of net unrealized gains) for the three months ended September 2024 included gains/(losses) of $59 million reported in market making and $(7) million reported in other principal transactions.
The net unrealized gains on level 3 derivatives for the three months ended September 2024 reflected gains on certain interest rate derivatives (principally due to the impact of a decrease in interest rates), partially offset by losses on certain equity derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in equity prices) and losses on certain currency derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates).
Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the three months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain interest rate derivative liabilities from level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable volatility inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these derivatives).
Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the three months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity derivative liabilities to level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives) and transfers of certain commodity derivative liabilities to level 2 (principally due to increased transparency of certain commodity price inputs used to value these derivatives).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Nine Months Ended September 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 derivatives of $22 million (reflecting $235 million of net realized losses and $257 million of net unrealized gains) for the nine months ended September 2024 included gains of $12 million reported in market making and $10 million reported in other principal transactions.
The net unrealized gains on level 3 derivatives for the nine months ended September 2024 primarily reflected gains on certain interest rate derivatives (principally due to the impact of a decrease in interest rates) and gains on certain credit derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates and a decrease in interest rates), partially offset by losses on certain equity derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in equity prices) and losses on certain currency derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates).
Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity derivative liabilities from level 2 (principally due to reduced transparency of certain volatility inputs used to value these derivatives).
Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain commodity derivative liabilities to level 2 (principally due to increased transparency of certain commodity price inputs used to value these derivatives).
23
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months Ended September 2023. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 derivatives of $202 million (reflecting $75 million of net realized losses and $127 million of net unrealized losses) for the three months ended September 2023 included gains/(losses) of $(204) million reported in market making and $2 million reported in other principal transactions.
The net unrealized losses on level 3 derivatives for the three months ended September 2023 primarily reflected losses on certain commodity derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in commodity prices) and losses on certain interest rate derivatives (principally due to the impact of an increase in interest rates), partially offset by gains on certain equity derivatives (principally due to the impact of a decrease in equity prices).
The drivers of transfers into level 3 derivatives during the three months ended September 2023 were not material.
Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the three months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity derivative liabilities to level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives) and transfers of certain interest rate derivative liabilities to level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable volatility inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Nine Months Ended September 2023.The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 derivatives of $752 million (reflecting $205 million of net realized gains and $957 million of net unrealized losses) for the nine months ended September 2023 included losses of $742 million reported in market making and $10 million reported in other principal transactions.
The net unrealized losses on level 3 derivatives for the nine months ended September 2023 reflected losses on certain commodity derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in commodity prices), losses on certain interest rate and currency derivatives (in each case, principally due to the impact of an increase in interest rates), and losses on certain equity derivatives (principally due to the impact of an increase in equity prices), partially offset by gains on certain credit derivatives (principally due to the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates).
Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain commodity derivative assets from level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable volatility inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these derivatives), partially offset by transfers of certain equity derivative liabilities from level 2 (principally due to reduced transparency of certain unobservable volatility inputs used to value these derivatives).
Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain interest rate derivative liabilities to level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable volatility inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives) and transfers of certain credit derivative liabilities to level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable credit spread inputs no longer being significant to the net risk of certain portfolios).
Investments
Fair Value by Level. The table below presents investments accounted for at fair value by level within the fair value hierarchy.
$ in millions
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
As of September 2024
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.
$
73,770
$
–
$
–
$
73,770
Non-U.S.
4,248
42
–
4,290
Corporate debt securities
171
2,403
5,204
7,778
Securities backed by real estate
–
6
570
576
Money market instruments
293
1,019
–
1,312
Other debt obligations
24
10
357
391
Equity securities
855
2,868
9,258
12,981
Subtotal
$
79,361
$
6,348
$
15,389
$
101,098
Investments in funds at NAV
2,411
Total investments
$
103,509
As of December 2023
Government and agency obligations:
U.S.
$
46,731
$
–
$
–
$
46,731
Non-U.S.
2,399
144
–
2,543
Corporate debt securities
160
2,299
6,533
8,992
Securities backed by real estate
–
2
687
689
Money market instruments
52
999
–
1,051
Other debt obligations
9
14
244
267
Equity securities
721
2,099
9,674
12,494
Subtotal
$
50,072
$
5,557
$
17,138
$
72,767
Investments in funds at NAV
3,000
Total investments
$
75,767
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of investments.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
24
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below presents the amount of level 3 investments, and ranges and weighted averages of significant unobservable inputs used to value such investments.
As of September 2024
As of December 2023
$ in millions
Amount or
Range
Weighted Average
Amount or Range
Weighted Average
Corporate debt securities
Level 3 assets
$
5,204
$
6,533
Yield
5.0% to 25.1%
12.4
%
6.0% to 31.0%
12.1
%
Recovery rate
3.5% to 74.4%
34.3
%
7.3% to 41.2%
27.6
%
Duration (years)
0.3 to 7.4
3.5
0.4 to 5.3
3.0
Multiples
1.0x to 31.1x
6.7x
0.9x to 53.3x
7.7x
Securities backed by real estate
Level 3 assets
$
570
$
687
Yield
10.0% to 24.0%
16.9
%
7.4% to 18.8%
14.1
%
Duration (years)
0.8 to 2.2
2.2
0.4 to 4.1
3.9
Other debt obligations
Level 3 assets
$
357
$
244
Yield
5.6% to 8.7%
7.8
%
7.6% to 8.8%
8.2
%
Equity securities
Level 3 assets
$
9,258
$
9,674
Multiples
0.4x to 41.1x
9.6x
0.5x to 25.2x
8.3x
Discount rate/yield
6.0% to 38.5%
12.8
%
6.0% to 38.5%
12.3
%
Capitalization rate
4.4% to 9.2%
5.4
%
4.5% to 8.0%
5.3
%
In the table above:
•Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of investment.
•Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the investment.
•The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one investment. For example, the highest multiple for private equity securities is appropriate for valuing a specific private equity security but may not be appropriate for valuing any other private equity security. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of level 3 investments.
•Increases in yield, discount rate, capitalization rate or duration used in the valuation of level 3 investments would have resulted in a lower fair value measurement, while increases in recovery rate or multiples would have resulted in a higher fair value measurement as of both September 2024 and December 2023. Due to the distinctive nature of each level 3 investment, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.
•Corporate debt securities, securities backed by real estate and other debt obligations are valued using discounted cash flows, and equity securities are valued using market comparables and discounted cash flows.
•The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparables and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.
Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 investments.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Beginning balance
$
15,702
$
18,128
$
17,138
$
16,942
Net realized gains/(losses)
83
113
296
344
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
189
(346)
(20)
(904)
Purchases
338
213
1,014
755
Sales
(47)
(111)
(694)
(621)
Settlements
(635)
(456)
(1,862)
(1,127)
Transfers into level 3
341
942
892
3,257
Transfers out of level 3
(582)
(1,154)
(1,375)
(1,317)
Ending balance
$
15,389
$
17,329
$
15,389
$
17,329
In the table above:
•Changes in fair value are presented for all investments that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.
•Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to investments that were still held at period-end.
•Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If an investment was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.
25
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents information, by product type, for investments included in the summary table above.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Corporate debt securities
Beginning balance
$
5,660
$
7,520
$
6,533
$
7,003
Net realized gains/(losses)
47
88
196
301
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
31
(66)
(45)
(54)
Purchases
107
58
417
373
Sales
(3)
(53)
(149)
(185)
Settlements
(402)
(274)
(1,320)
(735)
Transfers into level 3
96
415
389
1,049
Transfers out of level 3
(332)
(738)
(817)
(802)
Ending balance
$
5,204
$
6,950
$
5,204
$
6,950
Securities backed by real estate
Beginning balance
$
565
$
878
$
687
$
827
Net realized gains/(losses)
2
1
46
10
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
6
(95)
(74)
(191)
Purchases
2
7
45
56
Sales
–
–
(33)
(58)
Settlements
(5)
(19)
(101)
(38)
Transfers into level 3
–
–
1
171
Transfers out of level 3
–
–
(1)
(5)
Ending balance
$
570
$
772
$
570
$
772
Other debt obligations
Beginning balance
$
221
$
246
$
244
$
256
Net realized gains/(losses)
1
1
4
3
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
2
3
1
2
Purchases
160
6
163
1
Settlements
(27)
(7)
(55)
(13)
Ending balance
$
357
$
249
$
357
$
249
Equity securities
Beginning balance
$
9,256
$
9,484
$
9,674
$
8,856
Net realized gains/(losses)
33
23
50
30
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
150
(188)
98
(661)
Purchases
69
142
389
325
Sales
(44)
(58)
(512)
(378)
Settlements
(201)
(156)
(386)
(341)
Transfers into level 3
245
527
502
2,037
Transfers out of level 3
(250)
(416)
(557)
(510)
Ending balance
$
9,258
$
9,358
$
9,258
$
9,358
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months Ended September 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 investments of $272 million (reflecting $83 million of net realized gains and $189 million of net unrealized gains) for the three months ended September 2024 included gains of $175 million reported in other principal transactions and $97 million reported in interest income.
The net unrealized gains on level 3 investments for the three months ended September 2024 primarily reflected gains on certain equity securities (principally driven by corporate performance).
Transfers into level 3 investments during the three months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity securities from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 investments during the three months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt securities to level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable yield inputs becoming less significant to the valuation of these instruments), and transfers of certain equity securities to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Nine Months Ended September 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 investments of $276 million (reflecting $296 million of net realized gains and $20 million of net unrealized losses) for the nine months ended September 2024 included gains/(losses) of $(1) million reported in other principal transactions and $277 million reported in interest income.
The drivers of the net unrealized losses on level 3 investments for the nine months ended September 2024 were not material.
Transfers into level 3 investments during the nine months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity securities from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments) and transfers of certain corporate debt securities from level 2 (principally due to certain unobservable yield inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 investments during the nine months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt securities to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments and certain unobservable yield inputs becoming less significant to the valuation of these instruments) and transfers of certain equity securities to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months Ended September 2023. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 investments of $233 million (reflecting $113 million of net realized gains and $346 million of net unrealized losses) for the three months ended September 2023 included gains/(losses) of $(385) million reported in other principal transactions and $152 million reported in interest income.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
26
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The net unrealized losses on level 3 investments for the three months ended September 2023 primarily reflected losses on certain equity securities and securities backed by real estate (in each case, principally driven by commercial real estate investments).
Transfers into level 3 investments during the three months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity securities and corporate debt securities from level 2 (in each case, principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 investments during the three months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt securities and equity securities to level 2 (in each case, principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Nine Months Ended September 2023. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 investments of $560 million (reflecting $344 million of net realized gains and $904 million of net unrealized losses) for the nine months ended September 2023 included gains/(losses) of $(1.03) billion reported in other principal transactions and $470 million reported in interest income.
The net unrealized losses on level 3 investments for the nine months ended September 2023 primarily reflected losses on certain equity securities and securities backed by real estate (in each case, principally driven by commercial real estate investments).
Transfers into level 3 investments during the nine months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity securities and corporate debt securities from level 2 (in each case, principally due to reduced price transparency as a result of a lack of market evidence, including fewer market transactions in these instruments, and certain unobservable yield inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 investments during the nine months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain corporate debt securities to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments, and certain unobservable yield and duration inputs becoming less significant to the valuation of these instruments) and transfers of certain equity securities to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market evidence, including market transactions in these instruments).
Loans
Fair Value by Level. The table below presents loans held for investment accounted for at fair value under the fair value option by level within the fair value hierarchy.
$ in millions
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
As of September 2024
Loan Type
Corporate
$
–
$
135
$
327
$
462
Real estate:
Commercial
–
336
78
414
Residential
–
3,645
47
3,692
Other collateralized
–
1,079
127
1,206
Other
–
32
33
65
Total
$
–
$
5,227
$
612
$
5,839
As of December 2023
Loan Type
Corporate
$
–
$
415
$
344
$
759
Real estate:
Commercial
–
360
203
563
Residential
–
4,087
58
4,145
Other collateralized
–
775
136
911
Other
–
46
82
128
Total
$
–
$
5,683
$
823
$
6,506
The gains/(losses) as a result of changes in the fair value of loans held for investment for which the fair value option was elected were $75 million for the three months ended September 2024, $(170) million for the three months ended September 2023, $53 million for the nine months ended September 2024 and $(207) million for the nine months ended September 2023. These gains/(losses) were included in other principal transactions.
Significant Unobservable Inputs. The table below presents the amount of level 3 loans, and ranges and weighted averages of significant unobservable inputs used to value such loans.
As of September 2024
As of December 2023
$ in millions
Amount or
Range
Weighted Average
Amount or
Range
Weighted Average
Corporate
Level 3 assets
$
327
$
344
Yield
14.1% to 19.3%
16.6
%
8.0% to 17.1%
10.5
%
Recovery rate
38.9% to 95.0%
76.9
%
2.0% to 95.0%
74.0
%
Duration (years)
0.1 to 9.6
6.2
0.7 to 2.3
1.7
Real estate
Level 3 assets
$
125
$
261
Yield
N/A
N/A
5.0% to 21.4%
18.1
%
Recovery rate
3.9% to 99.0%
71.1
%
5.3% to 99.2%
66.0
%
Duration (years)
0.3 to 4.5
0.9
0.5 to 6.2
1.6
Other collateralized
Level 3 assets
$
127
$
136
Yield
5.4% to 9.4%
5.9
%
5.6% to 8.7%
6.1
%
Other
Level 3 assets
$
33
$
82
Yield
N/A
N/A
7.3% to 13.5%
9.6
%
Duration (years)
N/A
N/A
3.6 to 5.2
4.2
27
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
In the table above:
•Ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of loan.
•Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the loan.
•The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one loan. For example, the highest yield for corporate loans is appropriate for valuing a specific corporate loan but may not be appropriate for valuing any other corporate loan. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of level 3 loans.
•Increases in yield or duration used in the valuation of level 3 loans would have resulted in a lower fair value measurement, while increases in recovery rate would have resulted in a higher fair value measurement as of both September 2024 and December 2023. Due to the distinctive nature of each level 3 loan, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.
•Loans are valued using discounted cash flows.
•The significant unobservable inputs for yield (related to real estate and other loans) and for duration (related to other loans) as of September 2024 did not have a range (and there was no weighted average) as each pertained to a single position. Therefore, such unobservable inputs are not included in the table above.
Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 loans.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Beginning balance
$
636
$
1,251
$
823
$
1,837
Net realized gains/(losses)
15
11
28
39
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
3
(174)
(20)
(254)
Purchases
17
6
99
86
Sales
(15)
(5)
(58)
(462)
Settlements
(51)
(95)
(259)
(254)
Transfers into level 3
49
–
43
–
Transfers out of level 3
(42)
(22)
(44)
(20)
Ending balance
$
612
$
972
$
612
$
972
In the table above:
•Changes in fair value are presented for loans that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.
•Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to loans that were still held at period-end.
•Purchases includes originations and secondary purchases.
•Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If a loan was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.
The table below presents information, by loan type, for loans included in the summary table above.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Corporate
Beginning balance
$
284
$
543
$
344
$
637
Net realized gains/(losses)
7
7
9
20
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
3
(76)
(11)
(134)
Purchases
15
5
97
47
Sales
(4)
–
(4)
(47)
Settlements
(26)
(26)
(150)
(72)
Transfers into level 3
48
–
42
–
Transfers out of level 3
–
(22)
–
(20)
Ending balance
$
327
$
431
$
327
$
431
Real estate
Beginning balance
$
142
$
490
$
261
$
785
Net realized gains/(losses)
4
2
8
9
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(2)
(100)
(5)
(123)
Purchases
2
1
1
2
Sales
(11)
(5)
(52)
(196)
Settlements
(11)
(67)
(89)
(156)
Transfers into level 3
1
–
1
–
Transfers out of level 3
–
–
–
–
Ending balance
$
125
$
321
$
125
$
321
Other collateralized
Beginning balance
$
146
$
140
$
136
$
140
Net realized gains/(losses)
1
1
4
3
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
–
1
(2)
–
Purchases
–
–
–
2
Sales
–
–
(1)
–
Settlements
(9)
–
(10)
(3)
Transfers out of level 3
(11)
–
–
–
Ending balance
$
127
$
142
$
127
$
142
Other
Beginning balance
$
64
$
78
$
82
$
275
Net realized gains/(losses)
3
1
7
7
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
2
1
(2)
3
Purchases
–
–
1
35
Sales
–
–
(1)
(219)
Settlements
(5)
(2)
(10)
(23)
Transfers out of level 3
(31)
–
(44)
–
Ending balance
$
33
$
78
$
33
$
78
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months Ended September 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 loans of $18 million (reflecting $15 million of net realized gains and $3 million of net unrealized gains) for the three months ended September 2024 included gains of $9 million reported in other principal transactions and $9 million reported in interest income.
The drivers of the net unrealized gains on level 3 loans for the three months ended September 2024 were not material.
The drivers of both transfers into and transfers out of level 3 loans during the three months ended September 2024 were not material.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
28
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Nine Months Ended September 2024. The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 loans of $8 million (reflecting $28 million of net realized gains and $20 million of net unrealized losses) for the nine months ended September 2024 included gains/(losses) of $(2) million reported in other principal transactions and $10 million reported in interest income.
The drivers of the net unrealized losses on level 3 loans for the nine months ended September 2024 were not material.
The drivers of both transfers into and transfers out of level 3 loans during the nine months ended September 2024 were not material.
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months Ended September 2023. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 loans of $163 million (reflecting $11 million of net realized gains and $174 million of net unrealized losses) for the three months ended September 2023 included gains/(losses) of $(172) million reported in other principal transactions and $9 million reported in interest income.
The net unrealized losses on level 3 loans for the three months ended September 2023 primarily reflected losses on certain loans backed by real estate (principally driven by commercial real estate loans) and corporate loans (principally driven by company-specific events).
There were no transfers into level 3 loans during the three months ended September 2023.
The drivers of transfers out of level 3 loans during the three months ended September 2023 were not material.
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Nine Months Ended September 2023. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 loans of $215 million (reflecting $39 million of net realized gains and $254 million of net unrealized losses) for the nine months ended September 2023 included gains/(losses) of $(237) million reported in other principal transactions and $22 million reported in interest income.
The net unrealized losses on level 3 loans for the nine months ended September 2023 primarily reflected losses on certain corporate loans (principally driven by company-specific events) and loans backed by real estate (principally driven by commercial real estate loans).
There were no transfers into level 3 loans during the nine months ended September 2023.
The drivers of transfers out of level 3 loans during the nine months ended September 2023 were not material.
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities
Fair Value by Level. The table below presents, by level within the fair value hierarchy, other financial assets and liabilities at fair value, substantially all of which are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
$ in millions
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
As of September 2024
Assets
Resale agreements
$
–
$
211,871
$
–
$
211,871
Securities borrowed
–
47,033
–
47,033
Customer and other receivables
–
23
–
23
Other assets
–
73
183
256
Total
$
–
$
259,000
$
183
$
259,183
Liabilities
Deposits
$
–
$
(38,572)
$
(2,960)
$
(41,532)
Repurchase agreements
–
(261,617)
–
(261,617)
Securities loaned
–
(10,667)
–
(10,667)
Other secured financings
–
(22,618)
(704)
(23,322)
Unsecured borrowings:
Short-term
–
(47,622)
(5,535)
(53,157)
Long-term
–
(83,043)
(13,180)
(96,223)
Other liabilities
–
(80)
(80)
(160)
Total
$
–
$
(464,219)
$
(22,459)
$
(486,678)
As of December 2023
Assets
Resale agreements
$
–
$
223,543
$
–
$
223,543
Securities borrowed
–
44,930
–
44,930
Customer and other receivables
–
23
–
23
Other assets
–
179
187
366
Total
$
–
$
268,675
$
187
$
268,862
Liabilities
Deposits
$
–
$
(26,723)
$
(2,737)
$
(29,460)
Repurchase agreements
–
(249,887)
–
(249,887)
Securities loaned
–
(8,934)
–
(8,934)
Other secured financings
–
(10,532)
(2,022)
(12,554)
Unsecured borrowings:
Short-term
–
(40,538)
(5,589)
(46,127)
Long-term
–
(72,562)
(13,848)
(86,410)
Other liabilities
–
(187)
(79)
(266)
Total
$
–
$
(409,363)
$
(24,275)
$
(433,638)
In the table above, assets are shown as positive amounts and liabilities are shown as negative amounts.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of other financial assets and liabilities.
29
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Significant Unobservable Inputs. See below for information about the significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 other financial assets and liabilities at fair value as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
Other Secured Financings. The ranges and weighted averages of significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 other secured financings are presented below. These ranges and weighted averages exclude unobservable inputs that are only relevant to a single instrument, and therefore are not meaningful.
As of September 2024:
•Yield: 6.3% to 12.6% (weighted average: 7.9%)
•Duration: 0.3 to 5.6 years (weighted average: 0.9 years)
As of December 2023:
•Yield: 6.7% to 11.3% (weighted average: 8.5%)
•Duration: 0.1 to 4.5 years (weighted average: 0.9 years)
Generally, increases in yield or duration, in isolation, would have resulted in a lower fair value measurement as of period-end. Due to the distinctive nature of each of level 3 other secured financings, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform across such financings. See Note 11 for further information about other secured financings.
Deposits, Unsecured Borrowings and Other Assets and Liabilities. Substantially all of the firm’s deposits, unsecured short- and long-term borrowings, and other assets and liabilities that are classified in level 3 are hybrid financial instruments. As the significant unobservable inputs used to value hybrid financial instruments primarily relate to the embedded derivative component of these deposits, unsecured borrowings and other assets and liabilities, these unobservable inputs are incorporated in the firm’s derivative disclosures. See Note 12 for further information about other assets, Note 13 for further information about deposits, Note 14 for further information about unsecured borrowings and Note 15 for further information about other liabilities.
Level 3 Rollforward. The table below presents a summary of the changes in fair value for level 3 other financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Assets
Beginning balance
$
174
$
126
$
187
$
74
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
9
25
7
77
Sales
–
–
(11)
–
Ending balance
$
183
$
151
$
183
$
151
Liabilities
Beginning balance
$
(22,118)
$
(21,897)
$
(24,275)
$
(18,826)
Net realized gains/(losses)
(96)
(88)
(161)
(223)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(1,351)
1,210
(830)
425
Issuances
(3,788)
(3,036)
(8,450)
(6,212)
Settlements
3,008
3,154
9,325
6,380
Transfers into level 3
(887)
(3,656)
(770)
(6,030)
Transfers out of level 3
2,773
1,003
2,702
1,176
Ending balance
$
(22,459)
$
(23,310)
$
(22,459)
$
(23,310)
In the table above:
•Changes in fair value are presented for all other financial assets and liabilities that are classified in level 3 as of the end of the period.
•Net unrealized gains/(losses) relates to other financial assets and liabilities that were still held at period-end.
•Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. If a financial instrument was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is classified in level 3.
•For level 3 other financial assets, increases are shown as positive amounts, while decreases are shown as negative amounts. For level 3 other financial liabilities, increases are shown as negative amounts, while decreases are shown as positive amounts.
•Level 3 other financial assets and liabilities are frequently economically hedged with trading assets and liabilities. Accordingly, gains or losses that are classified in level 3 can be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1, 2 or 3 trading assets and liabilities. As a result, gains or losses included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
30
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents information, by the consolidated balance sheet line items, for liabilities included in the summary table above.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Deposits
Beginning balance
$
(2,904)
$
(2,889)
$
(2,737)
$
(2,743)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(83)
73
(157)
19
Issuances
(319)
(157)
(737)
(376)
Settlements
225
232
655
594
Transfers into level 3
–
(3)
(141)
(254)
Transfers out of level 3
121
18
157
34
Ending balance
$
(2,960)
$
(2,726)
$
(2,960)
$
(2,726)
Other secured financings
Beginning balance
$
(1,545)
$
(2,817)
$
(2,022)
$
(1,842)
Net realized gains/(losses)
(7)
(3)
(7)
(3)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(25)
41
13
13
Issuances
(33)
(158)
(60)
(676)
Settlements
906
488
1,478
875
Transfers into level 3
–
(325)
(106)
(1,626)
Transfers out of level 3
–
40
–
525
Ending balance
$
(704)
$
(2,734)
$
(704)
$
(2,734)
Unsecured short-term borrowings
Beginning balance
$
(4,554)
$
(4,822)
$
(5,589)
$
(4,090)
Net realized gains/(losses)
(33)
(23)
(5)
(72)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(162)
148
(231)
(178)
Issuances
(2,205)
(1,552)
(4,401)
(2,968)
Settlements
1,017
1,853
3,763
3,013
Transfers into level 3
(431)
(204)
(94)
(174)
Transfers out of level 3
833
305
1,022
174
Ending balance
$
(5,535)
$
(4,295)
$
(5,535)
$
(4,295)
Unsecured long-term borrowings
Beginning balance
$
(13,051)
$
(11,296)
$
(13,848)
$
(10,066)
Net realized gains/(losses)
(56)
(62)
(149)
(148)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(1,065)
945
(454)
556
Issuances
(1,231)
(1,020)
(3,252)
(2,043)
Settlements
860
581
3,429
1,898
Transfers into level 3
(456)
(3,124)
(429)
(3,976)
Transfers out of level 3
1,819
640
1,523
443
Ending balance
$
(13,180)
$
(13,336)
$
(13,180)
$
(13,336)
Other liabilities
Beginning balance
$
(64)
$
(73)
$
(79)
$
(85)
Net unrealized gains/(losses)
(16)
3
(1)
15
Issuances
–
(149)
–
(149)
Ending balance
$
(80)
$
(219)
$
(80)
$
(219)
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months Ended September 2024. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 other financial liabilities of $1.45 billion (reflecting $96 million of net realized losses and $1.35 billion of net unrealized losses) for the three months ended September 2024 included losses of $1.32 billion reported in market making, $28 million reported in other principal transactions and $3 million reported in interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, and $94 million reported in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
The net unrealized losses on level 3 other financial liabilities for the three months ended September 2024 primarily reflected losses on certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term borrowings (principally due to the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, a decrease in interest rates, and an increase in equity prices) and losses on certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term borrowings (principally due to an increase in equity prices).
Transfers into level 3 other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long- and short-term borrowings from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency of certain volatility inputs used to value these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term borrowings to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency of certain credit spread and volatility inputs used to value these instruments) and transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term borrowings to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency of certain volatility inputs used to value these instruments).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Nine Months Ended September 2024. The net realized and unrealized losses on level 3 other financial liabilities of $991 million (reflecting $161 million of net realized losses and $830 million of net unrealized losses) for the nine months ended September 2024 included losses of $884 million reported in market making, $27 million reported in other principal transactions and $8 million reported in interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, and $72 million reported in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
The net unrealized losses on level 3 other financial liabilities for the nine months ended September 2024 primarily reflected losses on certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long- and short-term borrowings (principally due to an increase in equity prices).
Transfers into level 3 other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term borrowings and deposits from level 2 (in each case, principally due to reduced price transparency of volatility inputs used to value these instruments) and transfers of certain other secured financings from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency of certain yield and duration inputs used to value these instruments).
31
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Transfers out of level 3 other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2024 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term borrowings to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency of certain volatility inputs used to value these instruments) and transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term borrowings to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency of certain volatility inputs used to value these instruments and certain unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these instruments).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Three Months Ended September 2023.The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 other financial liabilities of $1.12 billion (reflecting $88 million of net realized losses and $1.21 billion of net unrealized gains) for the three months ended September 2023 included gains/(losses) of $1.15 billion reported in market making, $16 million reported in other principal transactions and $(4) million reported in interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, and $(44) million reported in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
The net unrealized gains on level 3 other financial liabilities for the three months ended September 2023 primarily reflected gains on certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term borrowings (principally due to an increase in interest rates and a decrease in equity prices).
Transfers into level 3 other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term borrowings from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency of certain credit spread inputs used to value these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long- and short-term borrowings to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency of certain volatility inputs used to value these instruments).
Level 3 Rollforward Commentary for the Nine Months Ended September 2023.The net realized and unrealized gains on level 3 other financial liabilities of $202 million (reflecting $223 million of net realized losses and $425 million of net unrealized gains) for the nine months ended September 2023 included gains/(losses) of $415 million reported in market making, $4 million reported in other principal transactions and $(12) million reported in interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, and $(205) million reported in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
The net unrealized gains on level 3 other financial liabilities for the nine months ended September 2023 primarily reflected gains on certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term borrowings (principally due to an increase in interest rates), partially offset by losses on certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term borrowings (principally due to an increase in equity prices).
Transfers into level 3 other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured long-term borrowings from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency of certain credit spread and volatility inputs used to value these instruments) and transfers of certain other secured financings from level 2 (principally due to reduced price transparency of certain yield and duration inputs used to value these instruments).
Transfers out of level 3 other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2023 primarily reflected transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in other secured financings to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency of certain yield and duration inputs used to value these instruments) and transfers of certain unsecured long- and short-term borrowings to level 2 (principally due to increased price transparency of certain volatility inputs used to value these instruments).
Note 6.
Trading Assets and Liabilities
Trading assets and liabilities include trading cash instruments and derivatives held in connection with the firm’s market-making or risk management activities. These assets and liabilities are carried at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP, and the related fair value gains and losses are generally recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.
The table below presents a summary of trading assets and liabilities.
Trading
Trading
$ in millions
Assets
Liabilities
As of September 2024
Trading cash instruments
$
551,942
$
148,495
Derivatives
49,323
66,696
Total
$
601,265
$
215,191
As of December 2023
Trading cash instruments
$
426,390
$
143,601
Derivatives
51,120
56,754
Total
$
477,510
$
200,355
See Note 5 for further information about trading cash instruments and Note 7 for further information about derivatives.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
32
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Gains and Losses from Market Making
The table below presents market making revenues by major product type.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Interest rates
$
4,527
$
(861)
$
4,869
$
713
Credit
116
511
1,877
1,160
Currencies
(2,380)
2,850
1,280
4,946
Equities
1,639
2,029
5,053
6,008
Commodities
103
429
1,143
1,915
Total
$
4,005
$
4,958
$
14,222
$
14,742
In the table above:
•Gains/(losses) include both realized and unrealized gains and losses. Gains/(losses) exclude related interest income and interest expense. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.
•Gains/(losses) included in market making are primarily related to the firm’s trading assets and liabilities, including both derivative and non-derivative financial instruments.
•Gains/(losses) are not representative of the manner in which the firm manages its business activities because many of the firm’s market-making and client facilitation strategies utilize financial instruments across various product types. Accordingly, gains or losses in one product type frequently offset gains or losses in other product types. For example, most of the firm’s longer-term derivatives across product types are sensitive to changes in interest rates and may be economically hedged with interest rate swaps. Similarly, a significant portion of the firm’s trading cash instruments and derivatives across product types has exposure to foreign currencies and may be economically hedged with foreign currency contracts.
Note 7.
Derivatives and Hedging Activities
Derivative Activities
Derivatives are instruments that derive their value from underlying asset prices, indices, reference rates and other inputs, or a combination of these factors. Derivatives may be traded on an exchange (exchange-traded) or they may be privately negotiated contracts, which are usually referred to as OTC derivatives. Certain of the firm’s OTC derivatives are cleared and settled through central clearing counterparties (OTC-cleared), while others are bilateral contracts between two counterparties (bilateral OTC).
Market Making. As a market maker, the firm enters into derivative transactions to provide liquidity to clients and to facilitate the transfer and hedging of their risks. In this role, the firm typically acts as principal and is required to commit capital to provide execution, and maintains market-making positions in response to, or in anticipation of, client demand.
Risk Management. The firm also enters into derivatives to actively manage risk exposures that arise from its market-making and investing and financing activities. The firm’s holdings and exposures are hedged, in many cases, on either a portfolio or risk-specific basis, as opposed to an instrument-by-instrument basis. The offsetting impact of this economic hedging is reflected in the same business segment as the related revenues. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives designated as hedges under U.S. GAAP. These derivatives are used to manage interest rate exposure of certain fixed-rate unsecured borrowings and deposits and certain U.S. and non-U.S. government securities classified as available-for-sale, foreign exchange risk of certain available-for-sale securities and the net investment in certain non-U.S. operations.
The firm enters into various types of derivatives, including:
•Futures and Forwards. Contracts that commit counterparties to purchase or sell financial instruments, commodities or currencies in the future.
•Swaps. Contracts that require counterparties to exchange cash flows, such as currency or interest payment streams. The amounts exchanged are based on the specific terms of the contract with reference to specified rates, financial instruments, commodities, currencies or indices.
•Options. Contracts in which the option purchaser has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase from or sell to the option writer financial instruments, commodities or currencies within a defined time period for a specified price.
Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement (counterparty netting). Derivatives are accounted for at fair value, net of cash collateral received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements (cash collateral netting). Derivative assets are included in trading assets and derivative liabilities are included in trading liabilities. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives not designated as hedges are included in market making (for derivatives included in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities (FICC) and Equities within Global Banking & Markets), and other principal transactions (for derivatives included in Investment banking fees and Other within Global Banking & Markets, as well as derivatives in Asset & Wealth Management) in the consolidated statements of earnings. For each of the three and nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023, substantially all of the firm’s derivatives were included in Global Banking & Markets.
33
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The tables below present the gross fair value and the notional amounts of derivative contracts by major product type, the amounts of counterparty and cash collateral netting in the consolidated balance sheets, as well as cash and securities collateral posted and received under enforceable credit support agreements that do not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP.
Fair Value as of
September 2024
December 2023
$ in millions
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
Not accounted for as hedges
Exchange-traded
$
4,287
$
585
$
3,401
$
1,129
OTC-cleared
1,169
1,053
67,815
64,490
Bilateral OTC
159,319
128,253
171,109
149,444
Total interest rates
164,775
129,891
242,325
215,063
OTC-cleared
2,495
2,607
1,271
1,533
Bilateral OTC
10,459
9,155
11,554
8,601
Total credit
12,954
11,762
12,825
10,134
Exchange-traded
147
36
708
15
OTC-cleared
559
721
1,033
1,632
Bilateral OTC
82,713
88,634
88,158
95,742
Total currencies
83,419
89,391
89,899
97,389
Exchange-traded
8,972
9,269
5,468
5,998
OTC-cleared
490
536
635
711
Bilateral OTC
8,011
9,038
10,739
11,234
Total commodities
17,473
18,843
16,842
17,943
Exchange-traded
58,373
80,366
31,315
39,247
OTC-cleared
65
135
122
171
Bilateral OTC
35,310
52,099
28,601
40,696
Total equities
93,748
132,600
60,038
80,114
Subtotal
372,369
382,487
421,929
420,643
Accounted for as hedges
Bilateral OTC
276
7
298
9
Total interest rates
276
7
298
9
OTC-cleared
14
19
–
7
Bilateral OTC
23
292
5
208
Total currencies
37
311
5
215
Subtotal
313
318
303
224
Total gross fair value
$
372,682
$
382,805
$
422,232
$
420,867
Offset in the consolidated balance sheets
Exchange-traded
$
(64,017)
$
(64,017)
$
(32,722)
$
(32,722)
OTC-cleared
(4,366)
(4,366)
(67,272)
(67,272)
Bilateral OTC
(211,199)
(211,199)
(221,395)
(221,395)
Counterparty netting
(279,582)
(279,582)
(321,389)
(321,389)
OTC-cleared
(7)
(217)
(1,335)
(486)
Bilateral OTC
(43,770)
(36,310)
(48,388)
(42,238)
Cash collateral netting
(43,777)
(36,527)
(49,723)
(42,724)
Total amounts offset
$
(323,359)
$
(316,109)
$
(371,112)
$
(364,113)
Included in the consolidated balance sheets
Exchange-traded
$
7,762
$
26,239
$
8,170
$
13,667
OTC-cleared
419
488
2,269
786
Bilateral OTC
41,142
39,969
40,681
42,301
Total
$
49,323
$
66,696
$
51,120
$
56,754
Not offset in the consolidated balance sheets
Cash collateral
$
(566)
$
(1,328)
$
(877)
$
(2,732)
Securities collateral
(14,746)
(9,010)
(13,425)
(6,516)
Total
$
34,011
$
56,358
$
36,818
$
47,506
Notional Amounts as of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Not accounted for as hedges
Exchange-traded
$
3,063,477
$
3,854,689
OTC-cleared
16,243,462
16,007,915
Bilateral OTC
11,819,755
12,390,595
Total interest rates
31,126,694
32,253,199
Exchange-traded
455
299
OTC-cleared
770,983
498,720
Bilateral OTC
741,550
619,975
Total credit
1,512,988
1,118,994
Exchange-traded
11,054
11,586
OTC-cleared
388,404
268,293
Bilateral OTC
6,748,886
6,363,700
Total currencies
7,148,344
6,643,579
Exchange-traded
399,347
306,787
OTC-cleared
3,228
3,323
Bilateral OTC
187,958
199,270
Total commodities
590,533
509,380
Exchange-traded
2,114,606
1,564,341
OTC-cleared
1,463
1,487
Bilateral OTC
1,351,531
1,204,140
Total equities
3,467,600
2,769,968
Subtotal
43,846,159
43,295,120
Accounted for as hedges
OTC-cleared
255,383
241,160
Bilateral OTC
2,414
2,914
Total interest rates
257,797
244,074
OTC-cleared
5,184
1,227
Bilateral OTC
11,334
9,130
Total currencies
16,518
10,357
Subtotal
274,315
254,431
Total notional amounts
$
44,120,474
$
43,549,551
In the tables above:
•Gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty netting and collateral, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure.
•Where the firm has received or posted collateral under credit support agreements, but has not yet determined such agreements are enforceable, the related collateral has not been netted.
•Notional amounts, which represent the sum of gross long and short derivative contracts, provide an indication of the volume of the firm’s derivative activity and do not represent anticipated losses.
•Total gross fair value of derivatives included derivative assets of $8.83 billion as of September 2024 and $8.98 billion as of December 2023, and derivative liabilities of $12.50 billion as of September 2024 and $16.03 billion as of December 2023, which are not subject to an enforceable netting agreement or are subject to a netting agreement that the firm has not yet determined to be enforceable.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
34
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
•During the second quarter of 2024, as permitted under the rules of a clearing organization in EMEA, the firm elected to settle its transactions with this clearing organization on a daily basis. The impact of reflecting transactions with this clearing organization as settled would have been a reduction in gross derivative assets of $64.19 billion and a reduction in gross derivative liabilities of $62.86 billion as of December 2023, and a corresponding decrease in counterparty and cash collateral netting, with no impact to the consolidated balance sheets.
OTC Derivatives
The table below presents OTC derivative assets and liabilities by tenor and major product type.
$ in millions
Less than 1 Year
1 - 5 Years
Greater than 5 Years
Total
As of September 2024
Assets
Interest rates
$
5,168
$
11,546
$
47,558
$
64,272
Credit
1,589
2,532
2,266
6,387
Currencies
9,725
8,067
4,708
22,500
Commodities
1,681
2,322
1,054
5,057
Equities
8,797
2,928
1,490
13,215
Counterparty netting in tenors
(3,134)
(2,452)
(3,230)
(8,816)
Subtotal
$
23,826
$
24,943
$
53,846
$
102,615
Cross-tenor counterparty netting
(17,277)
Cash collateral netting
(43,777)
Total OTC derivative assets
$
41,561
Liabilities
Interest rates
$
6,391
$
10,876
$
15,548
$
32,815
Credit
1,235
2,700
1,263
5,198
Currencies
15,063
7,163
6,630
28,856
Commodities
1,645
3,017
1,468
6,130
Equities
12,468
14,101
3,509
30,078
Counterparty netting in tenors
(3,134)
(2,452)
(3,230)
(8,816)
Subtotal
$
33,668
$
35,405
$
25,188
$
94,261
Cross-tenor counterparty netting
(17,277)
Cash collateral netting
(36,527)
Total OTC derivative liabilities
$
40,457
As of December 2023
Assets
Interest rates
$
9,511
$
12,178
$
49,045
$
70,734
Credit
1,814
3,283
1,961
7,058
Currencies
9,117
7,579
5,479
22,175
Commodities
2,993
2,574
1,451
7,018
Equities
6,625
3,155
1,655
11,435
Counterparty netting in tenors
(3,046)
(2,765)
(3,648)
(9,459)
Subtotal
$
27,014
$
26,004
$
55,943
$
108,961
Cross-tenor counterparty netting
(16,288)
Cash collateral netting
(49,723)
Total OTC derivative assets
$
42,950
Liabilities
Interest rates
$
11,952
$
15,972
$
17,540
$
45,464
Credit
792
2,508
1,067
4,367
Currencies
15,335
7,934
7,299
30,568
Commodities
2,526
3,643
1,419
7,588
Equities
10,183
10,048
3,340
23,571
Counterparty netting in tenors
(3,046)
(2,765)
(3,648)
(9,459)
Subtotal
$
37,742
$
37,340
$
27,017
$
102,099
Cross-tenor counterparty netting
(16,288)
Cash collateral netting
(42,724)
Total OTC derivative liabilities
$
43,087
In the table above:
•Tenor is based on the remaining contractual maturity for substantially all OTC derivative assets and liabilities.
•Counterparty netting within the same product type and tenor category is included within such product type and tenor category.
•Counterparty netting across product types within the same tenor category is included in counterparty netting in tenors. Where the counterparty netting is across tenor categories, the netting is included in cross-tenor counterparty netting.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of derivatives, and Note 5 for information about derivatives within the fair value hierarchy.
Credit Derivatives
The firm enters into a broad array of credit derivatives to facilitate client transactions and to manage the credit risk associated with market-making and investing and financing activities. Credit derivatives are actively managed based on the firm’s net risk position. Credit derivatives are generally individually negotiated contracts and can have various settlement and payment conventions. Credit events include failure to pay, bankruptcy, acceleration of indebtedness, restructuring, repudiation and dissolution of the reference entity.
The firm enters into the following types of credit derivatives:
•Credit Default Swaps. Single-name credit default swaps protect the buyer against the loss of principal on one or more bonds, loans or mortgages (reference obligations) in the event the issuer of the reference obligations suffers a credit event. The buyer of protection pays an initial or periodic premium to the seller and receives protection for the period of the contract. If there is no credit event, as defined in the contract, the seller of protection makes no payments to the buyer. If a credit event occurs, the seller of protection is required to make a payment to the buyer, calculated according to the terms of the contract.
•Credit Options. In a credit option, the option writer assumes the obligation to purchase or sell a reference obligation at a specified price or credit spread. The option purchaser buys the right, but does not assume the obligation, to sell the reference obligation to, or purchase it from, the option writer. The payments on credit options depend either on a particular credit spread or the price of the reference obligation.
35
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
•Credit Indices, Baskets and Tranches. Credit derivatives may reference a basket of single-name credit default swaps or a broad-based index. If a credit event occurs in one of the underlying reference obligations, the protection seller pays the protection buyer. The payment is typically a pro-rata portion of the transaction’s total notional amount based on the underlying defaulted reference obligation. In certain transactions, the credit risk of a basket or index is separated into various portions (tranches), each having different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults and once losses exceed the notional amount of these junior tranches, any excess loss is covered by the next most senior tranche.
•Total Return Swaps. A total return swap transfers the risks relating to economic performance of a reference obligation from the protection buyer to the protection seller. Typically, the protection buyer receives a floating rate of interest and protection against any reduction in fair value of the reference obligation, and the protection seller receives the cash flows associated with the reference obligation, plus any increase in the fair value of the reference obligation.
The firm economically hedges its exposure to written credit derivatives primarily by entering into offsetting purchased credit derivatives with identical underliers. Substantially all of the firm’s purchased credit derivative transactions are with financial institutions and are subject to stringent collateral thresholds. In addition, upon the occurrence of a specified trigger event, the firm may take possession of the reference obligations underlying a particular written credit derivative, and consequently may, upon liquidation of the reference obligations, recover amounts on the underlying reference obligations in the event of default.
The table below presents information about credit derivatives.
Credit Spread on Underlier (basis points)
$ in millions
0 - 250
251 - 500
501 - 1,000
Greater than 1,000
Total
As of September 2024
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor
Less than 1 year
$
186,245
$
20,125
$
623
$
3,978
$
210,971
1 - 5 years
370,471
19,922
5,596
7,210
403,199
Greater than 5 years
99,198
6,126
1,965
861
108,150
Total
$
655,914
$
46,173
$
8,184
$
12,049
$
722,320
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives
Offsetting
$
551,433
$
21,266
$
7,587
$
8,616
$
588,902
Other
182,425
15,149
2,424
1,768
201,766
Total
$
733,858
$
36,415
$
10,011
$
10,384
$
790,668
Fair Value of Written Credit Derivatives
Asset
$
7,291
$
832
$
43
$
333
$
8,499
Liability
846
774
274
1,026
2,920
Net asset/(liability)
$
6,445
$
58
$
(231)
$
(693)
$
5,579
As of December 2023
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor
Less than 1 year
$
126,667
$
12,594
$
892
$
3,611
$
143,764
1 - 5 years
324,577
11,371
5,613
5,802
347,363
Greater than 5 years
30,406
1,316
671
249
32,642
Total
$
481,650
$
25,281
$
7,176
$
9,662
$
523,769
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives
Offsetting
$
396,984
$
11,857
$
6,241
$
8,246
$
423,328
Other
155,468
12,862
1,948
1,619
171,897
Total
$
552,452
$
24,719
$
8,189
$
9,865
$
595,225
Fair Value of Written Credit Derivatives
Asset
$
11,147
$
654
$
221
$
165
$
12,187
Liability
1,723
47
201
1,034
3,005
Net asset/(liability)
$
9,424
$
607
$
20
$
(869)
$
9,182
In the table above:
•Fair values exclude the effects of both netting of receivable balances with payable balances under enforceable netting agreements, and netting of cash received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s credit exposure.
•Tenor is based on the remaining contractual maturity for substantially all written credit derivatives.
•The credit spread on the underlier, together with the tenor of the contract, are indicators of payment/performance risk. The firm is less likely to pay or otherwise be required to perform where the credit spread and the tenor are lower.
•Offsetting purchased credit derivatives represent the notional amount of purchased credit derivatives that economically hedge written credit derivatives with identical underliers.
•Other purchased credit derivatives represent the notional amount of all other purchased credit derivatives not included in offsetting.
•Written and purchased credit derivatives primarily consist of credit default swaps.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
36
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Impact of Credit and Funding Spreads on Derivatives
The firm realizes gains or losses on its derivative contracts. These gains or losses include credit valuation adjustments (CVAs) relating to uncollateralized derivative assets and liabilities, which represent the gains or losses (including hedges) attributable to the impact of changes in credit exposure, counterparty credit spreads, liability funding spreads (which include the firm’s own credit), probability of default and assumed recovery. These gains or losses also include funding valuation adjustments (FVA) relating to uncollateralized derivative assets, which represent the gains or losses (including hedges) attributable to the impact of changes in expected funding exposures and funding spreads.
The table below presents information about CVA and FVA.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
CVA, net of hedges
$
40
$
101
$
67
$
(72)
FVA, net of hedges
5
(53)
124
22
Total
$
45
$
48
$
191
$
(50)
Bifurcated Embedded Derivatives
The table below presents the fair value and the notional amount of derivatives that have been bifurcated from their related borrowings.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Fair value of assets
$
536
$
450
Fair value of liabilities
(273)
(307)
Net asset/(liability)
$
263
$
143
Notional amount
$
8,091
$
8,082
In the table above, derivatives that have been bifurcated from their related borrowings are recorded at fair value and primarily consist of interest rate, equity and commodity products. These derivatives are included in unsecured short- and long-term borrowings, as well as other secured financings, with the related borrowings.
Derivatives with Credit-Related Contingent Features
Certain of the firm’s derivatives have been transacted under bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require the firm to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on changes in the firm’s credit ratings. The firm assesses the impact of these bilateral agreements by determining the collateral or termination payments that would occur assuming a downgrade by all rating agencies. A downgrade by any one rating agency, depending on the agency’s relative ratings of the firm at the time of the downgrade, may have an impact which is comparable to the impact of a downgrade by all rating agencies.
The table below presents information about net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements (excluding collateral posted), the fair value of collateral posted and additional collateral or termination payments that could have been called by counterparties in the event of a one- or two-notch downgrade in the firm’s credit ratings.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements
$
30,188
$
30,021
Collateral posted
$
19,767
$
20,758
Additional collateral or termination payments:
One-notch downgrade
$
276
$
271
Two-notch downgrade
$
1,770
$
1,584
Hedge Accounting
The firm applies hedge accounting for (i) interest rate swaps used to manage the interest rate exposure of certain fixed-rate unsecured long- and short-term borrowings, certain fixed-rate certificates of deposit and certain U.S. and non-U.S. government securities classified as available-for-sale, (ii) foreign currency forward contracts used to manage the foreign exchange risk of certain securities classified as available-for-sale and (iii) foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt used to manage foreign exchange risk on the firm’s net investment in certain non-U.S. operations.
To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging instrument must be highly effective at reducing the risk from the exposure being hedged. Additionally, the firm must formally document the hedging relationship at inception and assess the hedging relationship at least on a quarterly basis to ensure the hedging instrument continues to be highly effective over the life of the hedging relationship.
Fair Value Hedges
The firm designates interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of certain fixed-rate unsecured long- and short-term debt and fixed-rate certificates of deposit and of certain U.S. and non-U.S. government securities classified as available-for-sale. These interest rate swaps hedge changes in fair value attributable to the designated benchmark interest rate (e.g., Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), Overnight Index Swap Rate or Sterling Overnight Index Average), effectively converting a substantial portion of these fixed-rate financial instruments into floating-rate financial instruments.
The firm applies a statistical method that utilizes regression analysis when assessing the effectiveness of these hedging relationships in achieving offsetting changes in the fair values of the hedging instrument and the risk being hedged (i.e., interest rate risk). An interest rate swap is considered highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value attributable to changes in the hedged risk when the regression analysis results in a coefficient of determination of 80% or greater and a slope between 80% and 125%.
37
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
For qualifying interest rate fair value hedges, gains or losses on derivatives are included in interest income/expense. The change in fair value of the hedged items attributable to the risk being hedged is reported as an adjustment to its carrying value (hedging adjustment) and is also included in interest income/expense. When a derivative is no longer designated as a hedge, any remaining difference between the carrying value and par value of the hedged item is amortized in interest income/expense over the remaining life of the hedged item using the effective interest method. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.
The table below presents the gains/(losses) from interest rate derivatives accounted for as hedges and the related hedged items.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Investments
Interest rate hedges
$
(744)
$
85
$
(540)
$
266
Hedged investments
744
(94)
542
(271)
Gains/(losses)
$
–
$
(9)
$
2
$
(5)
Borrowings and deposits
Interest rate hedges
$
4,867
$
(2,735)
$
2,941
$
(2,583)
Hedged borrowings and deposits
(4,948)
2,543
(3,208)
2,127
Gains/(losses)
$
(81)
$
(192)
$
(267)
$
(456)
The table below presents the carrying value of investments, deposits and unsecured borrowings that are designated in an interest rate hedging relationship and the related cumulative hedging adjustment (increase/(decrease)) from current and prior hedging relationships included in such carrying values.
$ in millions
Carrying Value
Cumulative Hedging Adjustment
As of September 2024
Assets
Investments
$
35,564
$
434
Liabilities
Deposits
$
2,164
$
(56)
Unsecured short-term borrowings
$
16,522
$
(186)
Unsecured long-term borrowings
$
133,459
$
(7,455)
As of December 2023
Assets
Investments
$
16,523
$
(104)
Liabilities
Deposits
$
3,435
$
(123)
Unsecured short-term borrowings
$
14,449
$
(94)
Unsecured long-term borrowings
$
134,992
$
(10,810)
In the table above:
•Cumulative hedging adjustment included $(6.19) billion as of September 2024 and $(5.63) billion as of December 2023 of hedging adjustments from prior hedging relationships that were de-designated and substantially all were related to unsecured long-term borrowings.
•The amortized cost of investments was$36.19 billion as of September 2024 and $17.33 billion as of December 2023.
In addition, cumulative hedging adjustments for items no longer designated in a hedging relationship were not material as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
The firm designates foreign currency forward contracts as fair value hedges of the foreign exchange risk of non-U.S. government securities classified as available-for-sale. See Note 8 for information about the amortized cost and fair value of such securities. The effectiveness of such hedges is assessed based on changes in spot rates. The gains/(losses) on the hedges (relating to both spot and forward points) and the foreign exchange gains/(losses) on the related available-for-sale securities are included in market making. The net gains/(losses) on hedges and the related hedged available-for-sale securities were $14 million (reflecting a loss of $193 million related to hedges and a gain of $207 million on the related hedged available-for-sale securities) for the three months ended September 2024 and were $28 million (reflecting a loss of $165 million related to hedges and a gain of $193 million on the related hedged available-for-sale securities) for the nine months ended September 2024. The gross and net gains/(losses) were not material for both the three and nine months ended September 2023.
Net Investment Hedges
The firm seeks to reduce the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on its net investments in certain non-U.S. operations through the use of foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt. For foreign currency forward contracts designated as hedges, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on the overall changes in the fair value of the forward contracts (i.e., based on changes in forward rates). For foreign currency-denominated debt designated as a hedge, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on changes in spot rates. For qualifying net investment hedges, all gains or losses on the hedging instruments are included in currency translation.
The table below presents the gains/(losses) from net investment hedging.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Hedges:
Foreign currency forward contracts
$
(314)
$
112
$
193
$
(25)
Foreign currency-denominated debt
$
(1,010)
$
839
$
(41)
$
631
Gains or losses on individual net investments in non-U.S. operations are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) to earnings when such net investments are sold or substantially liquidated. The gross and net gains/(losses) reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were not material for each of the three and nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
38
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The firm had designated $23.71 billion as of September 2024 and $27.52 billion as of December 2023 of foreign currency-denominated debt, included in unsecured long- and short-term borrowings, as hedges of net investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries.
Note 8.
Investments
Investments includes equity securities and debt instruments that are accounted for at fair value and are generally held by the firm in connection with its long-term investing activities. In addition, investments includes debt securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity that are generally held in connection with the firm’s asset-liability management activities. Investments also consists of equity securities that are accounted for under the equity method.
The table below presents information about investments.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Equity securities, at fair value
$
13,999
$
13,747
Debt instruments, at fair value
11,492
12,879
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value
78,018
49,141
Investments, at fair value
103,509
75,767
Held-to-maturity securities
79,309
70,310
Equity-method investments
842
762
Total investments
$
183,660
$
146,839
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of investments, and Note 5 for information about investments within the fair value hierarchy.
Equity Securities and Debt Instruments, at Fair Value
Equity securities and debt instruments, at fair value are accounted for at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP, and the related fair value gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.
Equity Securities, at Fair Value. Equity securities, at fair value consists of the firm’s public and private equity investments in corporate and real estate entities.
The table below presents information about equity securities, at fair value.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Equity securities, at fair value
$
13,999
$
13,747
Equity Type
Public equity
9
%
9
%
Private equity
91
%
91
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Asset Class
Corporate
74
%
73
%
Real estate
26
%
27
%
Total
100
%
100
%
In the table above:
•Equity securities, at fair value included investments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option where the firm would otherwise apply the equity method of accounting of $5.19 billion as of September 2024 and $5.18 billion as of December 2023. Gains/(losses) recognized as a result of changes in the fair value of equity securities for which the fair value option was elected were not material for the three months ended September 2024, $(179) million for the three months ended September 2023, $(107) million for the nine months ended September 2024 and $(591) million for the nine months ended September 2023. These gains/(losses) are included in other principal transactions.
•Equity securities, at fair value included $1.03 billion as of September 2024 and $1.27 billion as of December 2023 of investments in funds that are measured at NAV.
•Equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions were not material as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
Debt Instruments, at Fair Value. Debt instruments, at fair value primarily includes mezzanine, senior and distressed debt.
The table below presents information about debt instruments, at fair value.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Corporate debt securities
$
7,778
$
8,992
Securities backed by real estate
576
689
Money market instruments
1,312
1,051
Other
1,826
2,147
Total
$
11,492
$
12,879
In the table above:
•Money market instruments primarily consist of time deposits.
•Other included $1.38 billion as of September 2024 and $1.73 billion as of December 2023 of investments in credit funds that are measured at NAV.
39
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Investments in Funds at Net Asset Value Per Share. Equity securities and debt instruments, at fair value include investments in funds that are measured at NAV of the investment fund. The firm uses NAV to measure the fair value of fund investments when (i) the fund investment does not have a readily determinable fair value and (ii) the NAV of the investment fund is calculated in a manner consistent with the measurement principles of investment company accounting, including measurement of the investments at fair value.
Substantially all of the firm’s investments in funds at NAV consist of investments in firm-sponsored private equity, credit, real estate and hedge funds where the firm co-invests with third-party investors.
Private equity funds primarily invest in a broad range of industries worldwide, including leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, growth investments and distressed investments. Credit funds generally invest in loans and other fixed income instruments and are focused on providing private high-yield capital for leveraged and management buyout transactions, recapitalizations, financings, refinancings, acquisitions and restructurings for private equity firms, private family companies and corporate issuers. Real estate funds invest globally, primarily in real estate companies, loan portfolios, debt recapitalizations and property. Substantially all private equity, credit and real estate funds are closed-end funds in which the firm’s investments are generally not eligible for redemption. Distributions will be received from these funds as the underlying assets are liquidated or distributed, the timing of which is uncertain.
The firm also invests in hedge funds, primarily multi-disciplinary hedge funds that employ a fundamental bottom-up investment approach across various asset classes and strategies. The firm’s investments in hedge funds primarily include interests where the underlying assets are illiquid in nature, and proceeds from redemptions will not be received until the underlying assets are liquidated or distributed, the timing of which is uncertain.
The table below presents the fair value of investments in funds at NAV and the related unfunded commitments.
$ in millions
Fair Value of Investments
Unfunded Commitments
As of September 2024
Private equity funds
$
662
$
441
Credit funds
1,379
366
Hedge funds
30
–
Real estate funds
340
88
Total
$
2,411
$
895
As of December 2023
Private equity funds
$
875
$
484
Credit funds
1,733
248
Hedge funds
46
–
Real estate funds
346
65
Total
$
3,000
$
797
Available-for-Sale Securities
Available-for-sale securities are accounted for at fair value, and the related unrealized fair value gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) unless designated in a fair value hedging relationship. See Note 7 for information about available-for-sale securities that are designated in a hedging relationship.
The table below presents information about available-for-sale securities by tenor.
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
As of September 2024
Less than 1 year
$
9,689
$
9,531
1 year to 5 years
59,168
58,869
5 years to 10 years
4,846
4,819
Greater than 10 years
559
551
Total U.S. government obligations
74,262
73,770
1 year to 5 years
3,540
3,310
5 years to 10 years
1,051
938
Total non-U.S. government obligations
4,591
4,248
Total available-for-sale securities
$
78,853
$
78,018
As of December 2023
Less than 1 year
$
20,027
$
19,687
1 year to 5 years
27,592
26,500
5 years to 10 years
586
544
Total U.S. government obligations
48,205
46,731
Less than 1 year
11
11
1 year to 5 years
1,635
1,420
5 years to 10 years
1,150
979
Total non-U.S. government obligations
2,796
2,410
Total available-for-sale securities
$
51,001
$
49,141
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
40
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
In the table above:
•The weighted average yield for available-for-sale securities was 3.29% as of September 2024 and 1.21% as of December 2023. The weighted average yield is presented on a pre-tax basis and computed using the effective interest rate of each security at the end of the period, weighted based on the fair value of each security. The effective interest rate considers the contractual coupon, the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, and excludes the effect of related hedges.
•The gross unrealized gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were $321 million and the gross unrealized losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were $1.16 billion as of September 2024, and such losses primarily related to U.S. government obligations in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than a year. The gross unrealized gains included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were not material and the gross unrealized losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were $1.89 billion as of December 2023 and primarily related to U.S. government obligations in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than a year. Net unrealized gains included in other comprehensive income/(loss) were $674 million ($504 million, net of tax) for the three months ended September 2024, $431 million ($317 million, net of tax) for the three months ended September 2023, $1.03 billion ($766 million, net of tax) for the nine months ended September 2024 and $945 million ($720 million, net of tax) for the nine months ended September 2023.
•Substantially all available-for-sale securities were classified in level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
•If the fair value of available-for-sale securities is less than amortized cost, such securities are considered impaired. If the firm has the intent to sell the debt security, or if it is more likely than not that the firm will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost, the difference between the amortized cost (net of allowance, if any) and the fair value of the securities is recognized as an impairment loss in earnings. The firm did not record any such impairment losses during either the three or nine months ended September 2024 or September 2023. Impaired available-for-sale debt securities that the firm has the intent and ability to hold are reviewed to determine if an allowance for credit losses should be recorded. The firm considers various factors in such determination, including market conditions, changes in issuer credit ratings and severity of the unrealized losses. The firm did not record any provision for credit losses on such securities during either the three or nine months ended September 2024 or September 2023.
The table below presents cash inflows/(outflows) related to available-for-sale securities.
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
Purchases
$
(52,927)
$
(4,783)
Proceeds from sales
$
13,387
$
3,161
Proceeds from maturities
$
12,784
$
2,355
The firm sold available-for-sale securities of $5.70 billion during the three months ended September 2024 and $540 million during the three months ended September 2023, and gross realized gains and gross realized losses relating to the sales of available-for-sale securities were not material for each of the three and nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023. The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains on available-for-sale securities.
Held-to-Maturity Securities
Held-to-maturity securities are accounted for at amortized cost.
The table below presents information about held-to-maturity securities by type and tenor.
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
As of September 2024
Less than 1 year
$
14,433
$
14,367
1 year to 5 years
44,675
44,905
5 years to 10 years
219
223
Total government obligations
59,327
59,495
Greater than 10 years
19,763
20,011
Total U.S. agency obligations
19,763
20,011
1 year to 5 years
2
2
Greater than 10 years
217
218
Total securities backed by real estate
219
220
Total held-to-maturity securities
$
79,309
$
79,726
As of December 2023
Less than 1 year
$
13,475
$
13,382
1 year to 5 years
54,789
54,352
5 years to 10 years
1,848
1,861
Total government obligations
70,112
69,595
1 year to 5 years
3
2
Greater than 10 years
195
195
Total securities backed by real estate
198
197
Total held-to-maturity securities
$
70,310
$
69,792
In the table above:
•Substantially all of the government obligations consist of U.S. government obligations.
•U.S. agency obligations consist of U.S. agency issued mortgage-backed securities.
•Substantially all of the securities backed by real estate consist of securities backed by residential real estate.
41
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
•As these securities are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these securities been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, government obligations would have been classified in level 1, U.S. agency obligations would have been classified in level 2 and securities backed by real estate would have been primarily classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
•The weighted average yield for held-to-maturity securities was 4.06% as of September 2024 and 3.47% as of December 2023. The weighted average yield is presented on a pre-tax basis and computed using the effective interest rate of each security at the end of the period, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective interest rate considers the contractual coupon and the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
•The gross unrealized gains were $792 million as of September 2024 and $383 million as of December 2023. The gross unrealized losses were $375 million as of September 2024 and $901 million as of December 2023.
•Held-to-maturity securities are reviewed to determine if an allowance for credit losses should be recorded in the consolidated statements of earnings. The firm considers various factors in such determination, including market conditions, changes in issuer credit ratings, historical credit losses and sovereign guarantees. Provision for credit losses on such securities was not material during either the three or nine months ended September 2024 or September 2023.
The table below presents cash inflows/(outflows) related to held-to-maturity securities.
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
Purchases
$
(20,660)
$
(19,729)
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities
$
12,598
$
3,646
Note 9.
Loans
Loans includes (i) loans held for investment that are accounted for at amortized cost net of allowance for loan losses or at fair value under the fair value option and (ii) loans held for sale that are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value. Interest on loans is recognized over the life of the loan and is recorded on an accrual basis.
The table below presents information about loans.
$ in millions
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Held For Sale
Total
As of September 2024
Loan Type
Corporate
$
31,616
$
462
$
741
$
32,819
Commercial real estate
27,952
414
47
28,413
Residential real estate
21,326
3,692
–
25,018
Securities-based
16,014
–
–
16,014
Other collateralized
71,029
1,206
461
72,696
Consumer:
Installment
–
–
196
196
Credit cards
18,165
–
1,743
19,908
Other
1,290
65
82
1,437
Total loans, gross
187,392
5,839
3,270
196,501
Allowance for loan losses
(4,752)
–
–
(4,752)
Total loans
$
182,640
$
5,839
$
3,270
$
191,749
As of December 2023
Loan Type
Corporate
$
33,866
$
759
$
1,249
$
35,874
Commercial real estate
25,025
563
440
26,028
Residential real estate
21,243
4,145
–
25,388
Securities-based
14,621
–
–
14,621
Other collateralized
61,105
911
209
62,225
Consumer:
Installment
250
–
3,048
3,298
Credit cards
17,432
–
1,929
19,361
Other
1,333
128
152
1,613
Total loans, gross
174,875
6,506
7,027
188,408
Allowance for loan losses
(5,050)
–
–
(5,050)
Total loans
$
169,825
$
6,506
$
7,027
$
183,358
In the table above:
•Loans held for investment that are accounted for at amortized cost include net deferred fees and costs, and unamortized premiums and discounts, which are amortized over the life of the loan. These amounts were less than 1% of loans accounted for at amortized cost as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
•Substantially all loans had floating interest rates as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
•During the third quarter of 2024, the firm transferred the seller financing loan portfolio (included in installment loans) to held for sale. The net carrying value of such loans at the time of transfer was not material. During the fourth quarter of 2024, the firm entered into an agreement to sell this portfolio and the sale is expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2024.
•During 2023, the firm sold $3.24 billion of the Marcus loan portfolio (included in installment loans).
•During 2023, the firm sold approximately $4.0 billion of the GreenSky loan portfolio (included in installment loans) and during the first quarter of 2024, sold the remaining GreenSky loan portfolio of $3.69 billion.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
42
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
•During 2023, the firm transferred approximately $2.0 billion of the GM co-branded credit card portfolio to held for sale. During the fourth quarter of 2024, we entered into an agreement to transition the GM credit card program to another issuer. The transition is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2025.
•During 2023, the firm purchased a portfolio of approximately $15.0 billion of private equity capital call credit facilities (including approximately $9.0 billion of funded loans) from the FDIC’s auction of Signature Bank’s loans.
The following is a description of the loan types in the table above:
•Corporate. Corporate loans includes term loans, revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and bridge loans, and are principally used for operating and general corporate purposes, or in connection with acquisitions. Corporate loans are secured (typically by a senior lien on the assets of the borrower) or unsecured, depending on the loan purpose, the risk profile of the borrower and other factors.
•Commercial Real Estate. Commercial real estate loans includes originated loans that are directly or indirectly secured by hotels, retail stores, multifamily housing complexes and commercial and industrial properties. Commercial real estate loans also includes loans extended to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly backed by commercial real estate. In addition, commercial real estate includes loans purchased by the firm.
•Residential Real Estate. Residential real estate loans primarily includes loans extended to wealth management clients and to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly secured by residential real estate. In addition, residential real estate includes loans purchased by the firm.
•Securities-Based. Securities-based loans includes loans that are secured by stocks, bonds, mutual funds, and exchange-traded funds. These loans are primarily extended to the firm’s wealth management clients and used for purposes other than purchasing, carrying or trading margin stocks. Securities-based loans require borrowers to post additional collateral on a daily basis (daily margin requirement) based on changes in the underlying collateral’s fair value.
•Other Collateralized. Other collateralized loans includes loans that are backed by specific collateral (other than securities-based loans where there is a daily margin requirement and real estate loans). Such loans are extended to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly secured by corporate loans, consumer loans and other assets. Other collateralized loans also includes loans to investment funds (managed by third parties) that are collateralized by capital commitments of the funds’ investors or assets held by the fund, as well as other secured loans extended to the firm’s wealth management and corporate clients.
•Installment. Installment loans are unsecured loans that were originated by the firm.
•Credit Cards. Credit card loans are loans made pursuant to revolving lines of credit issued to consumers by the firm.
•Other. Other loans primarily includes unsecured loans extended to wealth management clients and unsecured consumer loans purchased by the firm.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of loans, and Note 5 for information about loans within the fair value hierarchy.
Credit Quality
Risk Assessment. The firm’s risk assessment process includes evaluating the credit quality of its loans by the firm’s independent risk oversight and control function. For corporate loans and a majority of securities-based, real estate, other collateralized and other loans, the firm performs credit analyses which incorporate initial and ongoing evaluations of the capacity and willingness of a borrower to meet its financial obligations. These credit evaluations are performed on an annual basis or more frequently if deemed necessary as a result of events or changes in circumstances. The firm determines an internal credit rating for the borrower by considering the results of the credit evaluations and assumptions with respect to the nature of and outlook for the borrower’s industry and the economic environment. For collateralized loans, the firm also takes into consideration collateral received or other credit support arrangements when determining an internal credit rating. For consumer loans and for loans that are not assigned an internal credit rating, including U.S. residential mortgage loans extended to wealth management clients, the firm reviews certain key metrics, including, but not limited to, the Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) credit scores, loan to value ratios, delinquency status, collateral value and other risk factors.
43
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents gross loans by an internally determined public rating agency equivalent or other credit metrics and the concentration of secured and unsecured loans.
$ in millions
Investment-Grade
Non-Investment- Grade
Other Metrics/Unrated
Total
As of September 2024
Accounting Method
Amortized cost
$
106,876
$
49,575
$
30,941
$
187,392
Fair value
919
860
4,060
5,839
Held for sale
487
646
2,137
3,270
Total
$
108,282
$
51,081
$
37,138
$
196,501
Loan Type
Corporate
$
9,213
$
23,485
$
121
$
32,819
Real estate:
Commercial
14,778
13,483
152
28,413
Residential
9,453
3,515
12,050
25,018
Securities-based
12,239
262
3,513
16,014
Other collateralized
61,435
10,189
1,072
72,696
Consumer:
Installment
–
–
196
196
Credit cards
–
–
19,908
19,908
Other
1,164
147
126
1,437
Total
$
108,282
$
51,081
$
37,138
$
196,501
Secured
92
%
89
%
45
%
82
%
Unsecured
8
%
11
%
55
%
18
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
100
%
As of December 2023
Accounting Method
Amortized cost
$
91,324
$
54,200
$
29,351
$
174,875
Fair value
1,212
1,213
4,081
6,506
Held for sale
255
1,628
5,144
7,027
Total
$
92,791
$
57,041
$
38,576
$
188,408
Loan Type
Corporate
$
9,408
$
26,328
$
138
$
35,874
Real estate:
Commercial
12,097
13,574
357
26,028
Residential
10,771
3,217
11,400
25,388
Securities-based
10,991
561
3,069
14,621
Other collateralized
48,536
13,207
482
62,225
Consumer:
Installment
–
–
3,298
3,298
Credit cards
–
–
19,361
19,361
Other
988
154
471
1,613
Total
$
92,791
$
57,041
$
38,576
$
188,408
Secured
91
%
92
%
40
%
81
%
Unsecured
9
%
8
%
60
%
19
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
100
%
In the table above:
•Substantially all residential real estate loans included in the other metrics/unrated category consists of loans extended to wealth management clients. As of both September 2024 and December 2023, substantially all of such loans had a loan-to-value ratio of less than 80% and were performing in accordance with the contractual terms. Additionally, as of both September 2024 and December 2023, the vast majority of such loans had a FICO credit score of greater than 740.
•The vast majority of securities-based loans included in the other metrics/unrated category had a loan-to-value ratio of less than 80% and were performing in accordance with the contractual terms as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
•For installment and credit card loans included in the other metrics/unrated category, the evaluation of credit quality incorporates the borrower’s FICO credit score. FICO credit scores are periodically refreshed by the firm to assess the updated creditworthiness of the borrower. See “Vintage” below for information about installment and credit card loans by FICO credit scores.
The firm also assigns a regulatory risk rating to its loans based on the definitions provided by the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies. Total loans included 93% of loans as of September 2024 and 92% of loans as of December 2023 that were rated pass/non-criticized.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
44
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Vintage.The tables below present gross loans accounted for at amortized cost (excluding installment and credit card loans) by an internally determined public rating agency equivalent or other credit metrics and origination year for term loans.
As of September 2024
$ in millions
Investment- Grade
Non-Investment- Grade
Other Metrics/ Unrated
Total
2024
$
1,243
$
2,672
$
1
$
3,916
2023
1,555
1,599
–
3,154
2022
1,035
2,150
–
3,185
2021
320
2,728
–
3,048
2020
113
1,391
–
1,504
2019 or earlier
392
2,715
40
3,147
Revolving
4,432
9,154
1
13,587
Revolving converted to term
–
75
–
75
Corporate
9,090
22,484
42
31,616
2024
1,627
2,005
35
3,667
2023
1,005
1,437
–
2,442
2022
1,029
2,019
60
3,108
2021
664
2,407
–
3,071
2020
264
800
–
1,064
2019 or earlier
1,022
903
–
1,925
Revolving
8,697
3,557
5
12,259
Revolving converted to term
187
229
–
416
Commercial real estate
14,495
13,357
100
27,952
2024
294
–
1,209
1,503
2023
330
11
1,467
1,808
2022
93
51
2,570
2,714
2021
23
130
2,633
2,786
2020
–
23
41
64
2019 or earlier
–
30
305
335
Revolving
8,713
3,268
135
12,116
Residential real estate
9,453
3,513
8,360
21,326
2024
1,483
–
66
1,549
2023
39
–
–
39
2022
5
–
–
5
2019 or earlier
–
22
–
22
Revolving
10,712
240
3,447
14,399
Securities-based
12,239
262
3,513
16,014
2024
3,256
2,710
152
6,118
2023
4,879
1,332
148
6,359
2022
973
144
47
1,164
2021
1,213
611
78
1,902
2020
887
586
27
1,500
2019 or earlier
411
26
27
464
Revolving
47,787
4,307
259
52,353
Revolving converted to term
1,070
99
–
1,169
Other collateralized
60,476
9,815
738
71,029
2024
64
26
–
90
2023
100
8
–
108
2022
57
8
–
65
2021
6
–
23
29
2020
–
3
–
3
Revolving
896
99
–
995
Other
1,123
144
23
1,290
Total
$
106,876
$
49,575
$
12,776
$
169,227
Percentage of total
63
%
29
%
8
%
100
%
As of December 2023
$ in millions
Investment- Grade
Non-Investment- Grade
Other Metrics/ Unrated
Total
2023
$
2,475
$
1,912
$
16
$
4,403
2022
1,223
3,284
–
4,507
2021
848
4,045
–
4,893
2020
306
2,098
–
2,404
2019
45
1,909
–
1,954
2018 or earlier
371
2,102
–
2,473
Revolving
3,857
9,355
20
13,232
Corporate
9,125
24,705
36
33,866
2023
553
1,547
38
2,138
2022
1,251
2,838
–
4,089
2021
1,134
2,661
–
3,795
2020
271
1,234
–
1,505
2019
430
631
–
1,061
2018 or earlier
832
744
–
1,576
Revolving
7,129
3,192
309
10,630
Revolving converted to term
231
–
–
231
Commercial real estate
11,831
12,847
347
25,025
2023
619
54
1,627
2,300
2022
108
41
2,687
2,836
2021
22
249
2,724
2,995
2020
3
23
81
107
2019
6
–
89
95
2018 or earlier
–
20
254
274
Revolving
9,813
2,823
–
12,636
Residential real estate
10,571
3,210
7,462
21,243
2023
8
–
–
8
2022
5
–
–
5
2018 or earlier
–
303
–
303
Revolving
10,978
258
3,069
14,305
Securities-based
10,991
561
3,069
14,621
2023
5,412
2,767
245
8,424
2022
1,940
293
69
2,302
2021
1,883
845
102
2,830
2020
1,256
469
32
1,757
2019
177
74
9
260
2018 or earlier
436
66
21
523
Revolving
35,605
8,242
1
43,848
Revolving converted to term
1,161
–
–
1,161
Other collateralized
47,870
12,756
479
61,105
2023
60
21
–
81
2022
67
9
–
76
2021
6
8
51
65
2020
–
3
218
221
2019
–
–
4
4
2018 or earlier
–
–
3
3
Revolving
803
80
–
883
Other
936
121
276
1,333
Total
$
91,324
$
54,200
$
11,669
$
157,193
Percentage of total
58
%
35
%
7
%
100
%
45
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents gross installment loans accounted for at amortized cost by refreshed FICO credit scores and origination year and gross credit card loans by refreshed FICO credit scores.
$ in millions
Greater than or equal to 660
Less than 660
Total
As of September 2024
Credit cards
$
11,886
$
6,279
$
18,165
Percentage
65
%
35
%
100
%
As of December 2023
2023
$
79
$
10
$
89
2022
132
18
150
2021 or earlier
11
–
11
Installment
222
28
250
Credit cards
11,119
6,313
17,432
Total
$
11,341
$
6,341
$
17,682
Percentage of total:
Installment
89
%
11
%
100
%
Credit cards
64
%
36
%
100
%
Total
64
%
36
%
100
%
In the table above, credit card loans consist of revolving lines of credit.
Credit Concentrations.The table below presents the concentration of gross loans by region.
$ in millions
Carrying Value
Americas
EMEA
Asia
Total
As of September 2024
Corporate
$
32,819
66
%
26
%
8
%
100
%
Commercial real estate
28,413
78
%
19
%
3
%
100
%
Residential real estate
25,018
95
%
4
%
1
%
100
%
Securities-based
16,014
75
%
25
%
–
100
%
Other collateralized
72,696
84
%
15
%
1
%
100
%
Consumer:
Installment
196
100
%
–
–
100
%
Credit cards
19,908
100
%
–
–
100
%
Other
1,437
96
%
4
%
–
100
%
Total
$
196,501
83
%
15
%
2
%
100
%
As of December 2023
Corporate
$
35,874
63
%
29
%
8
%
100
%
Commercial real estate
26,028
80
%
17
%
3
%
100
%
Residential real estate
25,388
95
%
4
%
1
%
100
%
Securities-based
14,621
79
%
20
%
1
%
100
%
Other collateralized
62,225
89
%
10
%
1
%
100
%
Consumer:
Installment
3,298
100
%
–
–
100
%
Credit cards
19,361
100
%
–
–
100
%
Other
1,613
97
%
3
%
–
100
%
Total
$
188,408
84
%
13
%
3
%
100
%
In the table above:
•EMEA represents Europe, Middle East and Africa.
•The top five industry concentrations for corporate loans as of September 2024 were 23% for technology, media & telecommunications, 18% for diversified industrials, 14% for real estate, 10% for consumer & retail and 9% for healthcare.
•The top five industry concentrations for corporate loans as of December 2023 were 25% for technology, media & telecommunications, 17% for diversified industrials, 13% for real estate, 11% for consumer & retail and 9% for healthcare.
Nonaccrual, Past Due and Modified Loans. Loans accounted for at amortized cost (other than credit card loans) are placed on nonaccrual status when it is probable that the firm will not collect all principal and interest due under the contractual terms, regardless of the delinquency status or if a loan is past due for 90 days or more, unless the loan is both well collateralized and in the process of collection. At that time, all accrued but uncollected interest is reversed against interest income and interest subsequently collected is recognized on a cash basis to the extent the loan balance is deemed collectible. Otherwise, all cash received is used to reduce the outstanding loan balance. A loan is considered past due when a principal or interest payment has not been made according to its contractual terms. Credit card loans are not placed on nonaccrual status and accrue interest until the loan is paid in full or is charged off.
The table below presents information about past due loans.
$ in millions
30-89 days
90 days or more
Total
As of September 2024
Corporate
$
–
$
19
$
19
Commercial real estate
9
455
464
Residential real estate
21
21
42
Securities-based
7
–
7
Other collateralized
–
6
6
Consumer:
Credit cards
441
453
894
Other
–
10
10
Total
$
478
$
964
$
1,442
Total divided by gross loans at amortized cost
0.8
%
As of December 2023
Corporate
$
45
$
73
$
118
Commercial real estate
137
352
489
Residential real estate
12
4
16
Securities-based
2
–
2
Other collateralized
9
7
16
Consumer:
Installment
6
7
13
Credit cards
463
486
949
Other
7
11
18
Total
$
681
$
940
$
1,621
Total divided by gross loans at amortized cost
0.9
%
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
46
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents information about nonaccrual loans.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Corporate
$
2,042
$
1,779
Commercial real estate
1,298
1,466
Residential real estate
124
19
Securities-based
49
–
Other collateralized
755
860
Other
13
17
Total
$
4,281
$
4,141
Total divided by gross loans at amortized cost
2.3
%
2.4
%
In the table above:
•Nonaccrual loans included $509 million as of September 2024 and $600 million as of December 2023 of loans that were 30 days or more past due.
•Loans that were 90 days or more past due and still accruing were not material as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
•Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total nonaccrual loans was 111.0% as of September 2024 and 122.0% as of December 2023.
•Commercial real estate, residential real estate, securities-based and other collateralized loans are collateral dependent loans and the repayment of such loans is generally expected to be provided by the operation or sale of the underlying collateral. The allowance for credit losses for such nonaccrual loans is determined by considering the fair value of the collateral less estimated cost to sell, if applicable. See Note 4 for further information about fair value measurements.
The firm may modify the terms of a loan agreement for a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. Such modifications may include, among other things, forbearance of interest or principal, payment extensions or interest rate reductions.
The table below presents the carrying value of loans, as of both September 2024 and September 2023, that were modified during each of the three and nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023.
Three Months
Nine Months
Ended September
Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Modified loans
$
500
$
172
$
1,115
$
755
In the table above:
•Loan modifications during each of the three and nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023 were primarily in the form of term extensions. These extensions increased the weighted average term by 23 months for loans modified during the three months ended September 2024, by 20 months for loans modified during the three months ended September 2023, by 19 months for loans modified during the nine months ended September 2024 and by 15 months for loans modified during the nine months ended September 2023.
•Substantially all of the modified loans were related to corporate loans, commercial real estate loans and credit cards. Modified loans represented approximately 2% of corporate loans (at amortized cost), and approximately 1% of both commercial real estate (at amortized cost) and credit card loans (at amortized cost).
•Lending commitments related to modified loans were $132 million as of September 2024 and were not material as of September 2023.
•During the nine months ended September 2024, loans that defaulted after being modified were not material. During the nine months ended September 2023, the firm charged off approximately $100 million of loans that had defaulted after being modified. Substantially all of the remaining modified loans were performing in accordance with the modified contractual terms as of both September 2024 and September 2023.
47
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Allowance for Credit Losses
The firm’s allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for losses on loans and lending commitments accounted for at amortized cost. Loans and lending commitments accounted for at fair value or accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value are not subject to an allowance for credit losses.
To determine the allowance for credit losses, the firm classifies its loans and lending commitments accounted for at amortized cost into wholesale and consumer portfolios. These portfolios represent the level at which the firm has developed and documented its methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective basis for loans that exhibit similar risk characteristics using a modeled approach and on an asset-specific basis for loans that do not share similar risk characteristics.
The allowance for credit losses takes into account the weighted average of a range of forecasts of future economic conditions over the expected life of the loans and lending commitments. The expected life of each loan or lending commitment is determined based on the contractual term adjusted for extension options or demand features, or is modeled in the case of revolving credit card loans. The forecasts include baseline, favorable and adverse economic scenarios over a three-year period. For loans with expected lives beyond three years, the model reverts to historical loss information based on a non-linear modeled approach. The forecasted economic scenarios consider a number of risk factors relevant to the wholesale and consumer portfolios described below. The firm applies judgment in weighing individual scenarios each quarter based on a variety of factors, including the firm’s internally derived economic outlook, market consensus, recent macroeconomic conditions and industry trends.
The allowance for credit losses also includes qualitative components which allow management to reflect the uncertain nature of economic forecasting, capture uncertainty regarding model inputs, and account for model imprecision and concentration risk.
Management’s estimate of credit losses entails judgment about the expected life of the loan and loan collectability at the reporting dates, and there are uncertainties inherent in those judgments. The allowance for credit losses is subject to a governance process that involves review and approval by senior management within the firm’s independent risk oversight and control functions. Personnel within the firm’s independent risk oversight and control functions are responsible for forecasting the economic variables that underlie the economic scenarios that are used in the modeling of expected credit losses. While management uses the best information available to determine this estimate, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on, among other things, changes in the economic environment or variances between actual results and the original assumptions used.
The table below presents gross loans and lending commitments accounted for at amortized cost by portfolio.
As of
September 2024
December 2023
$ in millions
Loans
Lending
Commitments
Loans
Lending
Commitments
Wholesale
Corporate
$
31,616
$
157,650
$
33,866
$
141,976
Commercial real estate
27,952
3,965
25,025
3,379
Residential real estate
21,326
2,182
21,243
1,431
Securities-based
16,014
1,535
14,621
691
Other collateralized
71,029
29,692
61,105
23,020
Other
1,290
775
1,333
888
Consumer
Installment
–
–
250
1
Credit cards
18,165
63,104
17,432
56,479
Total
$
187,392
$
258,903
$
174,875
$
227,865
In the table above, wholesale loans included $4.28 billion as of September 2024 and $4.14 billion as of December 2023 of nonaccrual loans for which the allowance for credit losses was measured on an asset-specific basis. The allowance for credit losses on these loans was $842 million as of September 2024 and $778 million as of December 2023. These loans included $794 million as of September 2024 and $625 million as of December 2023 of loans which did not require a reserve as the loan was deemed to be recoverable.
See Note 18 for further information about lending commitments.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
48
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The following is a description of the methodology used to calculate the allowance for credit losses:
Wholesale. The allowance for credit losses for wholesale loans and lending commitments that exhibit similar risk characteristics is measured using a modeled approach. These models determine the probability of default and loss given default based on various risk factors, including internal credit ratings, industry default and loss data, expected life, macroeconomic indicators, the borrower’s capacity to meet its financial obligations, the borrower’s country of risk and industry, loan seniority and collateral type. For lending commitments, the methodology also considers the probability of drawdowns or funding. In addition, for loans backed by real estate, risk factors include the loan-to-value ratio, debt service ratio and home price index. The most significant inputs to the forecast model for wholesale loans and lending commitments include unemployment rates, GDP, credit spreads, commercial and industrial delinquency rates, short- and long-term interest rates, and oil prices.
The allowance for loan losses for wholesale loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, such as nonaccrual loans, is calculated using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate, the observable market price of the loan, or, in the case of collateral dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell, if applicable. Wholesale loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses when deemed to be uncollectible.
Consumer. The allowance for credit losses for consumer loans that exhibit similar risk characteristics is calculated using a modeled approach which classifies consumer loans into pools based on borrower-related and exposure-related characteristics that differentiate a pool’s risk characteristics from other pools. The factors considered in determining a pool are generally consistent with the risk characteristics used for internal credit risk measurement and management and include key metrics, such as FICO credit scores, delinquency status, loan vintage and macroeconomic indicators. The most significant inputs to the forecast model for consumer loans include unemployment rates and delinquency rates. The expected life of revolving credit card loans is determined by modeling expected future draws and the timing and amount of repayments allocated to the funded balance. The firm does not recognize an allowance for credit losses on credit card lending commitments as they are cancellable by the firm.
Credit card loans are charged off when they are 180 days past due. Installment loans were charged off when they were 120 days past due.
Allowance for Credit Losses Rollforward
The table below presents information about the allowance for credit losses.
$ in millions
Wholesale
Consumer
Total
Three Months Ended September 2024
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance
$
2,420
$
2,388
$
4,808
Charge-offs
(61)
(337)
(398)
Recoveries
72
27
99
Net (charge-offs)/recoveries
11
(310)
(299)
Provision
(97)
452
355
Other
(32)
(80)
(112)
Ending balance
$
2,302
$
2,450
$
4,752
Allowance ratio
1.4
%
13.5
%
2.5
%
Net charge-off ratio
–
6.9
%
0.7
%
Allowance for losses on lending commitments
Beginning balance
$
652
$
–
$
652
Provision
44
–
44
Other
1
–
1
Ending balance
$
697
$
–
$
697
Three Months Ended September 2023
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance
$
2,497
$
2,735
$
5,232
Charge-offs
(166)
(302)
(468)
Recoveries
9
26
35
Net (charge-offs)/recoveries
(157)
(276)
(433)
Provision
149
(37)
112
Other
(16)
–
(16)
Ending balance
$
2,473
$
2,422
$
4,895
Allowance ratio
1.7
%
13.3
%
2.9
%
Net charge-off ratio
0.4
%
5.1
%
1.0
%
Allowance for losses on lending commitments
Beginning balance
$
729
$
48
$
777
Provision
(57)
(48)
(105)
Other
(2)
–
(2)
Ending balance
$
670
$
–
$
670
Nine Months Ended September 2024
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance
$
2,576
$
2,474
$
5,050
Charge-offs
(117)
(1,110)
(1,227)
Recoveries
114
75
189
Net (charge-offs)/recoveries
(3)
(1,035)
(1,038)
Provision
(212)
1,091
879
Other
(59)
(80)
(139)
Ending balance
$
2,302
$
2,450
$
4,752
Allowance ratio
1.4
%
13.5
%
2.5
%
Net charge-off ratio
–
7.9
%
0.8
%
Allowance for losses on lending commitments
Beginning balance
$
620
$
–
$
620
Provision
76
–
76
Other
1
–
1
Ending balance
$
697
$
–
$
697
Nine Months Ended September 2023
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance
$
2,562
$
2,981
$
5,543
Charge-offs
(350)
(893)
(1,243)
Recoveries
32
76
108
Net (charge-offs)/recoveries
(318)
(817)
(1,135)
Provision
293
258
551
Other
(64)
–
(64)
Ending balance
$
2,473
$
2,422
$
4,895
Allowance ratio
1.7
%
13.3
%
2.9
%
Net charge-off ratio
0.3
%
5.1
%
0.9
%
Allowance for losses on lending commitments
Beginning balance
$
711
$
63
$
774
Provision
(37)
(63)
(100)
Other
(4)
–
(4)
Ending balance
$
670
$
–
$
670
49
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
In the table above:
•Other, for both the three and nine months ended September 2024, primarily represented the reduction to the allowance related to loans transferred to held for sale.
•The allowance ratio is calculated by dividing the allowance for loan losses by gross loans accounted for at amortized cost.
•The net charge-off ratio is calculated by dividing annualized net (charge-offs)/recoveries by average gross loans accounted for at amortized cost.
Forecast Model Inputs as of September 2024
When modeling expected credit losses, the firm employs a weighted, multi-scenario forecast, which includes baseline, adverse and favorable economic scenarios. As of September 2024, this multi-scenario forecast was weighted towards the baseline and adverse economic scenarios.
The table below presents the forecasted U.S. unemployment and U.S. GDP growth rates used in the baseline economic scenario of the forecast model.
As of September 2024
U.S. unemployment rate
Forecast for the quarter ended:
December 2024
4.5
%
June 2025
4.4
%
December 2025
4.2
%
Growth in U.S. GDP
Forecast for the year:
2024
2.6
%
2025
1.8
%
2026
1.8
%
The adverse economic scenario of the forecast model reflects a global recession in the fourth quarter of 2024 through the third quarter of 2025, resulting in an economic contraction and rising unemployment rates. In this scenario, the U.S. unemployment rate peaks at approximately 7.4% during the fourth quarter of 2025 and the maximum decline in the quarterly U.S. GDP relative to the third quarter of 2024 is approximately 2.7%, which occurs during the third quarter of 2025.
In the table above:
•U.S. unemployment rate represents the rate forecasted as of the respective quarter-end.
•Growth in U.S. GDP represents the year-over-year growth rate forecasted for the respective years.
•While the U.S. unemployment and U.S. GDP growth rates are significant inputs to the forecast model, the model contemplates a variety of other inputs across a range of scenarios to provide a forecast of future economic conditions. Given the complex nature of the forecasting process, no single economic variable can be viewed in isolation and independently of other inputs.
Allowance for Credit Losses Commentary
Three Months Ended September 2024. The allowance for credit losses decreased by $11 million during the three months ended September 2024, reflecting a reserve release relating to recoveries on previously impaired loans in the wholesale portfolio and a reserve reduction associated with the transfer of the seller financing loan portfolio to held for sale, partially offset by growth in the credit card portfolio.
Charge-offs for the three months ended September 2024 for wholesale loans were not material and charge-offs for consumer loans were related to credit cards.
Nine Months Ended September 2024. The allowance for credit losses decreased by $221 million during the nine months ended September 2024, primarily reflecting a reserve release relating to the wholesale portfolio.
Charge-offs for the nine months ended September 2024 for wholesale loans were primarily related to corporate loans (principally related to term loans originated in 2022) and charge-offs for consumer loans were primarily related to credit cards.
Three Months Ended September 2023. The allowance for credit losses decreased by $444 million during the three months ended September 2023, reflecting a net release related to the GreenSky loan portfolio (including a reserve reduction of $637 million related to the transfer of the portfolio to held for sale) and lower modeled expected credit losses relating to the wholesale portfolio due to increased stability in the macroeconomic environment, partially offset by asset specific provisions in the wholesale portfolio and seasoning of the credit card portfolio.
Charge-offs for the three months ended September 2023 for wholesale loans (principally related to term loans originated in 2021) were primarily related to commercial real estate loans and charge-offs for consumer loans were primarily related to credit cards.
Nine Months Ended September 2023.The allowance for credit losses decreased by $752 million during the nine months ended September 2023, reflecting a net release related to the GreenSky loan portfolio (including a reserve reduction of $637 million related to the transfer of the GreenSky loan portfolio to held for sale), a reserve reduction of approximately $440 million associated with the sale of Marcus loans and lower balances in corporate loans, partially offset by seasoning of the credit card portfolio.
Charge-offs for the nine months ended September 2023 for wholesale loans (principally related to term loans originated in 2021 and 2019) were primarily related to corporate loans and charge-offs for consumer loans were primarily related to credit cards.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
50
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Estimated Fair Value
The table below presents the estimated fair value of loans that are not accounted for at fair value and in what level of the fair value hierarchy they would have been classified if they had been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy.
Carrying Value
Estimated Fair Value
$ in millions
Level 2
Level 3
Total
As of September 2024
Amortized cost
$
182,640
$
95,364
$
89,394
$
184,758
Held for sale
$
3,270
$
640
$
2,647
$
3,287
As of December 2023
Amortized cost
$
169,825
$
88,485
$
83,288
$
171,773
Held for sale
$
7,027
$
3,992
$
3,038
$
7,030
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of loans, and Note 5 for information about loans within the fair value hierarchy.
Note 10.
Fair Value Option
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value
In addition to trading assets and liabilities, and certain investments and loans, the firm accounts for certain of its other financial assets and liabilities at fair value, substantially all under the fair value option. The primary reasons for electing the fair value option are to:
•Reflect economic events in earnings on a timely basis;
•Mitigate volatility in earnings from using different measurement attributes (e.g., transfers of financial assets accounted for as financings are recorded at fair value, whereas the related secured financing would be recorded on an accrual basis absent electing the fair value option); and
•Address simplification and cost-benefit considerations (e.g., accounting for hybrid financial instruments at fair value in their entirety versus bifurcation of embedded derivatives and hedge accounting for debt hosts).
Hybrid financial instruments are instruments that contain bifurcatable embedded derivatives and do not require settlement by physical delivery of nonfinancial assets (e.g., physical commodities). If the firm elects to bifurcate the embedded derivative from the associated debt, the derivative is accounted for at fair value and the host contract is accounted for at amortized cost, adjusted for the effective portion of any fair value hedges. If the firm does not elect to bifurcate, the entire hybrid financial instrument is accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
Other financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option include:
•Repurchase agreements and substantially all resale agreements;
•Certain securities borrowed and loaned transactions;
•Certain customer and other receivables and certain other assets and liabilities;
•Certain time deposits (deposits with no stated maturity are not eligible for a fair value option election), including structured certificates of deposit, which are hybrid financial instruments;
•Substantially all other secured financings, including transfers of assets accounted for as financings; and
•Certain unsecured short- and long-term borrowings, substantially all of which are hybrid financial instruments.
See Note 4 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies, valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine the fair value of other financial assets and liabilities, and Note 5 for information about other financial assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy.
Gains and Losses on Other Financial Assets and Liabilities Accounted for at Fair Value Under the Fair Value Option
The table below presents the gains and losses recognized in earnings as a result of the election to apply the fair value option to certain financial assets and liabilities.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Unsecured short-term borrowings
$
(1,287)
$
(111)
$
(2,477)
$
(2,934)
Unsecured long-term borrowings
(3,707)
1,551
(4,781)
(890)
Other
(316)
(38)
(525)
(177)
Total
$
(5,310)
$
1,402
$
(7,783)
$
(4,001)
In the table above:
•Gains/(losses) were substantially all included in market making.
•Gains/(losses) exclude contractual interest, which is included in interest income and interest expense, for all instruments other than hybrid financial instruments. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.
•Gains/(losses) included in unsecured short- and long-term borrowings were substantially all related to the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments. These gains and losses would have been recognized under other U.S. GAAP even if the firm had not elected to account for the entire hybrid financial instrument at fair value.
51
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
•Gains/(losses) included in other were primarily related to resale and repurchase agreements, deposits and other secured financings.
•Other financial assets and liabilities at fair value are frequently economically hedged with trading assets and liabilities. Accordingly, gains or losses on such other financial assets and liabilities can be partially offset by gains or losses on trading assets and liabilities. As a result, gains or losses on other financial assets and liabilities do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.
Gains/(losses) on trading assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option are included in market making. See Note 6 for further information about gains/(losses) from market making. See Note 8 for information about gains/(losses) on equity securities and Note 9 for information about gains/(losses) on loans which are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
Long-Term Debt Instruments
The aggregate contractual principal amount of long-term other secured financings, for which the fair value option was elected, exceeded the related fair value by $81 million as of September 2024 and $147 million as of December 2023.
The aggregate contractual principal amount of unsecured long-term borrowings, for which the fair value option was elected, exceeded the related fair value by $2.39 billion as of September 2024 and $3.37 billion as of December 2023.
These debt instruments include both principal-protected and non-principal-protected long-term borrowings.
Debt Valuation Adjustment
The firm calculates the fair value of financial liabilities for which the fair value option is elected by discounting future cash flows at a rate which incorporates the firm’s credit spreads.
The table below presents information about the net debt valuation adjustment (DVA) gains/(losses) on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months
Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Pre-tax DVA
$
(128)
$
443
$
(514)
$
(370)
After-tax DVA
$
(95)
$
328
$
(383)
$
(283)
In the table above:
•After-tax DVA is included in debt valuation adjustment in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
•The gains/(losses) reclassified to market making in the consolidated statements of earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) upon extinguishment of such financial liabilities were not material for each of the three and nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023.
Loans and Lending Commitments
The table below presents the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate contractual principal amount for loans (included in trading assets and loans in the consolidated balance sheets) for which the fair value option was elected.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Performing loans
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of fair value
$
954
$
1,893
Loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of fair value
$
2,072
$
2,305
Aggregate fair value
$
1,168
$
1,508
In the table above, the aggregate contractual principal amount of loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due (which excludes loans carried at zero fair value and considered uncollectible) exceeds the related fair value primarily because the firm regularly purchases loans, such as distressed loans, at values significantly below the contractual principal amounts.
The total contractual amount of unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected was $637 million as of September 2024 and $878 million as of December 2023, and the related fair value of these lending commitments was not material as of both September 2024 and December 2023. See Note 18 for further information about lending commitments.
Impact of Credit Spreads on Loans and Lending Commitments
The estimated net gain/(loss) attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads on loans and lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected was not material for both the three and nine months ended September 2024. The estimated net loss was $118 million for the three months ended September 2023 and $170 million for the nine months ended September 2023. The firm generally calculates the fair value of loans and lending commitments for which the fair value option is elected by discounting future cash flows at a rate which incorporates the instrument-specific credit spreads. For floating-rate loans and lending commitments, substantially all changes in fair value are attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads, whereas for fixed-rate loans and lending commitments, changes in fair value are also attributable to changes in interest rates.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
52
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Note 11.
Collateralized Agreements and Financings
Collateralized agreements are resale agreements and securities borrowed. Collateralized financings are repurchase agreements, securities loaned and other secured financings. The firm enters into these transactions in order to, among other things, facilitate client activities, invest excess cash, acquire securities to cover short positions and finance certain firm activities.
Collateralized agreements and financings with the same settlement date are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis when such transactions meet certain settlement criteria and are subject to netting agreements. Interest on collateralized agreements, which is included in interest income, and collateralized financings, which is included in interest expense, is recognized over the life of the transaction. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.
Resale and Repurchase Agreements
A resale agreement is a transaction in which the firm purchases financial instruments from a seller, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to resell the same or substantially the same financial instruments to the seller at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.
A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the firm sells financial instruments to a buyer, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same financial instruments from the buyer at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.
Even though repurchase and resale agreements (including “repos- and reverses-to-maturity”) involve the legal transfer of ownership of financial instruments, they are accounted for as financing arrangements because they require the financial instruments to be repurchased or resold before or at the maturity of the agreement. The financial instruments purchased or sold in resale and repurchase agreements typically include U.S. government and agency obligations, and investment-grade sovereign obligations.
The firm receives financial instruments purchased under resale agreements and makes delivery of financial instruments sold under repurchase agreements. To mitigate credit exposure, the firm monitors the market value of these financial instruments on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the financial instruments, as appropriate. For resale agreements, the firm typically requires collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the relevant assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
Repurchase agreements and substantially all resale agreements are recorded at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 5 for further information about repurchase and resale agreements.
Securities Borrowed and Loaned Transactions
In a securities borrowed transaction, the firm borrows securities from a counterparty in exchange for cash or securities. When the firm returns the securities, the counterparty returns the cash or securities. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.
In a securities loaned transaction, the firm lends securities to a counterparty in exchange for cash or securities. When the counterparty returns the securities, the firm returns the cash or securities posted as collateral. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.
In a transaction where the firm lends securities and receives securities that can be delivered or pledged as collateral, the firm recognizes the securities received within securities borrowed and the obligation to return those securities within securities loaned in the consolidated balance sheets.
The firm receives securities borrowed and makes delivery of securities loaned. To mitigate credit exposure, the firm monitors the market value of these securities on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the securities, as appropriate. For securities borrowed transactions, the firm typically requires collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the securities borrowed transaction.
Securities borrowed and loaned within FICC financing are recorded at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 5 for further information about securities borrowed and loaned accounted for at fair value.
Substantially all of the securities borrowed and loaned within Equities financing are recorded based on the amount of cash collateral advanced or received plus accrued interest. The firm also reviews such securities borrowed to determine if an allowance for credit losses should be recorded by taking into consideration the fair value of collateral received. As these agreements generally can be terminated on demand, they exhibit little, if any, sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Therefore, the carrying value of such agreements approximates fair value. As these agreements are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these agreements been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have been classified in level 2 as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
53
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Offsetting Arrangements
The table below presents resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions included in the consolidated balance sheets, as well as the amounts not offset in the consolidated balance sheets.
Assets
Liabilities
$ in millions
Resale agreements
Securities borrowed
Repurchase agreements
Securities loaned
As of September 2024
Included in the consolidated balance sheets
Gross carrying value
$
314,611
$
207,166
$
364,072
$
64,500
Counterparty netting
(102,455)
(2,383)
(102,455)
(2,383)
Total
212,156
204,783
261,617
62,117
Amounts not offset
Counterparty netting
(30,139)
(7,837)
(30,139)
(7,837)
Collateral
(176,922)
(188,261)
(227,749)
(53,860)
Total
$
5,095
$
8,685
$
3,729
$
420
As of December 2023
Included in the consolidated balance sheets
Gross carrying value
$
315,112
$
199,753
$
341,194
$
60,816
Counterparty netting
(91,307)
(333)
(91,307)
(333)
Total
223,805
199,420
249,887
60,483
Amounts not offset
Counterparty netting
(29,136)
(9,373)
(29,136)
(9,373)
Collateral
(189,358)
(182,918)
(217,498)
(50,807)
Total
$
5,311
$
7,129
$
3,253
$
303
In the table above:
•Substantially all of the gross carrying values of these arrangements are subject to enforceable netting agreements.
•Where the firm has received or posted collateral under credit support agreements, but has not yet determined such agreements are enforceable, the related collateral has not been netted.
•Amounts not offset includes counterparty netting that does not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP and the fair value of collateral received or posted subject to enforceable credit support agreements.
•Resale agreements included in the consolidated balance sheets of $211.87 billion as of September 2024 and $223.54 billion as of December 2023 and all repurchase agreements included in the consolidated balance sheets are carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 5 for further information about resale agreements and repurchase agreements accounted for at fair value.
•Securities borrowed included in the consolidated balance sheets of $47.03 billion as of September 2024 and $44.93 billion as of December 2023, and securities loaned included in the consolidated balance sheets of $10.67 billion as of September 2024 and $8.93 billion as of December 2023 were at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 5 for further information about securities borrowed and securities loaned accounted for at fair value.
Gross Carrying Value of Repurchase Agreements and Securities Loaned
The table below presents the gross carrying value of repurchase agreements and securities loaned by class of collateral pledged.
$ in millions
Repurchase agreements
Securities loaned
As of September 2024
Money market instruments
$
209
$
–
U.S. government and agency obligations
238,576
928
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations
97,675
1,485
Securities backed by commercial real estate
291
8
Securities backed by residential real estate
521
–
Corporate debt securities
14,881
495
State and municipal obligations
476
–
Other debt obligations
217
3
Equity securities
11,226
61,581
Total
$
364,072
$
64,500
As of December 2023
Money market instruments
$
3
$
–
U.S. government and agency obligations
228,718
216
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations
85,230
376
Securities backed by commercial real estate
135
–
Securities backed by residential real estate
641
–
Corporate debt securities
10,585
230
State and municipal obligations
57
–
Other debt obligations
144
–
Equity securities
15,681
59,994
Total
$
341,194
$
60,816
The table below presents the gross carrying value of repurchase agreements and securities loaned by maturity.
As of September 2024
$ in millions
Repurchase agreements
Securities loaned
No stated maturity and overnight
$
135,136
$
38,733
2 - 30 days
113,573
1,676
31 - 90 days
46,562
1,348
91 days - 1 year
44,623
11,018
Greater than 1 year
24,178
11,725
Total
$
364,072
$
64,500
In the table above:
•Repurchase agreements and securities loaned that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates.
•Repurchase agreements and securities loaned that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the earliest dates such options become exercisable.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
54
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Other Secured Financings
In addition to repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, the firm funds certain assets through the use of other secured financings and pledges financial instruments and other assets as collateral in these transactions. These other secured financings include:
•Liabilities of CIEs and consolidated VIEs;
•Transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales (e.g., pledged commodities, bank loans and mortgage whole loans); and
•Other structured financing arrangements.
Other secured financings included nonrecourse arrangements. Nonrecourse other secured financings were $4.46 billion as of September 2024 and $5.57 billion as of December 2023.
The firm has elected to apply the fair value option to substantially all other secured financings because the use of fair value eliminates non-economic volatility in earnings that would arise from using different measurement attributes. See Note 5 for further information about other secured financings that are accounted for at fair value.
Other secured financings that are not recorded at fair value are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. As these financings are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these financings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 3 as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
The table below presents information about other secured financings.
$ in millions
U.S. Dollar
Non-U.S. Dollar
Total
As of September 2024
Other secured financings (short-term):
At fair value
$
10,784
$
4,650
$
15,434
At amortized cost
–
–
–
Other secured financings (long-term):
At fair value
1,134
6,754
7,888
At amortized cost
186
–
186
Total other secured financings
$
12,104
$
11,404
$
23,508
Other secured financings collateralized by:
Financial instruments
$
11,389
$
9,381
$
20,770
Other assets
$
715
$
2,023
$
2,738
As of December 2023
Other secured financings (short-term):
At fair value
$
3,385
$
3,451
$
6,836
At amortized cost
–
368
368
Other secured financings (long-term):
At fair value
1,872
3,846
5,718
At amortized cost
272
–
272
Total other secured financings
$
5,529
$
7,665
$
13,194
Other secured financings collateralized by:
Financial instruments
$
3,122
$
6,755
$
9,877
Other assets
$
2,407
$
910
$
3,317
In the table above:
•Short-term other secured financings includes financings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and financings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder.
•Non-U.S. dollar-denominated short-term other secured financings at amortized cost had a weighted average interest rate of 0.47% as of December 2023. This rate includes the effect of hedging activities.
•U.S. dollar-denominated long-term other secured financings at amortized cost had a weighted average interest rate of 3.31% as of September 2024 and 3.44% as of December 2023. These rates include the effect of hedging activities.
•Total other secured financings included $3.04 billion as of September 2024 and $2.34 billion as of December 2023 related to transfers of financial assets accounted for as financings rather than sales. Such financings were collateralized by financial assets, primarily included in trading assets, of $3.07 billion as of September 2024 and $2.36 billion as of December 2023.
•Other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments included $19.99 billion as of September 2024 and $8.38 billion as of December 2023 of other secured financings collateralized by trading assets, investments and loans, and included $786 million as of September 2024 and $1.49 billion as of December 2023 of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments received as collateral and repledged.
55
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents other secured financings by maturity.
As of
$ in millions
September 2024
Other secured financings (short-term)
$
15,434
Other secured financings (long-term):
2025
1,885
2026
3,302
2027
512
2028
1,362
2029
211
2030 - thereafter
802
Total other secured financings (long-term)
8,074
Total other secured financings
$
23,508
In the table above:
•Long-term other secured financings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates.
•Long-term other secured financings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the earliest dates such options become exercisable.
Collateral Received and Pledged
The firm receives cash and securities (e.g., U.S. government and agency obligations, other sovereign and corporate obligations, as well as equity securities) as collateral, primarily in connection with resale agreements, securities borrowed, derivative transactions and customer margin loans. The firm obtains cash and securities as collateral on an upfront or contingent basis for derivative instruments and collateralized agreements to reduce its credit exposure to individual counterparties.
In many cases, the firm is permitted to deliver or repledge financial instruments received as collateral when entering into repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, primarily in connection with secured client financing activities. The firm is also permitted to deliver or repledge these financial instruments in connection with other secured financings, collateralized derivative transactions and firm or customer settlement requirements.
The firm also pledges certain trading assets in connection with repurchase agreements, securities loaned transactions and other secured financings, and other assets (substantially all real estate and cash) in connection with other secured financings to counterparties who may or may not have the right to deliver or repledge them.
The table below presents financial instruments at fair value received as collateral that were available to be delivered or repledged and were delivered or repledged.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Collateral available to be delivered or repledged
$
1,058,968
$
1,002,891
Collateral that was delivered or repledged
$
909,251
$
862,988
The table below presents information about assets pledged.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Pledged to counterparties that had the right to deliver or repledge
Trading assets
$
136,863
$
110,567
Pledged to counterparties that did not have the right to deliver or repledge
Trading assets
$
187,118
$
138,404
Investments
$
14,483
$
22,165
Loans
$
12,331
$
8,865
Other assets
$
2,005
$
3,924
The firm also segregates securities for regulatory and other purposes related to client activity. Such securities are segregated from trading assets and investments, as well as from securities received as collateral under resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions. Securities segregated by the firm were $52.31 billion as of September 2024 and $49.26 billion as of December 2023.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
56
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Note 12.
Other Assets
The table below presents other assets by type.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment
$
8,504
$
11,244
Goodwill
5,909
5,916
Identifiable intangible assets
925
1,177
Operating lease right-of-use assets
2,072
2,171
Income tax-related assets
8,986
8,157
Miscellaneous receivables and other
8,461
7,925
Total
$
34,857
$
36,590
Property, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment is net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $14.33 billion as of September 2024 and $13.64 billion as of December 2023. Property, leasehold improvements and equipment included $6.57 billion as of September 2024 and $6.65 billion as of December 2023 that the firm uses in connection with its operations, and $29 million as of September 2024 and $124 million as of December 2023 of foreclosed real estate. The remainder is held by investment entities, including VIEs, consolidated by the firm. Substantially all property and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease. Capitalized costs of software developed or obtained for internal use are amortized on a straight-line basis over three years.
The firm tests property, leasehold improvements and equipment for impairment when events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable. To the extent the carrying value of an asset or asset group exceeds the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposal of the asset or asset group, the firm determines the asset or asset group is impaired and records an impairment equal to the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset or asset group. In addition, the firm will recognize an impairment prior to the sale of an asset or asset group if the carrying value of the asset or asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. Any impairments recognized are included in depreciation and amortization.
The firm had no material impairments during the three months ended September 2024, $358 million during the three months ended September 2023, $200 million during the nine months ended September 2024 and $1.20 billion during the nine months ended September 2023, related to commercial real estate in CIEs within Asset & Wealth Management. In addition, the firm had impairments related to capitalized software which were not material for each of the three and nine months ended September 2024, $80 million during the three months ended September 2023, and $113 million during the nine months ended September 2023, substantially all of which were included within Platform Solutions and Asset & Wealth Management.
Goodwill
Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the acquisition date.
The table below presents the carrying value of goodwill by reporting unit.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Global Banking & Markets:
Investment banking
$
267
$
267
FICC
269
269
Equities
2,647
2,647
Asset & Wealth Management:
Asset management
1,417
1,410
Wealth management
1,309
1,309
Platform Solutions:
Transaction banking and other
–
14
Total
$
5,909
$
5,916
Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an impairment may exist. When assessing goodwill for impairment, first, a qualitative assessment can be made to determine whether it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the results of the qualitative assessment are not conclusive, a quantitative goodwill test is performed. Alternatively, a quantitative goodwill test can be performed without performing a qualitative assessment.
57
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The quantitative goodwill test compares the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value (including goodwill and identifiable intangible assets). If the reporting unit’s estimated fair value exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired. An impairment is recognized if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value and any such impairment is included in depreciation and amortization.
When performing a quantitative goodwill test, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit is based on valuation techniques the firm believes market participants would use to value these reporting units. Estimated fair values are generally derived from utilizing a relative value technique, which applies observable price-to-earnings multiples or price-to-book multiples of comparable competitors to the reporting units’ net earnings or net book value, or a discounted cash flow valuation approach, for reporting units with businesses in early stages of development. The carrying value of each reporting unit reflects an allocation of total shareholders’ equity and represents the estimated amount of total shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of the reporting unit under currently applicable regulatory capital requirements.
In the fourth quarter of 2023, the firm performed its annual assessment of goodwill for impairment, for each of its reporting units with goodwill, by performing a qualitative assessment. Multiple factors, including performance indicators, macroeconomic indicators, firm and industry events, and fair value indicators, were considered with respect to each of these reporting units to determine whether it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each of those reporting units was less than its carrying value. As a result of the qualitative assessment, the firm determined that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with goodwill exceeded its respective carrying value. Therefore, the firm determined that goodwill for each reporting unit was not impaired and that a quantitative goodwill test was not required.
During the third quarter of 2024, in connection with the planned sale of the firm's seller financing loan portfolio, the firm performed a quantitative goodwill test and determined that the goodwill associated with Transaction banking and other was impaired, and accordingly, recorded a $14 million impairment. There were no events or changes in circumstances during the three or nine months ended September 2024 that would indicate that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each of the other reporting units with goodwill did not exceed its respective carrying value as of September 2024.
Identifiable Intangible Assets
The table below presents identifiable intangible assets by type.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Customer lists
Gross carrying value
$
2,250
$
2,339
Accumulated amortization
(1,348)
(1,292)
Net carrying value
902
1,047
Other
Gross carrying value
97
866
Accumulated amortization
(74)
(736)
Net carrying value
23
130
Total gross carrying value
2,347
3,205
Total accumulated amortization
(1,422)
(2,028)
Total net carrying value
$
925
$
1,177
In the table above:
•The decrease in the net carrying value of identifiable intangible assets from December 2023 to September 2024 reflected a $110 million reduction due to the sale of GreenSky Holdings, LLC (GreenSky) in the first quarter of 2024 and a $72 million write-down in connection with the classification of the GM credit card program (included within Platform Solutions) as held for sale in the third quarter of 2024.
•Substantially all of the firm’s identifiable intangible assets have finite useful lives and are amortized over their estimated useful lives generally using the straight-line method.
The tables below present information about the amortization of identifiable intangible assets.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Amortization
$
95
$
554
$
154
$
654
In the table above, amortization for both the three and nine months ended September 2024 included the write-down related to the GM credit card program noted above. Amortization for both the three and nine months ended September 2023 included a $506 million write-down related to GreenSky. Both of these write-downs are included in depreciation and amortization.
As of
$ in millions
September 2024
Estimated future amortization
Remainder of 2024
$
22
2025
$
83
2026
$
77
2027
$
77
2028
$
76
2029
$
76
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
58
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The firm tests identifiable intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable. To the extent the carrying value of an asset or asset group exceeds the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposal of the asset or asset group, the firm determines the asset or asset group is impaired and records an impairment equal to the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset or asset group. In addition, the firm will recognize an impairment prior to the sale of an asset or asset group if the carrying value of the asset or asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. Other than as noted above, there were no material impairments or write-downs during each of the three or nine months ended September 2024 or September 2023.
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets
The firm enters into operating leases for real estate, office equipment and other assets, substantially all of which are used in connection with its operations. For leases longer than one year, the firm recognizes a right-of-use asset representing the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and a lease liability representing the liability to make payments. The lease term is generally determined based on the contractual maturity of the lease. For leases where the firm has the option to terminate or extend the lease, an assessment of the likelihood of exercising the option is incorporated into the determination of the lease term. Such assessment is initially performed at the inception of the lease and is updated if events occur that impact the original assessment.
An operating lease right-of-use asset is initially determined based on the operating lease liability, adjusted for initial direct costs, lease incentives and amounts paid at or prior to lease commencement. This amount is then amortized over the lease term. Right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities recognized (in non-cash transactions for leases entered into or assumed) by the firm were $56 million for the three months ended September 2024, $225 million for the three months ended September 2023, $109 million for the nine months ended September 2024 and $306 million for the nine months ended September 2023. See Note 15 for information about operating lease liabilities.
For leases where the firm will derive no economic benefit from leased space that it has vacated or where the firm has shortened the term of a lease when space is no longer needed, the firm will record an impairment or accelerated amortization of right-of-use assets. There were no material impairments or accelerated amortizations during each of the three or nine months ended September 2024 or September 2023.
Miscellaneous Receivables and Other
Miscellaneous receivables and other included:
•Investments in qualified affordable housing projects of $3.05 billion as of September 2024 and $3.39 billion as of December 2023. The firm receives tax credits for such investments. See Note 17 for further information about these investments.
•Assets classified as held for sale were $600 million as of September 2024 and $518 million as of December 2023. See below for further information.
Assets Held for Sale. During the third quarter of 2024, in connection with the planned transition of the GM credit card program to another issuer, the firm classified the GM credit card program (within Platform Solutions) as held for sale. The firm had previously classified the GM co-branded credit card loans as held for sale in 2023. As of September 2024, the assets related to the GM credit card program consisted of the GM co-branded credit card portfolio of $1.7 billion (included in loans). See Note 9 for further information about loans classified as held for sale.
Assets held for sale also included $600 million as of September 2024 and $327 million as of December 2023 of assets related to certain of the firm’s consolidated investments within Asset & Wealth Management. Substantially all of these assets consisted of property and equipment and were included in miscellaneous receivables and other within other assets. In addition, as of December 2023, GreenSky (within Platform Solutions) was classified as held for sale. Assets related to GreenSky were approximately $3.4 billion and consisted of loans of approximately $3.0 billion (included in loans), segregated cash of approximately $110 million (included in cash and cash equivalents), identifiable intangible assets of approximately $110 million (included in identifiable intangible assets within other assets) and other assets of approximately $190 million (included in miscellaneous receivables and other within other assets). During the first quarter of 2024, the firm completed the sale of GreenSky. See Note 9 for further information about loans classified as held for sale, above for further information about identifiable intangible assets, and Note 15 for information about liabilities classified as held for sale.
Note 13.
Deposits
The table below presents information about deposits.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
U.S. offices
$
344,975
$
333,116
Non-U.S. offices
100,336
95,301
Total
$
445,311
$
428,417
59
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
In the table above:
•Deposits include savings, demand and time deposits.
•All U.S. deposits were held at Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank USA). Substantially all non-U.S. deposits were held at Goldman Sachs International Bank (GSIB) and Goldman Sachs Bank Europe SE (GSBE).
•Substantially all deposits are interest-bearing.
The table below presents maturities of time deposits held in U.S. and non-U.S. offices.
As of September 2024
$ in millions
U.S.
Non-U.S.
Total
Remainder of 2024
$
29,735
$
20,617
$
50,352
2025
64,110
11,166
75,276
2026
4,588
319
4,907
2027
1,845
231
2,076
2028
945
205
1,150
2029
1,170
196
1,366
2030 - thereafter
1,080
51
1,131
Total
$
103,473
$
32,785
$
136,258
In the table above:
•The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations that met or exceeded the applicable insurance limits, or were otherwise not covered by insurance, were $20.85 billion in U.S. deposits and $32.30 billion in non-U.S. deposits.
•Time deposits included $41.53 billion as of September 2024 and $29.46 billion as of December 2023 of deposits accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 10 for further information about deposits accounted for at fair value.
The firm’s savings and demand deposits are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. In addition, the firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to convert a portion of its time deposits not accounted for at fair value from fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. The carrying value of time deposits not accounted for at fair value approximated fair value as of both September 2024 and December 2023. As these savings and demand deposits and time deposits are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these deposits been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have been classified in level 2 as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
Note 14.
Unsecured Borrowings
The table below presents information about unsecured borrowings.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Unsecured short-term borrowings
$
75,371
$
75,945
Unsecured long-term borrowings
250,250
241,877
Total
$
325,621
$
317,822
Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings
Unsecured short-term borrowings includes the portion of unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder.
The firm accounts for certain hybrid financial instruments at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 10 for further information about unsecured short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value. In addition, the firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to convert a portion of its unsecured short-term borrowings not accounted for at fair value from fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. The carrying value of unsecured short-term borrowings that are not recorded at fair value generally approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the obligations. As these unsecured short-term borrowings are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these borrowings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
The table below presents information about unsecured short-term borrowings.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings
$
38,551
$
49,361
Hybrid financial instruments
33,158
23,073
Commercial paper
–
1,213
Other unsecured short-term borrowings
3,662
2,298
Total unsecured short-term borrowings
$
75,371
$
75,945
Weighted average interest rate
5.91
%
3.64
%
In the table above:
•Other unsecured short-term borrowings included $1.50 billion of preferred stock for which the firm issued a notice of redemption in September 2024. See Note 19 for further information about the notice of redemption.
•The weighted average interest rates for these borrowings include the effect of hedging activities and exclude unsecured short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
60
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings
The table below presents information about unsecured long-term borrowings.
$ in millions
U.S. Dollar
Non-U.S. Dollar
Total
As of September 2024
Fixed-rate obligations
$
120,492
$
31,691
$
152,183
Floating-rate obligations
64,768
33,299
98,067
Total
$
185,260
$
64,990
$
250,250
As of December 2023
Fixed-rate obligations
$
114,813
$
34,762
$
149,575
Floating-rate obligations
57,053
35,249
92,302
Total
$
171,866
$
70,011
$
241,877
In the table above:
•Unsecured long-term borrowings consists principally of senior borrowings, which have maturities extending through 2061.
•Unsecured long-term borrowings included $96.22 billion as of September 2024 and $86.41 billion as of December 2023 of borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. The carrying value of unsecured long-term borrowings for which the firm did not elect the fair value option was $154.03 billion as of September 2024 and $155.47 billion as of December 2023. The estimated fair value of such unsecured long-term borrowings was $157.37 billion as of September 2024 and $157.75 billion as of December 2023. As these borrowings are not accounted for at fair value, they are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 4 and 5. Had these borrowings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
•Floating-rate obligations includes equity-linked, credit-linked and indexed instruments. Floating interest rates are generally based on SOFR and Euro Interbank Offered Rate.
•U.S. dollar-denominated debt had interest rates ranging from 0.86% to 6.75% (with a weighted average rate of 4.03%) as of September 2024 and 0.86% to 6.75% (with a weighted average rate of 3.73%) as of December 2023. These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
•Non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt had interest rates ranging from 0.25% to 10.67% (with a weighted average rate of 2.00%) as of September 2024 and 0.25% to 7.25% (with a weighted average rate of 2.11%) as of December 2023. These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings by maturity.
As of
$ in millions
September 2024
2025
$
12,228
2026
34,312
2027
42,373
2028
31,263
2029
31,592
2030 - thereafter
98,482
Total
$
250,250
In the table above:
•Unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder are excluded as they are included in unsecured short-term borrowings.
•Unsecured long-term borrowings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates.
•Unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are reflected at the earliest dates such options become exercisable.
•Unsecured long-term borrowings included $(7.46) billion of adjustments to the carrying value of certain unsecured long-term borrowings resulting from the application of hedge accounting by year of maturity as follows: $(50) million in 2025, $(282) million in 2026, $(744) million in 2027, $(776) million in 2028, $(693) million in 2029 and $(4.91) billion in 2030 and thereafter.
The firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to convert a portion of fixed-rate unsecured long-term borrowings not accounted for at fair value into floating-rate obligations. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.
61
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings, after giving effect to such hedging activities.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Fixed-rate obligations
$
23,523
$
20,372
Floating-rate obligations
226,727
221,505
Total
$
250,250
$
241,877
In the table above, the aggregate amounts of unsecured long-term borrowings had weighted average interest rates of 5.79% (4.49% related to fixed-rate obligations and 5.87% related to floating-rate obligations) as of September 2024 and 6.13% (3.44% related to fixed-rate obligations and 6.27% related to floating-rate obligations) as of December 2023. These rates exclude unsecured long-term borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
Subordinated Borrowings
Unsecured long-term borrowings includes subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt. Subordinated debt that matures within one year is included in unsecured short-term borrowings. Junior subordinated debt is junior in right of payment to other subordinated borrowings, which are junior to senior borrowings. Long-term subordinated debt had maturities ranging from 2025 to 2045 as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
The table below presents information about subordinated borrowings.
$ in millions
Par Amount
Carrying Value
Rate
As of September 2024
Subordinated debt
$
12,201
$
12,008
7.28
%
Junior subordinated debt
968
1,062
5.80
%
Total
$
13,169
$
13,070
7.17
%
As of December 2023
Subordinated debt
$
12,215
$
11,898
7.79
%
Junior subordinated debt
968
1,053
6.30
%
Total
$
13,183
$
12,951
7.68
%
In the table above, the rate is the weighted average interest rate for these borrowings (excluding borrowings accounted for at fair value under the fair value option), including the effect of fair value hedges used to convert fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.
Junior Subordinated Debt
In 2004, Group Inc. issued $2.84 billion of junior subordinated debt to Goldman Sachs Capital I, a Delaware statutory trust. Goldman Sachs Capital I issued $2.75 billion of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests (Trust Preferred securities) to third parties and $85 million of common beneficial interests to Group Inc. As of both September 2024 and December 2023, the outstanding par amount of junior subordinated debt held by Goldman Sachs Capital I was $968 million and the outstanding par amount of Trust Preferred securities and common beneficial interests issued by Goldman Sachs Capital I was $939 million and $29 million, respectively. Goldman Sachs Capital I is a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but is not consolidated for accounting purposes.
The firm pays interest semi-annually on the junior subordinated debt at an annual rate of 6.345% and the debt matures on February 15, 2034. The coupon rate and the payment dates applicable to the beneficial interests are the same as the interest rate and payment dates for the junior subordinated debt. The firm has the right, from time to time, to defer payment of interest on the junior subordinated debt, and therefore cause payment on Goldman Sachs Capital I’s preferred beneficial interests to be deferred, in each case up to ten consecutive semi-annual periods. During any such deferral period, the firm will not be permitted to, among other things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of its common stock. Goldman Sachs Capital I is not permitted to pay any distributions on the common beneficial interests held by Group Inc. unless all dividends payable on the preferred beneficial interests have been paid in full.
Note 15.
Other Liabilities
The table below presents other liabilities by type.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Compensation and benefits
$
7,796
$
7,804
Income tax-related liabilities
3,312
2,947
Operating lease liabilities
2,175
2,232
Noncontrolling interests
437
363
Employee interests in consolidated funds
16
19
Accrued expenses and other
9,424
10,438
Total
$
23,160
$
23,803
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
62
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Operating Lease Liabilities
For leases longer than one year, the firm recognizes a right-of-use asset representing the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and a lease liability representing the liability to make payments. See Note 12 for information about operating lease right-of-use assets.
The table below presents information about operating lease liabilities.
$ in millions
Operating lease liabilities
As of September 2024
Remainder of 2024
$
64
2025
346
2026
313
2027
275
2028
249
2029 - thereafter
1,562
Total undiscounted lease payments
2,809
Imputed interest
(634)
Total operating lease liabilities
$
2,175
Weighted average remaining lease term
12 years
Weighted average discount rate
4.18
%
As of December 2023
2024
$
325
2025
325
2026
288
2027
256
2028
231
2029 - thereafter
1,462
Total undiscounted lease payments
2,887
Imputed interest
(655)
Total operating lease liabilities
$
2,232
Weighted average remaining lease term
12 years
Weighted average discount rate
4.13
%
In the table above, the weighted average discount rate represents the firm’s incremental borrowing rate as of January 2019 for operating leases existing on the date of adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” and at the lease inception date for leases entered into subsequent to the adoption of this ASU.
Operating lease costs were $119 million for the three months ended September 2024, $124 million for the three months ended September 2023, $361 million for the nine months ended September 2024 and $362 million for the nine months ended September 2023. Variable lease costs, which are included in operating lease costs, were not material for each of the three and nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023. Total occupancy expenses for space held in excess of the firm’s current requirements were not material for each of the three and nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023.
Lease payments relating to operating lease arrangements that were signed but had not yet commenced were $1.10 billion as of September 2024.
Accrued Expenses and Other
Accrued expenses and other included:
•Liabilities classified as held for sale were not material as of September 2024 and were $257 million as of December 2023, substantially all of which related to GreenSky within Platform Solutions and consisted primarily of customer and other payables. See Note 12 for further information about assets held for sale.
•Contract liabilities, which represent consideration received by the firm in connection with its contracts with clients prior to providing the service, were $115 million as of September 2024 and $76 million as of December 2023.
•Accrued unfunded commitments related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects were $2.00 billion as of September 2024 and $2.26 billion as of December 2023. See Note 17 for further information about these investments.
Note 16.
Securitization Activities
The firm securitizes residential and commercial mortgages, corporate bonds, loans and other types of financial assets by selling these assets to securitization vehicles (e.g., trusts, corporate entities and limited liability companies) or through a resecuritization. The firm acts as underwriter of the beneficial interests that are sold to investors. The firm’s residential mortgage securitizations are primarily in connection with government agency securitizations.
The firm accounts for a securitization as a sale when it has relinquished control over the transferred financial assets. Prior to securitization, the firm generally accounts for assets pending transfer at fair value and therefore does not typically recognize significant gains or losses upon the transfer of assets. Net revenues from underwriting activities are recognized in connection with the sales of the underlying beneficial interests to investors.
63
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The firm generally receives cash in exchange for the transferred assets but may also have continuing involvement with the transferred financial assets, including ownership of beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, primarily in the form of debt instruments. The firm may also purchase senior or subordinated securities issued by securitization vehicles (which are typically VIEs) in connection with secondary market-making activities.
The primary risks included in beneficial interests and other interests from the firm’s continuing involvement with securitization vehicles are the performance of the underlying collateral, the position of the firm’s investment in the capital structure of the securitization vehicle and the market yield for the security. Interests accounted for at fair value are primarily classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Interests not accounted for at fair value are carried at amounts that approximate fair value. See Note 4 for further information about fair value measurements.
The table below presents the amount of financial assets securitized and the cash flows received on retained interests in securitization entities in which the firm had continuing involvement as of the end of the period.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Residential mortgages
$
10,708
$
6,894
$
22,588
$
18,267
Commercial mortgages
1,600
1,798
4,201
3,196
Other financial assets
1,046
–
1,268
996
Total financial assets securitized
$
13,354
$
8,692
$
28,057
$
22,459
Retained interests cash flows
$
218
$
187
$
503
$
407
The firm securitized assets of $120 million during the three months ended September 2024, $39 million during the three months ended September 2023, $250 million during the nine months ended September 2024 and $149 million during the nine months ended September 2023, in a non-cash exchange for loans and investments.
The table below presents information about nonconsolidated securitization entities to which the firm sold assets and had continuing involvement as of the end of the period.
•The outstanding principal amount is presented for the purpose of providing information about the size of the securitization entities and is not representative of the firm’s risk of loss.
•The firm’s risk of loss from retained or purchased interests is limited to the carrying value of these interests.
•Purchased interests represent senior and subordinated interests, purchased in connection with secondary market-making activities, in securitization entities in which the firm also holds retained interests.
•Substantially all of the total outstanding principal amount and total retained interests relate to securitizations during 2019 and thereafter.
•The fair value of retained interests was $5.87 billion as of September 2024 and $5.26 billion as of December 2023.
In addition to the interests in the table above, the firm had other continuing involvement in the form of derivative transactions and commitments with certain nonconsolidated VIEs. The carrying value of these derivatives and commitments was a net asset of $857 million as of September 2024 and $120 million as of December 2023, and the notional amount of these derivatives and commitments was $2.64 billion as of September 2024 and $1.95 billion as of December 2023. The notional amounts of these derivatives and commitments are included in maximum exposure to loss in the nonconsolidated VIE table in Note 17. Additionally, the firm provided seller financing of $1.73 billion in connection with the sale of $3.93 billion of loans (substantially all of which were related to GreenSky) during the nine months ended September 2024 and of approximately $2.7 billion in connection with the sale of $3.24 billion of Marcus loans during the nine months ended September 2023. The principal and interest repayments received from these financings were $1.43 billion for the three months ended September 2024 and $2.11 billion for the nine months ended September 2024 and were not material for both the three and nine months ended September 2023. The total outstanding principal amount of these seller financings were $1.57 billion as of September 2024 and $1.81 billion as of December 2023.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
64
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents information about the weighted average key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of mortgage-backed retained interests.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Fair value of retained interests
$
5,412
$
4,590
Weighted average life (years)
5.2
5.7
Constant prepayment rate
14.9%
12.2%
Impact of 10% adverse change
$
(74)
$
(50)
Impact of 20% adverse change
$
(136)
$
(94)
Discount rate
6.6%
7.6%
Impact of 10% adverse change
$
(134)
$
(117)
Impact of 20% adverse change
$
(259)
$
(226)
In the table above:
•Amounts do not reflect the benefit of other financial instruments that are held to mitigate risks inherent in these retained interests.
•Changes in fair value based on an adverse variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value is not usually linear.
•The impact of a change in a particular assumption is calculated independently of changes in any other assumption. In practice, simultaneous changes in assumptions might magnify or counteract the sensitivities disclosed above.
•The constant prepayment rate is included only for positions for which it is a key assumption in the determination of fair value.
•The discount rate for retained interests that relate to U.S. government agency-issued CMOs does not include any credit loss. Expected credit loss assumptions are reflected in the discount rate for the remainder of retained interests.
The firm has other retained interests not reflected in the table above with a fair value of $458 million and a weighted average life of 5.4 years as of September 2024, and a fair value of $674 million and a weighted average life of 5.0 years as of December 2023. Due to the nature and fair value of certain of these retained interests, the weighted average assumptions for constant prepayment and discount rates and the related sensitivity to adverse changes are not meaningful as of both September 2024 and December 2023. The firm’s maximum exposure to adverse changes in the value of these interests is the carrying value of $459 million as of September 2024 and $685 million as of December 2023.
Note 17.
Variable Interest Entities
A variable interest in a VIE is an investment (e.g., debt or equity) or other interest (e.g., derivatives or loans and lending commitments) that will absorb portions of the VIE’s expected losses and/or receive portions of the VIE’s expected residual returns.
The firm’s variable interests in VIEs include senior and subordinated debt; loans and lending commitments; limited and general partnership interests; preferred and common equity; derivatives that may include foreign currency, equity and/or credit risk; guarantees; and certain of the fees the firm receives from investment funds. Certain interest rate, foreign currency and credit derivatives the firm enters into with VIEs are not variable interests because they create, rather than absorb, risk.
VIEs generally finance the purchase of assets by issuing debt and equity securities that are either collateralized by or indexed to the assets held by the VIE. The debt and equity securities issued by a VIE may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. The firm’s involvement with VIEs includes securitization of financial assets, as described in Note 16, and investments in and loans to other types of VIEs, as described below. See Note 3 for the firm’s consolidation policies, including the definition of a VIE.
VIE Consolidation Analysis
The enterprise with a controlling financial interest in a VIE is known as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. The firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by performing an analysis that principally considers:
•Which variable interest holder has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance;
•Which variable interest holder has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE;
•The VIE’s purpose and design, including the risks the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders;
•The VIE’s capital structure;
•The terms between the VIE and its variable interest holders and other parties involved with the VIE; and
•Related-party relationships.
The firm reassesses its evaluation of whether an entity is a VIE when certain reconsideration events occur. The firm reassesses its determination of whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis based on current facts and circumstances.
65
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
VIE Activities
The firm is principally involved with VIEs through the following business activities:
Mortgage-Backed VIEs. The firm sells residential and commercial mortgage loans and securities to mortgage-backed VIEs and may retain beneficial interests in the assets sold to these VIEs. The firm purchases and sells beneficial interests issued by mortgage-backed VIEs in connection with market-making activities. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives with certain of these VIEs, primarily interest rate swaps, which are typically not variable interests. The firm generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk.
Real Estate, Credit- and Power-Related, Tax Credit and Other Investing VIEs. The firm purchases equity and debt securities issued by and makes loans to VIEs that hold real estate, performing and nonperforming debt, distressed loans, power-related assets and equity securities. The firm also makes equity investments in VIEs that invest in qualified affordable housing and renewable energy projects designed to generate a return through the realization of tax credits and related tax benefits. The firm generally does not sell assets to, or enter into derivatives with, these VIEs.
Corporate Debt and Other Asset-Backed VIEs. The firm structures VIEs that issue notes to clients, purchases and sells beneficial interests issued by corporate debt and other asset-backed VIEs in connection with market-making activities, and makes loans to VIEs that warehouse corporate debt. Certain of these VIEs synthetically create the exposure for the beneficial interests they issue by entering into credit derivatives with the firm, rather than purchasing the underlying assets. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives, such as total return swaps, with certain corporate debt and other asset-backed VIEs, under which the firm pays the VIE a return due to the beneficial interest holders and receives the return on the collateral owned by the VIE. The collateral owned by these VIEs is primarily other asset-backed loans and securities. The firm may be removed as the total return swap counterparty and may enter into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk related to these swaps. The firm may sell assets to the corporate debt and other asset-backed VIEs it structures.
Principal-Protected Note VIEs. The firm structures VIEs that issue principal-protected notes to clients. These VIEs own portfolios of assets, principally with exposure to hedge funds. Substantially all of the principal protection on the notes issued by these VIEs is provided by the asset portfolio rebalancing that is required under the terms of the notes. The firm enters into total return swaps with these VIEs under which the firm pays the VIE the return due to the principal-protected note holders and receives the return on the assets owned by the VIE. The firm may enter into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk. The firm also obtains funding through these VIEs.
Investments in Funds. The firm makes equity investments in certain investment fund VIEs it manages and is entitled to receive fees from these VIEs. The firm has generally not sold assets to, or entered into derivatives with, these VIEs.
Nonconsolidated VIEs
The table below presents a summary of the nonconsolidated VIEs in which the firm holds variable interests.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Total nonconsolidated VIEs
Assets in VIEs
$
198,282
$
193,934
Carrying value of variable interests — assets
$
16,530
$
15,478
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities
$
2,500
$
2,750
Maximum exposure to loss:
Retained interests
$
5,887
$
5,299
Purchased interests
837
902
Commitments and guarantees
4,100
4,159
Derivatives
9,183
8,636
Debt and equity
6,642
6,927
Total
$
26,649
$
25,923
In the table above:
•The nature of the firm’s variable interests is described in the rows under maximum exposure to loss.
•The firm’s exposure to the obligations of VIEs is generally limited to its interests in these entities. In certain instances, the firm provides guarantees, including derivative guarantees, to VIEs or holders of variable interests in VIEs.
•The maximum exposure to loss excludes the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with these variable interests.
•The maximum exposure to loss from retained interests, purchased interests, and debt and equity is the carrying value of these interests.
•The maximum exposure to loss from commitments and guarantees, and derivatives is the notional amount, which does not represent anticipated losses and has not been reduced by unrealized losses. As a result, the maximum exposure to loss exceeds liabilities recorded for commitments and guarantees, and derivatives.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
66
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents information, by principal business activity, for nonconsolidated VIEs included in the summary table above.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Mortgage-backed
Assets in VIEs
$
126,768
$
123,108
Carrying value of variable interests — assets
$
5,747
$
4,867
Maximum exposure to loss:
Retained interests
$
5,428
$
4,614
Purchased interests
319
253
Commitments and guarantees
34
35
Derivatives
1
2
Total
$
5,782
$
4,904
Real estate, credit- and power-related, tax credit and other investing
Assets in VIEs
$
47,702
$
43,035
Carrying value of variable interests — assets
$
6,288
$
6,625
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities
$
2,019
$
2,220
Maximum exposure to loss:
Commitments and guarantees
$
3,688
$
3,891
Debt and equity
4,288
4,733
Total
$
7,976
$
8,624
Corporate debt and other asset-backed
Assets in VIEs
$
22,048
$
23,188
Carrying value of variable interests — assets
$
4,485
$
3,895
Carrying value of variable interests — liabilities
$
481
$
530
Maximum exposure to loss:
Retained interests
$
459
$
685
Purchased interests
518
649
Commitments and guarantees
377
231
Derivatives
9,182
8,634
Debt and equity
2,344
2,103
Total
$
12,880
$
12,302
Investments in funds
Assets in VIEs
$
1,764
$
4,603
Carrying value of variable interests — assets
$
10
$
91
Maximum exposure to loss:
Commitments and guarantees
$
1
$
2
Debt and equity
10
91
Total
$
11
$
93
As of both September 2024 and December 2023, the carrying values of the firm’s variable interests in nonconsolidated VIEs are included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:
•Mortgage-backed: Assets primarily included in trading assets and loans.
•Real estate, credit- and power-related, tax credit and other investing: Assets primarily included in investments and other assets, and liabilities included in trading liabilities and other liabilities.
•Corporate debt and other asset-backed: Assets included in loans and trading assets, and liabilities included in trading liabilities.
•Investments in funds: Assets included in investments.
Tax Credit VIEs
The firm makes equity investments in nonconsolidated tax credit VIEs that invest in qualified affordable housing and renewable energy projects. These VIEs are generally organized as limited partnerships or similar entities and a third-party is typically the general partner or the managing member. The firm invests in the entity as a limited partner and receives income tax credits and other income tax benefits for such investments. In connection with the adoption of ASU No. 2023-02, as of January 1, 2024, the firm elected the proportional amortization method for qualified affordable housing and renewable energy projects that receive production tax credits. The investments that meet the criteria for the proportional amortization method of accounting are amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received on such investments. The amortization of investments and the related income tax credits and other income tax benefits are recorded as a component of the provision for taxes, and are included in other operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
The table below presents information about investments (included in miscellaneous receivables and other within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets) in qualified affordable housing projects that met the criteria of the proportional amortization method of accounting.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Carrying value of investments
$
3,047
$
3,394
In the table above, investments included $2.00 billion as of September 2024 and $2.26 billion as of December 2023 of accrued unfunded commitments. As of September 2024, a majority of such accrued unfunded commitments were expected to be funded by year-end 2026.
The table below presents information about the amortization and income tax credits and other income tax benefits related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects that met the criteria of the proportional amortization method of accounting.
Three Months
Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Amortization
$
96
$
68
$
315
$
210
Tax credits and other benefits
$
117
$
102
$
382
$
257
Investments in qualified affordable housing projects that did not meet the criteria for the proportional amortization method of accounting were not material as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
67
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The firm’s investments in renewable energy projects that receive production tax credits were not eligible for transition to the proportional amortization method of accounting. Such investments were $1.42 billion as of September 2024 and $1.40 billion as of December 2023, were included in investments in the consolidated balance sheets and were accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.
Consolidated VIEs
The table below presents a summary of the carrying value and balance sheet classification of assets and liabilities in consolidated VIEs.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Total consolidated VIEs
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
179
$
439
Customer and other receivables
350
347
Trading assets
134
95
Investments
181
80
Loans
8
267
Other assets
73
248
Total
$
925
$
1,476
Liabilities
Other secured financings
$
710
$
850
Customer and other payables
8
2
Unsecured short-term borrowings
6
14
Unsecured long-term borrowings
17
17
Other liabilities
170
91
Total
$
911
$
974
In the table above:
•Assets and liabilities are presented net of intercompany eliminations and exclude the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with the firm’s variable interests.
•VIEs in which the firm holds a majority voting interest are excluded if (i) the VIE meets the definition of a business and (ii) the VIE’s assets can be used for purposes other than the settlement of its obligations.
•Substantially all assets can only be used to settle obligations of the VIE.
The table below presents information, by principal business activity, for consolidated VIEs included in the summary table above.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Real estate, credit-related and other investing
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
17
$
417
Customer and other receivables
1
–
Trading assets
19
28
Investments
181
80
Loans
8
267
Other assets
73
248
Total
$
299
$
1,040
Liabilities
Other secured financings
$
3
$
143
Customer and other payables
8
2
Other liabilities
170
91
Total
$
181
$
236
Corporate debt and other asset-backed
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
162
$
22
Total
$
162
$
22
Liabilities
Other secured financings
$
366
$
374
Total
$
366
$
374
Principal-protected notes
Assets
Customer and other receivables
$
349
$
347
Trading assets
115
67
Total
$
464
$
414
Liabilities
Other secured financings
$
341
$
333
Unsecured short-term borrowings
6
14
Unsecured long-term borrowings
17
17
Total
$
364
$
364
In the table above, creditors and beneficial interest holders of real estate, credit-related and other investing VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the firm.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
68
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Note 18.
Commitments,ContingenciesandGuarantees
Commitments
The table below presents commitments by type.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Commitment Type
Commercial lending:
Investment-grade
$
122,062
$
111,202
Non-investment-grade
68,251
54,298
Warehouse financing
14,543
9,184
Consumer
77,446
73,074
Total lending
282,302
247,758
Risk participations
6,966
8,167
Collateralized agreement
187,933
100,503
Collateralized financing
50,923
84,276
Investment
4,845
4,592
Other
9,059
8,258
Total commitments
$
542,028
$
453,554
The table below presents commitments by expiration.
As of September 2024
Remainder
2025 -
2027 -
2029 -
$ in millions
of 2024
2026
2028
Thereafter
Commitment Type
Commercial lending:
Investment-grade
$
4,352
$
37,545
$
48,957
$
31,208
Non-investment-grade
1,193
18,188
25,383
23,487
Warehouse financing
1
6,069
6,904
1,569
Consumer
77,446
–
–
–
Total lending
82,992
61,802
81,244
56,264
Risk participations
620
2,871
3,015
460
Collateralized agreement
181,891
6,042
–
–
Collateralized financing
50,811
112
–
–
Investment
1,022
544
1,078
2,201
Other
7,433
1,435
40
151
Total commitments
$
324,769
$
72,806
$
85,377
$
59,076
Lending Commitments
The firm’s commercial and warehouse financing lending commitments are agreements to lend with fixed termination dates and depend on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to borrowing. These commitments are presented net of amounts syndicated to third parties. The total commitment amount does not necessarily reflect actual future cash flows because the firm may syndicate portions of these commitments. In addition, commitments can expire unused or be reduced or cancelled at the counterparty’s request. The firm also provides credit to consumers by issuing credit card lines. The firm also provided credit to consumers through commitments to extend unsecured installment loans and beginning in the third quarter of 2024, ceased providing such commitments.
The table below presents information about lending commitments.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Held for investment
$
258,903
$
227,865
Held for sale
22,553
19,129
At fair value
846
764
Total
$
282,302
$
247,758
In the table above:
•Held for investment lending commitments are accounted for at amortized cost. The carrying value of lending commitments was a liability of $947 million (including allowance for credit losses of $697 million) as of September 2024 and $845 million (including allowance for credit losses of $620 million) as of December 2023. The estimated fair value of such lending commitments was a liability of $5.55 billion as of September 2024 and $5.29 billion as of December 2023. Had these lending commitments been carried at fair value and included in the fair value hierarchy, $3.28 billion as of September 2024 and $3.10 billion as of December 2023 would have been classified in level 2, and $2.27 billion as of September 2024 and $2.19 billion as of December 2023 would have been classified in level 3.
•Held for sale lending commitments are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value. The carrying value of lending commitments held for sale was a liability of $66 million as of September 2024 and $70 million as of December 2023. The estimated fair value of such lending commitments approximates the carrying value. Had these lending commitments been included in the fair value hierarchy, they would have been primarily classified in level 3 as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
•Gains or losses related to lending commitments at fair value, if any, are generally recorded net of any fees in other principal transactions.
69
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Commercial Lending. The firm’s commercial lending commitments were primarily extended to investment-grade corporate borrowers. Such commitments primarily included $149.21 billion as of September 2024 and $137.11 billion as of December 2023, related to relationship lending activities (principally used for operating and general corporate purposes), and $14.49 billion as of September 2024 and $4.21 billion as of December 2023, related to other investment banking activities (generally extended for contingent acquisition financing and are often intended to be short-term in nature, as borrowers often seek to replace them with other funding sources). The firm also extends lending commitments in connection with other types of corporate lending, commercial real estate financing and other collateralized lending. See Note 9 for further information about funded loans.
To mitigate the credit risk associated with the firm’s commercial lending activities, the firm obtains credit protection on certain loans and lending commitments through credit default swaps, both single-name and index-based contracts, and through the issuance of credit-linked notes.
Warehouse Financing. The firm provides financing to clients who warehouse financial assets. These arrangements are collateralized by the warehoused assets, primarily consisting of residential real estate, consumer and corporate loans.
Consumer. The firm’s consumer lending commitments includes:
•Credit card lines issued by the firm to consumers were $77.45 billion as of September 2024 and $70.82 billion as of December 2023. Such credit card lines included $14.34 billion as of September 2024 and $14.35 billion as of December 2023 of commitments classified as held for sale in connection with the planned sale of the GM co-branded credit card portfolio. These credit card lines are cancellable by the firm.
•Commitments to provide unsecured installment loans to consumers were $2.25 billion as of December 2023 and such commitments were classified as held for sale in connection with the planned sale of GreenSky. During the first quarter of 2024, the firm completed the sale of GreenSky.
Risk Participations
The firm also risk participates certain of its commercial lending commitments to other financial institutions. In the event of a risk participant’s default, the firm will be responsible to fund the borrower.
Collateralized agreement commitments includes forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements, and collateralized financing commitments includes forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements that settle at a future date. Collateralized agreement commitments also includes transactions where the firm has entered into commitments to provide contingent financing to its clients and counterparties through resale agreements. The firm’s funding of these commitments depends on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to the resale agreement and these commitments can expire unused.
Investment Commitments
Investment commitments includes commitments to invest in private equity, real estate and other assets directly and through funds that the firm raises and manages. Investment commitments included $1.05 billion as of September 2024 and $963 million as of December 2023, related to commitments to invest in funds managed by the firm. If these commitments are called, they would be funded at market value on the date of investment.
Contingencies
Legal Proceedings. See Note 27 for information about legal proceedings.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
70
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Guarantees
The table below presents derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee, securities lending and clearing guarantees and certain other financial guarantees.
$ in millions
Derivatives
Securities lending and clearing
Other financial guarantees
As of September 2024
Carrying Value of Net Liability
$
3,465
$
–
$
440
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
Remainder of 2024
$
54,229
$
37,782
$
361
2025 - 2026
204,199
–
3,621
2027 - 2028
29,250
–
2,580
2029 - thereafter
45,018
–
1,021
Total
$
332,696
$
37,782
$
7,583
As of December 2023
Carrying Value of Net Liability
$
5,240
$
–
$
430
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
2024
$
177,895
$
28,787
$
2,325
2025 - 2026
98,843
–
3,108
2027 - 2028
19,282
–
2,109
2029 - thereafter
29,030
–
231
Total
$
325,050
$
28,787
$
7,773
In the table above:
•The maximum payout is based on the notional amount of the contract and does not represent anticipated losses.
•Amounts exclude certain commitments to issue standby letters of credit that are included in lending commitments. See the tables in “Commitments” above for a summary of the firm’s commitments.
•The carrying value for derivatives included derivative assets of $438 million as of September 2024 and $359 million as of December 2023, and derivative liabilities of $3.90 billion as of September 2024 and $5.60 billion as of December 2023.
Derivative Guarantees. The firm enters into various derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee under U.S. GAAP, including written equity and commodity put options, written currency contracts and interest rate caps, floors and swaptions. These derivatives are risk managed together with derivatives that do not meet the definition of a guarantee, and therefore the amounts in the table above do not reflect the firm’s overall risk related to derivative activities. Disclosures about derivatives are not required if they may be cash settled and the firm has no basis to conclude it is probable that the counterparties held the underlying instruments at the inception of the contract. The firm has concluded that these conditions have been met for certain large, internationally active commercial and investment bank counterparties, central clearing counterparties, hedge funds and certain other counterparties. Accordingly, the firm has not included such contracts in the table above. See Note 7 for information about credit derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee, which are not included in the table above.
Derivatives are accounted for at fair value and therefore the carrying value is considered the best indication of payment/performance risk for individual contracts. However, the carrying values in the table above exclude the effect of counterparty and cash collateral netting.
Securities Lending and Clearing Guarantees. Securities lending and clearing guarantees include the indemnifications and guarantees that the firm provides in its capacity as an agency lender and in its capacity as a sponsoring member of the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation.
As an agency lender, the firm indemnifies most of its securities lending customers against losses incurred in the event that borrowers do not return securities and the collateral held is insufficient to cover the market value of the securities borrowed. The maximum payout of such indemnifications was $10.47 billion as of September 2024 and $14.19 billion as of December 2023. Collateral held by the lenders in connection with securities lending indemnifications was $10.99 billion as of September 2024 and $14.63 billion as of December 2023. Because the contractual nature of these arrangements requires the firm to obtain collateral with a market value that exceeds the value of the securities lent to the borrower, there is minimal performance risk associated with these indemnifications.
71
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
As a sponsoring member of the Government Securities Division of the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, the firm guarantees the performance of its sponsored member clients to the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation in connection with certain resale and repurchase agreements. To minimize potential losses on such guarantees, the firm obtains a security interest in the collateral that the sponsored client placed with the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation. Therefore, the risk of loss on such guarantees is minimal. The maximum payout on this guarantee was $27.31 billion as of September 2024 and $14.60 billion as of December 2023. The related collateral held was $27.23 billion as of September 2024 and $14.69 billion as of December 2023.
Other Financial Guarantees. In the ordinary course of business, the firm provides other financial guarantees of the obligations of third parties (e.g., standby letters of credit and other guarantees to enable clients to complete transactions and fund-related guarantees). These guarantees represent obligations to make payments to beneficiaries if the guaranteed party fails to fulfill its obligation under a contractual arrangement with that beneficiary. Other financial guarantees also include a guarantee that the firm has provided to the Government of Malaysia that it will receive, by August 2025, at least $1.4 billion in assets and proceeds from assets seized by governmental authorities around the world related to 1Malaysia Development Berhad, a sovereign wealth fund in Malaysia (1MDB). In connection with this guarantee, the firm agreed to make a one-time interim payment of $250 million towards the $1.4 billion if the Government of Malaysia did not receive at least $500 million in assets and proceeds by August 2022. The firm does not believe that any interim payment is required. Any amounts paid by the firm would, in any event, be subject to reimbursement in the event the assets and proceeds received by the Government of Malaysia through August 18, 2028 exceed $1.4 billion.
On October 11, 2023, the firm filed a demand for arbitration alleging that the Government of Malaysia had, as of August 2022, recovered assets and proceeds well in excess of $500 million; it had recovered substantial additional assets and proceeds that should be credited against the guarantee; and it had not used all reasonable efforts to recover other assets and proceeds that could be credited against the guarantee. On November 8, 2023, the Government of Malaysia filed a response to the firm’s demand for arbitration and on June 10, 2024, filed an application for a partial award to immediately enforce the interim payment (plus interest). On July 24, 2024, the arbitral tribunal rejected that application. Final determinations on all remaining issues, including any subsequent enforcement of the interim payment, are to be made at a final hearing. The arbitral process is ongoing. See Note 27 for further information about matters related to 1MDB.
Guarantees of Securities Issued by Trusts. The firm has established trusts, including Goldman Sachs Capital I, Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III (the Trusts), and other entities, for the limited purpose of issuing securities to third parties, lending the proceeds to the firm and entering into contractual arrangements with the firm and third parties related to this purpose. The firm does not consolidate these entities. See Notes 14 and 19 for further information about the transactions involving the Trusts.
The firm effectively provides for the full and unconditional guarantee of the securities issued by these entities. Timely payment by the firm of amounts due to these entities under the guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements will be sufficient to cover payments due on the securities issued by these entities. No subsidiary of Group Inc. guarantees the securities of the Trusts.
Management believes that it is unlikely that any circumstances will occur, such as nonperformance on the part of paying agents or other service providers, that would make it necessary for the firm to make payments related to these entities other than those required under the terms of the guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements and in connection with certain expenses incurred by these entities.
Indemnities and Guarantees of Service Providers. In the ordinary course of business, the firm indemnifies and guarantees certain service providers, such as clearing and custody agents, trustees and administrators, against specified potential losses in connection with their acting as an agent of, or providing services to, the firm or its affiliates.
The firm may also be liable to some clients or other parties for losses arising from its custodial role or caused by acts or omissions of third-party service providers, including sub-custodians and third-party brokers. In certain cases, the firm has the right to seek indemnification from these third-party service providers for certain relevant losses incurred by the firm. In addition, the firm is a member of payment, clearing and settlement networks, as well as securities exchanges around the world that may require the firm to meet the obligations of such networks and exchanges in the event of member defaults and other loss scenarios.
In connection with the firm’s prime brokerage and clearing businesses, the firm agrees to clear and settle transactions entered into by clients with other brokerage firms. The firm’s obligations in respect of such transactions are secured by the assets in the client’s account and proceeds received from the transactions cleared and settled by the firm on behalf of the client. In connection with joint venture investments, the firm may issue loan guarantees under which it may be liable in the event of fraud, misappropriation, environmental liabilities and other matters involving the borrower.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
72
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications as this depends upon the occurrence of future events, including an assessment of claims that have not yet occurred. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these guarantees and indemnifications have been recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
Other Representations, Warranties and Indemnifications. The firm provides representations and warranties to counterparties in connection with a variety of commercial transactions and occasionally indemnifies them against potential losses caused by the breach of those representations and warranties. The firm may also provide indemnifications protecting against changes in or adverse application of certain U.S. tax laws in connection with ordinary-course transactions, such as securities issuances, borrowings or derivatives.
In addition, the firm may provide indemnifications to some counterparties to protect them in the event additional taxes are owed or payments are withheld, due either to a change in or an adverse application of certain non-U.S. tax laws. These indemnifications, as well as indemnifications provided by the firm on other contractual or other obligations, generally are standard contractual terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business. Generally, there are no stated or notional amounts included in these indemnifications, and the contingencies triggering the obligation to indemnify are not expected to occur. Future changes in tax laws and how such laws would apply to these indemnifications cannot be determined. Therefore, the firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these arrangements have been recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
Guarantees of Subsidiaries. Group Inc. is the entity that fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by GS Finance Corp., a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the firm. Group Inc. has guaranteed the payment obligations of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (GS&Co.), GS Bank USA and Goldman Sachs Paris Inc. et Cie, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, Group Inc. has provided guarantees to Goldman Sachs International (GSI) and GSBE related to agreements that each entity has entered into with certain of its counterparties. Group Inc. guarantees many of the obligations of its other consolidated subsidiaries on a transaction-by-transaction basis, as negotiated with counterparties. Given these obligations of the consolidated subsidiaries are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets or reflected as commitments, Group Inc.’s liabilities as guarantor are not separately disclosed.
Note 19.
Shareholders’ Equity
Common Equity
As of both September 2024 and December 2023, the firm had 4.00 billion authorized shares of common stock and 200 million authorized shares of nonvoting common stock, each with a par value of $0.01 per share.
The firm’s share repurchase program is intended to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity. The share repurchase program is effected primarily through regular open-market purchases (which may include repurchase plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and accelerated share repurchases), the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by the firm’s current and projected capital position, and capital deployment opportunities, but which may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of the firm’s common stock.
The table below presents information about common stock repurchases.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
in millions, except per share amounts
2024
2023
2024
2023
Common share repurchases
2.0
4.2
13.9
13.5
Average cost per share
$
489.50
$
354.79
$
430.34
$
354.13
Total cost of common share repurchases
$
1,000
$
1,500
$
6,000
$
4,796
Pursuant to the terms of certain share-based compensation plans, employees may remit shares to the firm or the firm may cancel share-based awards to satisfy statutory employee tax withholding requirements. Under these plans, during the nine months ended September 2024, 1,197 shares were remitted with a total value of $0.5 million and the firm cancelled 3.4 million share-based awards with a total value of $1.33 billion. The cash settlement of share-based awards is included in other in additional paid-in capital in the consolidated statements of shareholders' equity and in other financing, net in the consolidated statements of cash flows. For both the nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023, the amount of cash used to settle share-based awards was not material.
The table below presents common stock dividends declared.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
2024
2023
2024
2023
Dividends declared per common share
$
3.00
$
2.75
$
8.50
$
7.75
On October 11, 2024, the Board of Directors of Group Inc. declared a dividend of $3.00 per common share to be paid on December 30, 2024 to common shareholders of record on December 2, 2024.
73
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Preferred Equity
The tables below present information about the perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding as of September 2024.
Series
Shares Authorized
Shares Issued
Shares Outstanding
Depositary Shares Per Share
A
50,000
30,000
29,999
1,000
C
25,000
8,000
8,000
1,000
D
60,000
54,000
53,999
1,000
E
17,500
7,667
7,667
N.A.
F
5,000
1,615
1,615
N.A.
O
26,000
26,000
26,000
25
Q
20,000
20,000
20,000
25
R
24,000
24,000
24,000
25
S
14,000
14,000
14,000
25
T
27,000
27,000
27,000
25
U
30,000
30,000
30,000
25
V
30,000
30,000
30,000
25
W
60,000
60,000
60,000
25
X
90,000
90,000
90,000
25
Y
80,000
80,000
80,000
25
Total
558,500
502,282
502,280
Series
Earliest Redemption Date
Liquidation Preference
Redemption Value
($ in millions)
A
Currently redeemable
$
25,000
$
750
C
Currently redeemable
$
25,000
200
D
Currently redeemable
$
25,000
1,350
E
Currently redeemable
$
100,000
767
F
Currently redeemable
$
100,000
161
O
November 10, 2026
$
25,000
650
Q
Currently redeemable
$
25,000
500
R
February 10, 2025
$
25,000
600
S
February 10, 2025
$
25,000
350
T
May 10, 2026
$
25,000
675
U
August 10, 2026
$
25,000
750
V
November 10, 2026
$
25,000
750
W
February 10, 2029
$
25,000
1,500
X
May 10, 2029
$
25,000
2,250
Y
November 10, 2034
$
25,000
2,000
Total
$
13,253
In the tables above:
•All shares have a par value of $0.01 per share and, where applicable, each share is represented by the specified number of depositary shares.
•The earliest redemption date represents the date on which each share of non-cumulative preferred stock is redeemable at the firm’s option.
•Prior to redeeming preferred stock, the firm must receive approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB).
•In April 2024, the firm issued 90,000 shares of Series X 7.50% Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series X Preferred Stock).
•In September 2024, the firm issued 80,000 shares of Series Y 6.125% Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series Y Preferred Stock).
•The redemption price per share for Series A through F and Series Q through Y Preferred Stock is the liquidation preference plus declared and unpaid dividends. The redemption price per share for Series O Preferred Stock is the liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends.
•All series of preferred stock are pari passu and have a preference over the firm’s common stock on liquidation.
•The firm’s ability to declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, its common stock is subject to certain restrictions in the event that the firm fails to pay or set aside full dividends on the preferred stock for the latest completed dividend period.
•Series E and Series F Preferred Stock are held by Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III, respectively. These trusts are Delaware statutory trusts sponsored by the firm and wholly-owned finance subsidiaries of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but are not consolidated for accounting purposes.
In the second quarter of 2024, the firm redeemed all outstanding shares of its Series K 6.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series K Preferred Stock) with a redemption value of $700 million ($25,000 per share), plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The difference between the redemption value and net carrying value was $16 million, which was recorded as an addition to preferred stock dividends in the second quarter of 2024.
In the third quarter of 2023, the firm redeemed all outstanding shares of its Series J 5.50% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series J Preferred Stock) with a redemption value of $1 billion ($25,000 per share), plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The difference between the redemption value and net carrying value was $10 million, which was recorded as an addition to preferred stock dividends in the third quarter of 2023.
In September 2024, the firm issued a notice that it will redeem all outstanding shares of its Series P 5.00% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series P Preferred Stock) with a redemption value of $1.50 billion ($25,000 per share). Upon the issuance of the notice of redemption, Series P Preferred Stock was reclassified to unsecured short-term borrowings in a non-cash transaction. The difference between its redemption value and net carrying value at the issuance of the notice of redemption was $18 million, which was recorded as an addition to preferred stock dividends in the third quarter of 2024. The shares of Series P Preferred Stock were redeemed in October 2024.
The preferred stock issuance costs in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity reflects reclassifications of issuance costs to retained earnings on redemptions, net of issuance costs relating to new issuances.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
74
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents the dividend rates of perpetual preferred stock as of September 2024.
Series
Per Annum Dividend Rate
A
3 month term SOFR + 1.01161%, with floor of 3.75%, payable quarterly
C
3 month term SOFR + 1.01161%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
D
3 month term SOFR + 0.93161%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
E
3 month term SOFR + 1.02911%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
F
3 month term SOFR + 1.03161%, with floor of 4.00%, payable quarterly
O
5.30%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,
November 10, 2026; 3 month term SOFR + 4.09561%, payable quarterly, thereafter
Q
5 year treasury rate + 3.623%, payable semi-annually
R
4.95%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,
February 10, 2025; 5 year treasury rate + 3.224%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
S
4.40%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,
February 10, 2025; 5 year treasury rate + 2.85%, payable semi-annually thereafter
T
3.80%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,
May 10, 2026; 5 year treasury rate + 2.969%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
U
3.65%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,
August 10, 2026; 5 year treasury rate + 2.915%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
V
4.125%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,
November 10, 2026; 5 year treasury rate + 2.949%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
W
7.50%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,
February 10, 2029; 5 year treasury rate + 3.156%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
X
7.50%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,
May 10, 2029; 5 year treasury rate + 2.809%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
Y
6.125%, payable semi-annually, from issuance date to, but excluding,
November 10, 2034; 10 year treasury rate + 2.40%, payable semi-annually, thereafter
In the table above, dividends on each series of preferred stock are payable in arrears for the periods specified.
The table below presents preferred stock dividends declared.
2024
2023
Series
per share
$ in millions
per share
$ in millions
Three Months Ended September
A
$
413.68
$
12
$
388.88
$
12
C
$
413.68
4
$
388.88
3
D
$
408.45
22
$
383.77
20
E
$
1,629.22
13
$
1,600.67
13
F
$
1,629.85
3
$
1,601.31
2
J
$
–
–
$
573.52
23
K
$
–
–
$
398.44
11
P
$
552.33
33
$
524.58
32
Q
$
687.50
14
$
687.50
14
R
$
618.75
15
$
618.75
15
S
$
550.00
7
$
550.00
8
U
$
456.25
13
$
456.25
13
W
$
937.50
56
$
–
–
Total
$
192
$
166
Nine Months Ended September
A
$
1,215.99
$
36
$
1,076.86
$
32
C
$
1,215.99
10
$
1,076.86
9
D
$
1,200.65
65
$
1,061.69
57
E
$
4,911.94
38
$
4,447.01
34
F
$
4,913.85
8
$
4,448.90
7
J
$
–
–
$
1,261.02
51
K
$
796.88
20
$
1,195.32
33
O
$
662.50
17
$
662.50
17
P
$
1,623.09
97
$
1,479.53
89
Q
$
1,375.00
28
$
1,375.00
28
R
$
1,237.50
30
$
1,237.50
30
S
$
1,100.00
15
$
1,100.00
16
T
$
475.00
13
$
475.00
13
U
$
912.50
27
$
912.50
27
V
$
515.63
15
$
515.63
15
W
$
1,833.33
110
$
–
–
Total
$
529
$
458
On October 7, 2024, Group Inc. declared dividends of $390.64 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, $390.64 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, $385.53 per share of Series D Preferred Stock, $662.50 per share of Series O Preferred Stock, $475.00 per share of Series T Preferred Stock, $515.63 per share of Series V Preferred Stock and $1,026.04 per share of Series X Preferred Stock that will be paid on November 12, 2024 to preferred shareholders of record on October 28, 2024. In addition, the firm declared dividends of $1,511.43 per share of Series E Preferred Stock and $1,512.06 per share of Series F Preferred Stock that will be paid on December 2, 2024 to preferred shareholders of record on November 17, 2024.
75
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
The table below presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, by type.
$ in millions
Beginning balance
Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax
Ending balance
Three Months Ended September 2024
Currency translation
$
(825)
$
(25)
$
(850)
Debt valuation adjustment
(411)
(95)
(506)
Pension and postretirement liabilities
(553)
13
(540)
Available-for-sale securities
(1,111)
504
(607)
Total
$
(2,900)
$
397
$
(2,503)
Three Months Ended September 2023
Currency translation
$
(828)
$
(16)
$
(844)
Debt valuation adjustment
281
328
609
Pension and postretirement liabilities
(475)
9
(466)
Available-for-sale securities
(2,215)
317
(1,898)
Total
$
(3,237)
$
638
$
(2,599)
Nine Months Ended September 2024
Currency translation
$
(847)
$
(3)
$
(850)
Debt valuation adjustment
(123)
(383)
(506)
Pension and postretirement liabilities
(575)
35
(540)
Available-for-sale securities
(1,373)
766
(607)
Total
$
(2,918)
$
415
$
(2,503)
Nine Months Ended September 2023
Currency translation
$
(785)
$
(59)
$
(844)
Debt valuation adjustment
892
(283)
609
Pension and postretirement liabilities
(499)
33
(466)
Available-for-sale securities
(2,618)
720
(1,898)
Total
$
(3,010)
$
411
$
(2,599)
Note 20.
Regulation and Capital Adequacy
The FRB is the primary regulator of Group Inc., a bank holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and a financial holding company under amendments to this Act. The firm is subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements which are calculated in accordance with the regulations of the FRB (Capital Framework).
The capital requirements are expressed as risk-based capital and leverage ratios that compare measures of regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (RWAs), average assets and off-balance sheet exposures. Failure to comply with these capital requirements would result in restrictions being imposed by the firm’s regulators and could limit the firm’s ability to repurchase shares, pay dividends and make certain discretionary compensation payments. The firm’s capital levels are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components of capital, risk weightings and other factors. Furthermore, certain of the firm’s subsidiaries are subject to separate regulations and capital requirements.
Capital Framework
The regulations under the Capital Framework are largely based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (Basel Committee) capital framework for strengthening international capital standards (Basel III) and also implement certain provisions of the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Under the Capital Framework, the firm is an “Advanced approaches” banking organization and has been designated as a global systemically important bank (G-SIB).
The Capital Framework includes the minimum risk-based capital and the capital conservation buffer requirements. The buffer must consist entirely of capital that qualifies as Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital.
The firm calculates its CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios in accordance with both the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules. Each of the ratios calculated under the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules must meet its respective capital requirements.
Under the Capital Framework, the firm is also subject to leverage requirements which consist of a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio and a minimum supplementary leverage ratio (SLR), as well as the SLR buffer.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
76
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Consolidated Regulatory Capital Requirements
Risk-Based Capital Ratios. The table below presents the risk-based capital requirements.
Standardized
Advanced
As of September 2024
CET1 capital ratio
13.0
%
10.0
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
14.5
%
11.5
%
Total capital ratio
16.5
%
13.5
%
As of December 2023
CET1 capital ratio
13.0
%
10.0
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
14.5
%
11.5
%
Total capital ratio
16.5
%
13.5
%
In the table above:
•Under both the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules, the CET1 capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 4.5%, the Tier 1 capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 6.0% and the Total capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 8.0%. These requirements also include the capital conservation buffer requirements, consisting of the G-SIB surcharge (Method 2) of 3.0% and the countercyclical capital buffer, which the FRB has set to zero percent. In addition, the capital conservation buffer requirements include the stress capital buffer (SCB) of 5.5% under the Standardized Capital Rules and a buffer of 2.5% under the Advanced Capital Rules.
•The G-SIB surcharge is updated annually based on financial data from the prior year and is generally applicable for the following year. The G-SIB surcharge is calculated using two methodologies, the higher of which is reflected in the firm’s risk-based capital requirements. The first calculation (Method 1) is based on the Basel Committee’s methodology which, among other factors, relies upon measures of the size, activity and complexity of each G-SIB. The second calculation (Method 2) uses similar inputs but includes a measure of reliance on short-term wholesale funding.
Based on the firm's 2024 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review submission, in June 2024, the FRB had preliminarily set the firm's SCB to 6.4% for the period from October 1, 2024 through September 30, 2025. In August 2024, the FRB revised the firm's final SCB to 6.2%. As a result, beginning on October 1, 2024, the firm's Standardized requirements are 13.7% for the CET1 capital ratio, 15.2% for the Tier 1 capital ratio and 17.2% for the Total capital ratio.
The table below presents information about risk-based capital ratios.
$ in millions
Standardized
Advanced
As of September 2024
CET1 capital
$
102,261
$
102,261
Tier 1 capital
$
115,138
$
115,138
Tier 2 capital
$
14,723
$
10,715
Total capital
$
129,861
$
125,853
RWAs
$
698,198
$
658,397
CET1 capital ratio
14.6
%
15.5
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
16.5
%
17.5
%
Total capital ratio
18.6
%
19.1
%
As of December 2023
CET1 capital
$
99,442
$
99,442
Tier 1 capital
$
110,288
$
110,288
Tier 2 capital
$
14,874
$
10,684
Total capital
$
125,162
$
120,972
RWAs
$
692,737
$
665,348
CET1 capital ratio
14.4
%
14.9
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
15.9
%
16.6
%
Total capital ratio
18.1
%
18.2
%
Leverage Ratios.The table below presents the leverage requirements.
As of
September
December
2024
2023
Tier 1 leverage ratio
4.0
%
4.0
%
SLR
5.0
%
5.0
%
In the table above, the SLR requirement of 5% includes a minimum of 3% and a 2% buffer applicable to G-SIBs.
The table below presents information about leverage ratios.
For the Three Months
Ended or as of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Tier 1 capital
$
115,138
$
110,288
Average total assets
$
1,691,651
$
1,579,237
Deductions from Tier 1 capital
(6,739)
(7,167)
Average adjusted total assets
1,684,912
1,572,070
Off-balance sheet and other exposures
425,560
423,686
Total leverage exposure
$
2,110,472
$
1,995,756
Tier 1 leverage ratio
6.8
%
7.0%
SLR
5.5
%
5.5%
77
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
In the table above:
•Average total assets represents the average daily assets for the quarter adjusted for the impact of Current Expected Credit Losses (CECL) transition.
•Off-balance sheet and other exposures primarily includes the monthly average of off-balance sheet exposures, consisting of derivatives, securities financing transactions, commitments and guarantees.
•Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by average adjusted total assets.
•SLR is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by total leverage exposure.
Risk-Based Capital. The table below presents information about risk-based capital.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Common shareholders’ equity
$
107,947
$
105,702
Impact of CECL transition
276
553
Deduction for goodwill
(5,216)
(5,224)
Deduction for identifiable intangible assets
(720)
(950)
Other adjustments
(26)
(639)
CET1 capital
102,261
99,442
Preferred stock
13,253
11,203
Deduction for investments in covered funds
(374)
(354)
Other adjustments
(2)
(3)
Tier 1 capital
$
115,138
$
110,288
Standardized Tier 2 and Total capital
Tier 1 capital
$
115,138
$
110,288
Qualifying subordinated debt
9,636
9,886
Allowance for credit losses
5,120
5,012
Other adjustments
(33)
(24)
Standardized Tier 2 capital
14,723
14,874
Standardized Total capital
$
129,861
$
125,162
Advanced Tier 2 and Total capital
Tier 1 capital
$
115,138
$
110,288
Standardized Tier 2 capital
14,723
14,874
Allowance for credit losses
(5,120)
(5,012)
Other adjustments
1,112
822
Advanced Tier 2 capital
10,715
10,684
Advanced Total capital
$
125,853
$
120,972
In the table above:
•Beginning in January 2022, the firm started to phase in the estimated reduction to regulatory capital as a result of adopting the CECL model. The total amount of reduction to be phased in from January 1, 2022 through January 1, 2025 (at 25% per year) was $1.11 billion, of which $829 million had been phased in as of September 2024. The total amount to be phased in includes the impact of adopting CECL as of January 1, 2020, as well as 25% of the increase in the allowance for credit losses from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021. The impact of CECL transition reflects the remaining amount of reduction to be phased in as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
•Deduction for goodwill was net of deferred tax liabilities of $693 million as of September 2024 and $692 million as of December 2023.
•Deduction for identifiable intangible assets was net of deferred tax liabilities of $205 million as of September 2024 and $227 million as of December 2023.
•Deduction for investments in covered funds represents the firm’s aggregate investments in applicable covered funds as defined in the Volcker Rule.
•Other adjustments within CET1 capital and Tier 1 capital primarily include CVAs on derivative liabilities, the overfunded portion of the firm’s defined benefit pension plan obligation net of associated deferred tax liabilities, disallowed deferred tax assets, debt valuation adjustments and other required credit risk-based deductions. Other adjustments within Advanced Tier 2 capital include eligible credit reserves.
•Qualifying subordinated debt is subordinated debt issued by Group Inc. with an original maturity of five years or greater. The outstanding amount of subordinated debt qualifying for Tier 2 capital is reduced upon reaching a remaining maturity of five years. See Note 14 for further information about the firm’s subordinated debt.
The table below presents changes in CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.
$ in millions
Standardized
Advanced
Nine Months Ended September 2024
CET1 capital
Beginning balance
$
99,442
$
99,442
Change in:
Common shareholders’ equity
2,245
2,245
Impact of CECL transition
(277)
(277)
Deduction for goodwill
8
8
Deduction for identifiable intangible assets
230
230
Other adjustments
613
613
Ending balance
$
102,261
$
102,261
Tier 1 capital
Beginning balance
$
110,288
$
110,288
Change in:
CET1 capital
2,819
2,819
Preferred stock
2,050
2,050
Deduction for investments in covered funds
(20)
(20)
Other adjustments
1
1
Ending balance
115,138
115,138
Tier 2 capital
Beginning balance
14,874
10,684
Change in:
Qualifying subordinated debt
(250)
(250)
Allowance for credit losses
108
–
Other adjustments
(9)
281
Ending balance
14,723
10,715
Total capital
$
129,861
$
125,853
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
78
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
RWAs. RWAs are calculated in accordance with both the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules.
Credit Risk
Credit RWAs are calculated based on measures of exposure, which are then risk weighted under the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules:
•The Standardized Capital Rules apply prescribed risk-weights, which depend largely on the type of counterparty. The exposure measures for derivatives and securities financing transactions are based on specific formulas which take certain factors into consideration.
•Under the Advanced Capital Rules, the firm computes risk-weights for wholesale and retail credit exposures in accordance with the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based approach. The exposure measures for derivatives and securities financing transactions are computed utilizing internal models.
•For both Standardized and Advanced credit RWAs, the risk-weights for securitizations and equities are based on specific required formulaic approaches.
Market Risk
RWAs for market risk in accordance with the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules are generally consistent. Market RWAs are calculated based on measures of exposure which include the following:
•Value-at-Risk (VaR) is the potential loss in value of trading assets and liabilities, as well as certain investments, loans, and other financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value, due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level.
For both risk management purposes and regulatory capital calculations, the firm uses a single VaR model which captures risks, including those related to interest rates, equity prices, currency rates and commodity prices. However, VaR used for risk management purposes differs from VaR used for regulatory capital requirements (regulatory VaR) due to differences in time horizons, confidence levels and the scope of positions on which VaR is calculated. For risk management purposes, a 95% one-day VaR is used, whereas for regulatory capital requirements, a 99% 10-day VaR is used to determine Market RWAs and a 99% one-day VaR is used to determine regulatory VaR exceptions. In addition, the daily net revenues used to determine risk management VaR exceptions (i.e., comparing the daily net revenues to the VaR measure calculated as of the end of the prior business day) include intraday activity, whereas the Capital Framework requires that intraday activity be excluded from daily net revenues when calculating regulatory VaR exceptions. Intraday activity includes bid/offer net revenues, which are more likely than not to be positive by their nature. As a result, there may be differences in the number of VaR exceptions and the amount of daily net revenues calculated for regulatory VaR compared to the amounts calculated for risk management VaR.
The firm’s positional losses observed on a single day exceeded its 99% one-day regulatory VaR on two occasions during the nine months ended September 2024 and exceeded its 99% one-day regulatory VaR on one occasion during 2023. There was no change in the firm’s VaR multiplier used to calculate Market RWAs;
•Stressed VaR is the potential loss in value of trading assets and liabilities, as well as certain investments, loans, and other financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value, during a period of significant market stress;
•Incremental risk is the potential loss in value of non-securitized positions due to the default or credit migration of issuers of financial instruments over a one-year time horizon;
•Comprehensive risk is the potential loss in value, due to price risk and defaults, within the firm’s credit correlation positions; and
•Specific risk is the risk of loss on a position that could result from factors other than broad market movements, including event risk, default risk and idiosyncratic risk. The standardized measurement method is used to determine specific risk RWAs, by applying supervisory defined risk-weighting factors after applicable netting is performed.
79
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Operational Risk
Operational RWAs are only required to be included under the Advanced Capital Rules. The firm utilizes an internal risk-based model to quantify Operational RWAs.
The table below presents information about RWAs.
$ in millions
Standardized
Advanced
As of September 2024
Credit RWAs
Derivatives
$
150,399
$
94,938
Commitments, guarantees and loans
246,288
197,458
Securities financing transactions
111,325
23,339
Equity investments
30,760
32,229
Other
73,605
97,987
Total Credit RWAs
612,377
445,951
Market RWAs
Regulatory VaR
18,729
18,729
Stressed VaR
39,872
39,872
Incremental risk
6,117
6,117
Comprehensive risk
2,415
2,415
Specific risk
18,688
18,688
Total Market RWAs
85,821
85,821
Total Operational RWAs
–
126,625
Total RWAs
$
698,198
$
658,397
As of December 2023
Credit RWAs
Derivatives
$
146,357
$
96,322
Commitments, guarantees and loans
243,094
194,236
Securities financing transactions
103,704
23,637
Equity investments
34,223
36,920
Other
76,481
96,755
Total Credit RWAs
603,859
447,870
Market RWAs
Regulatory VaR
16,457
16,457
Stressed VaR
48,496
48,496
Incremental risk
5,032
5,032
Comprehensive risk
2,718
2,718
Specific risk
16,175
16,175
Total Market RWAs
88,878
88,878
Total Operational RWAs
–
128,600
Total RWAs
$
692,737
$
665,348
In the table above:
•Securities financing transactions represents resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions.
•Other includes receivables, certain debt securities, cash and cash equivalents, and other assets.
The table below presents changes in RWAs.
$ in millions
Standardized
Advanced
Nine Months Ended September 2024
RWAs
Beginning balance
$
692,737
$
665,348
Credit RWAs
Change in:
Derivatives
4,042
(1,384)
Commitments, guarantees and loans
3,194
3,222
Securities financing transactions
7,621
(298)
Equity investments
(3,463)
(4,691)
Other
(2,876)
1,232
Change in Credit RWAs
8,518
(1,919)
Market RWAs
Change in:
Regulatory VaR
2,272
2,272
Stressed VaR
(8,624)
(8,624)
Incremental risk
1,085
1,085
Comprehensive risk
(303)
(303)
Specific risk
2,513
2,513
Change in Market RWAs
(3,057)
(3,057)
Change in Operational RWAs
–
(1,975)
Ending balance
$
698,198
$
658,397
RWAs Rollforward Commentary
Nine Months Ended September 2024. Standardized Credit RWAs as of September 2024 increased by $8.52 billion compared with December 2023, reflecting an increase in securities financing transactions (principally due to increased funding exposures), an increase in derivatives (principally due to increased exposures), an increase in commitments, guarantees and loans (principally due to increased lending exposures). These increases were partially offset by a decrease in equity investments (principally due to reduced exposures) and a decrease in other credit RWAs (principally due to decreases in other assets and customer and other receivables). Standardized Market RWAs as of September 2024 decreased by $3.06 billion compared with December 2023, primarily reflecting a decrease in stressed VaR (principally due to reduced exposures to interest rates), partially offset by an increase in specific risk (principally due to increased exposures to debt and equity instruments held for market-making purposes) and an increase in regulatory VaR (principally due to higher levels of volatility in equity markets).
Advanced Credit RWAs as of September 2024 decreased by $1.92 billion compared with December 2023, primarily reflecting a decrease in equity investments (principally due to reduced exposures), partially offset by an increase in commitments, guarantees and loans (principally due to increased lending exposures). Advanced Market RWAs as of September 2024 decreased by $3.06 billion compared with December 2023, primarily reflecting a decrease in stressed VaR (principally due to reduced exposures to interest rates), partially offset by an increase in specific risk (principally due to increased exposures to debt and equity instruments held for market-making purposes) and an increase in regulatory VaR (principally due to higher levels of volatility in equity markets).
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
80
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
GS Bank USA
GS Bank USA is the firm’s primary U.S. bank subsidiary. GS Bank USA is a New York State-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System, is supervised and regulated by the FRB, the FDIC, the New York State Department of Financial Services (NYDFS) and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), and is subject to regulatory capital requirements that are calculated under the Capital Framework. GS Bank USA is an “Advanced approaches” banking organization under the Capital Framework. The deposits of GS Bank USA are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law.
The Capital Framework includes the minimum risk-based capital and the capital conservation buffer requirements (consisting of a 2.5% buffer and the countercyclical capital buffer). The buffer must consist entirely of capital that qualifies as CET1 capital. In addition, the Capital Framework includes the leverage ratio requirement. GS Bank USA is required to calculate the CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios in accordance with both the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules. The lower of each risk-based capital ratio under the Standardized and Advanced Capital Rules is the ratio against which GS Bank USA’s compliance with its risk-based capital requirements is assessed. In addition, under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action applicable to GS Bank USA, in order to meet the quantitative requirements for a “well-capitalized” depository institution, GS Bank USA must also meet the “well-capitalized” requirements in the table below. GS Bank USA’s capital levels and prompt corrective action classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components of capital, risk weightings and other factors. Failure to comply with the capital requirements, including a breach of the buffers described below, would result in restrictions being imposed by the regulators.
The table below presents GS Bank USA’s risk-based capital, leverage and “well-capitalized” requirements.
As of
September
December
September
December
2024
2023
2024
2023
"Well-capitalized"
Requirements
Requirements
Risk-based capital requirements
CET1 capital ratio
7.0
%
7.0
%
6.5
%
6.5
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
8.5
%
8.5
%
8.0
%
8.0
%
Total capital ratio
10.5
%
10.5
%
10.0
%
10.0
%
Leverage requirements
Tier 1 leverage ratio
4.0
%
4.0
%
5.0
%
5.0
%
SLR
3.0
%
3.0
%
6.0
%
6.0
%
In the table above:
•The CET1 capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 4.5%, the Tier 1 capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 6.0% and the Total capital ratio requirement includes a minimum of 8.0%. These requirements also include the capital conservation buffer requirements consisting of a 2.5% buffer and the countercyclical capital buffer, which the FRB has set to zero percent.
•The “well-capitalized” requirements are the binding requirements for leverage ratios.
The table below presents information about GS Bank USA’s risk-based capital ratios.
$ in millions
Standardized
Advanced
As of September 2024
CET1 capital
$
60,354
$
60,354
Tier 1 capital
$
60,354
$
60,354
Tier 2 capital
$
4,246
$
930
Total capital
$
64,600
$
61,284
RWAs
$
388,365
$
287,399
CET1 capital ratio
15.5
%
21.0
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
15.5
%
21.0
%
Total capital ratio
16.6
%
21.3
%
As of December 2023
CET1 capital
$
53,781
$
53,781
Tier 1 capital
$
53,781
$
53,781
Tier 2 capital
$
6,314
$
2,951
Total capital
$
60,095
$
56,732
RWAs
$
380,774
$
288,938
CET1 capital ratio
14.1
%
18.6
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
14.1
%
18.6
%
Total capital ratio
15.8
%
19.6
%
In the table above:
•The lower of the Standardized or Advanced ratio is the ratio against which GS Bank USA’s compliance with the capital requirements is assessed under the risk-based Capital Rules, and therefore, the Standardized ratios applied to GS Bank USA as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
•Beginning in January 2022, GS Bank USA started to phase in the estimated reduction to regulatory capital as a result of adopting the CECL model at 25% per year through January 2025. The total amount to be phased in includes the impact of adopting CECL as of January 1, 2020, as well as 25% of the increase in the allowance for credit losses from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021.
•The Standardized and Advanced risk-based capital ratios increased from December 2023 to September 2024, reflecting an increase in capital, principally due to net earnings, and a decrease in Market RWAs, partially offset by an increase in Credit RWAs.
81
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents information about GS Bank USA’s leverage ratios.
For the Three Months
Ended or as of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Tier 1 capital
$
60,354
$
53,781
Average adjusted total assets
$
554,355
$
523,546
Total leverage exposure
$
764,073
$
722,465
Tier 1 leverage ratio
10.9
%
10.3
%
SLR
7.9
%
7.4
%
In the table above:
•Average adjusted total assets represents the average daily assets for the quarter adjusted for deductions from Tier 1 capital and the impact of CECL transition.
•Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by average adjusted total assets.
•SLR is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by total leverage exposure.
The FRB requires that GS Bank USA maintain cash reserves with the Federal Reserve. As of both September 2024 and December 2023, the reserve requirement ratio was zero percent. See Note 26 for further information about cash deposits held by the firm at the Federal Reserve.
GS Bank USA is a registered swap dealer with the CFTC and a registered security-based swap dealer with the SEC. As of both September 2024 and December 2023, GS Bank USA was subject to and in compliance with applicable capital requirements for swap dealers and security-based swap dealers.
Restrictions on Payments
Group Inc. may be limited in its ability to access capital held at certain subsidiaries as a result of regulatory, tax or other constraints. These limitations include provisions of applicable law and regulations and other regulatory restrictions that limit the ability of those subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends without prior regulatory approval. For example, the amount of dividends that may be paid by GS Bank USA are limited to the lesser of the amounts calculated under a recent earnings test and an undivided profits test.
In addition, subsidiaries not subject to separate regulatory capital requirements may hold capital to satisfy local tax and legal guidelines, rating agency requirements (for entities with assigned credit ratings) or internal policies, including policies concerning the minimum amount of capital a subsidiary should hold based on its underlying level of risk.
Group Inc.’s equity investment in subsidiaries was $139.74 billion as of September 2024 and $133.75 billion as of December 2023, of which Group Inc. was required to maintain $99.59 billion as of September 2024 and $95.80 billion as of December 2023, of minimum equity capital in its regulated subsidiaries in order to satisfy the regulatory requirements of such subsidiaries.
Group Inc.’s capital invested in certain non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is exposed to foreign exchange risk, substantially all of which is managed through a combination of non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt and derivatives. See Note 7 for information about the firm’s net investment hedges used to hedge this risk.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
82
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Note 21.
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share (EPS) is calculated by dividing net earnings to common by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and RSUs for which the delivery of the underlying common stock is not subject to satisfaction of future service, performance or market conditions (collectively, basic shares). Diluted EPS includes the determinants of basic EPS and, in addition, reflects the dilutive effect of the common stock deliverable for RSUs for which the delivery of the underlying common stock is subject to satisfaction of future service, performance or market conditions.
The table below presents information about basic and diluted EPS.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
in millions, except per share amounts
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net earnings to common
$
2,780
$
1,882
$
9,602
$
6,040
Weighted average basic shares
324.8
338.7
330.0
342.5
Effect of dilutive RSUs
6.0
5.2
5.3
4.9
Weighted average diluted shares
330.8
343.9
335.3
347.4
Basic EPS
$
8.52
$
5.52
$
28.98
$
17.52
Diluted EPS
$
8.40
$
5.47
$
28.64
$
17.39
In the table above:
•Net earnings to common represents net earnings applicable to common shareholders, which is calculated as net earnings less preferred stock dividends.
•Unvested share-based awards that have non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are treated as a separate class of securities under the two-class method. Distributed earnings allocated to these securities reduce net earnings to common to calculate EPS under this method. The impact of applying this methodology was a reduction in basic EPS of $0.04 for both the three months ended September 2024 and September 2023, and $0.12 for both the nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023.
•Diluted EPS does not include antidilutive RSUs, including those that are subject to market or performance conditions, of 0.2 million for the three months ended September 2024, 0.3 million for the three months ended September 2023, 0.3 million for the nine months ended September 2024 and 0.4 million for the nine months ended September 2023.
Note 22.
Transactions with Affiliated Funds
The firm has formed nonconsolidated investment funds with third-party investors. As the firm generally acts as the investment manager for these funds, it is entitled to receive management fees and, in certain cases, advisory fees or incentive fees from these funds. Additionally, the firm invests alongside the third-party investors in certain funds.
The tables below present information about affiliated funds.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Fees earned from funds
$
1,386
$
1,179
$
3,905
$
3,496
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Fees receivable from funds
$
1,482
$
1,536
Aggregate carrying value of interests in funds
$
3,862
$
4,042
In the ordinary course of business, the firm may choose to provide voluntary financial support to funds, although any such support is not expected to be material to the results of operations of the firm. The firm has waived or deferred collection of management fees and has deferred reimbursement of expenses, and in the future may waive or defer collection of management fees, from select funds. The impact of these waivers and deferrals was not material to the firm's results of operations for each of the three and nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023. Except as noted above, the firm did not provide any additional financial support to its affiliated funds during each of the three and nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023.
In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the firm may also engage in other activities with its affiliated funds, including, among others, securities lending, trade execution, market-making, custody, and acquisition and bridge financing. See Note 18 for information about the firm’s investment commitments related to these funds.
83
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Note 23.
Interest Income and Interest Expense
Interest is recorded over the life of the instrument on an accrual basis based on contractual interest rates.
The table below presents sources of interest income and interest expense.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Deposits with banks
$
2,354
$
3,065
$
7,589
$
8,331
Collateralized agreements
5,147
4,287
15,060
11,744
Trading assets
4,063
2,222
10,340
5,990
Investments
1,656
1,001
4,253
2,729
Loans
4,230
3,797
12,146
10,942
Other interest
3,998
3,885
12,055
10,295
Total interest income
21,448
18,257
61,443
50,031
Deposits
5,298
4,433
15,554
11,959
Collateralized financings
4,447
3,635
12,960
9,131
Trading liabilities
759
633
2,081
1,769
Short-term borrowings
589
317
1,628
848
Long-term borrowings
2,874
2,913
8,372
8,285
Other interest
4,858
4,779
14,375
13,027
Total interest expense
18,825
16,710
54,970
45,019
Net interest income
$
2,623
$
1,547
$
6,473
$
5,012
In the table above:
•Collateralized agreements includes rebates paid and interest income on securities borrowed.
•Loans excludes interest on loans held for sale that are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value. Such interest is included within other interest.
•Other interest income includes interest income on customer debit balances, other interest-earning assets and loans held for sale that are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value.
•Collateralized financings consists of repurchase agreements and securities loaned.
•Short- and long-term borrowings include both secured and unsecured borrowings.
•Other interest expense includes rebates received on other interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense on customer credit balances.
Note 24.
Income Taxes
Provision for Income Taxes
Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The firm reports interest expense related to income tax matters in provision for taxes and income tax penalties in other expenses.
Deferred Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years and are measured using the tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized and primarily relate to the ability to utilize losses and tax credits in various tax jurisdictions. Tax assets are included in other assets and tax liabilities are included in other liabilities.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The firm recognizes tax positions in the consolidated financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. A position that meets this standard is measured at the largest amount of benefit that will more likely than not be realized on settlement. A liability is established for differences between positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.
Regulatory Tax Examinations
The firm is subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and other taxing authorities in jurisdictions where the firm has significant business operations, such as the United Kingdom, Japan, Hong Kong and various states, such as New York. The tax years under examination vary by jurisdiction. The firm does not expect completion of these audits to have a material impact on the firm’s financial condition, but it may be material to operating results for a particular period, depending, in part, on the operating results for that period.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
84
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents the earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction.
As of
Jurisdiction
September 2024
U.S. Federal
2011
New York State and City
2015
United Kingdom
2017
Japan
2018
Hong Kong
2018
The firm has been accepted into the Compliance Assurance Process (CAP) program by the IRS for each of the tax years from 2013 through 2024. This program allows the firm to work with the IRS to identify and resolve potential U.S. Federal tax issues before the filing of tax returns. All issues addressed through the CAP program for the 2011 through 2018 tax years have been resolved and completion is pending final review by the Joint Committee on Taxation. All issues for the 2019 through 2022 tax years have been resolved and will be effectively settled pending administrative completion by the IRS. Final completion of tax years 2011 through 2022 will not have a material impact on the effective tax rate. The 2023 tax year remains subject to post-filing review. New York State and City examinations of tax years 2015 through 2018 commenced during 2021.
All years, including and subsequent to the years in the table above, remain open to examination by the taxing authorities. The firm believes that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits it has established is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments.
Note 25.
Business Segments
The firm manages and reports its activities in three business segments: Global Banking & Markets, Asset & Wealth Management and Platform Solutions. See Note 1 for information about the firm’s business segments.
Compensation and benefits expenses in the firm’s segments reflect, among other factors, the overall performance of the firm, as well as the performance of individual businesses. Consequently, pre-tax margins in one segment of the firm’s business may be significantly affected by the performance of the firm’s other business segments.
The firm allocates assets (including allocations of global core liquid assets and cash, secured client financing and other assets), revenues and expenses among the three business segments. Due to the integrated nature of these segments, estimates and judgments are made in allocating certain assets, revenues and expenses. The allocation process is based on the manner in which management currently views the performance of the segments.
The allocation of common shareholders’ equity and preferred stock dividends to each segment is based on the estimated amount of equity required to support the activities of the segment under relevant regulatory capital requirements.
Net earnings for each segment is calculated by applying the firmwide tax rate to each segment’s pre-tax earnings.
Management believes that this allocation provides a reasonable representation of each segment’s contribution to consolidated net earnings to common, return on average common equity and total assets. Transactions between segments are based on specific criteria or approximate third-party rates.
85
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Segment Results
The table below presents a summary of the firm’s segment results.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Global Banking & Markets
Non-interest revenues
$
7,441
$
7,838
$
24,293
$
22,922
Net interest income
1,113
171
2,171
720
Total net revenues
8,554
8,009
26,464
23,642
Provision for credit losses
54
29
95
214
Operating expenses
4,969
4,791
15,197
13,702
Pre-tax earnings
$
3,531
$
3,189
$
11,172
$
9,726
Net earnings
$
2,653
$
2,383
$
8,643
$
7,460
Net earnings to common
$
2,490
$
2,250
$
8,205
$
7,108
Average common equity
$
76,039
$
72,517
$
75,575
$
70,968
Return on average common equity
13.1
%
12.4
%
14.5
%
13.4
%
Asset & Wealth Management
Non-interest revenues
$
2,988
$
2,544
$
9,241
$
7,100
Net interest income
766
686
2,180
2,393
Total net revenues
3,754
3,230
11,421
9,493
Provision for credit losses
(109)
51
(189)
(499)
Operating expenses
2,848
3,005
8,819
9,448
Pre-tax earnings
$
1,015
$
174
$
2,791
$
544
Net earnings
$
767
$
129
$
2,159
$
417
Net earnings to common
$
727
$
93
$
2,053
$
318
Average common equity
$
26,475
$
28,601
$
26,348
$
30,806
Return on average common equity
11.0
%
1.3
%
10.4
%
1.4
%
Platform Solutions
Non-interest revenues
$
(353)
$
(112)
$
(364)
$
(98)
Net interest income
744
690
2,122
1,899
Total net revenues
391
578
1,758
1,801
Provision for credit losses
452
(73)
1,091
736
Operating expenses
498
1,258
1,490
2,850
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)
$
(559)
$
(607)
$
(823)
$
(1,785)
Net earnings/(loss)
$
(430)
$
(454)
$
(637)
$
(1,369)
Net earnings/(loss) to common
$
(437)
$
(461)
$
(656)
$
(1,386)
Average common equity
$
4,508
$
4,227
$
4,547
$
4,060
Return on average common equity
(38.8)
%
(43.6)
%
(19.2)
%
(45.5)
%
Total
Non-interest revenues
$
10,076
$
10,270
$
33,170
$
29,924
Net interest income
2,623
1,547
6,473
5,012
Total net revenues
12,699
11,817
39,643
34,936
Provision for credit losses
397
7
997
451
Operating expenses
8,315
9,054
25,506
26,000
Pre-tax earnings
$
3,987
$
2,756
$
13,140
$
8,485
Net earnings
$
2,990
$
2,058
$
10,165
$
6,508
Net earnings to common
$
2,780
$
1,882
$
9,602
$
6,040
Average common equity
$
107,022
$
105,345
$
106,470
$
105,834
Return on average common equity
10.4
%
7.1
%
12.0
%
7.6
%
In the table above:
•Revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining pre-tax earnings.
•Net revenues in the firm’s segments include allocations of interest income and expense to specific positions in relation to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such positions. Net interest is included in segment net revenues as it is consistent with how management assesses segment performance.
•Expenses not directly associated with specific segments are allocated based on an estimate of support provided to each segment.
The table below presents depreciation and amortization expense by segment.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Global Banking & Markets
$
276
$
275
$
854
$
837
Asset & Wealth Management
216
607
825
1,954
Platform Solutions
129
630
215
1,285
Total
$
621
$
1,512
$
1,894
$
4,076
In the table above:
•The decrease in Asset & Wealth Management for both the three and nine months ended September 2024 primarily reflected significantly lower impairments related to commercial real estate in CIEs.
•The decrease in Platform Solutions primarily reflected a write-down related to GreenSky of $506 million for both the three and nine months ended September 2023, and an impairment of goodwill related to Consumer platforms of $504 million for the nine months ended September 2023.
Segment Assets
The table below presents assets by segment.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Global Banking & Markets
$
1,471,242
$
1,381,247
Asset & Wealth Management
196,460
191,863
Platform Solutions
60,378
68,484
Total
$
1,728,080
$
1,641,594
Geographic Information
Due to the highly integrated nature of international financial markets, the firm manages its businesses based on the profitability of the enterprise as a whole. The methodology for allocating profitability to geographic regions is dependent on estimates and management judgment because a significant portion of the firm’s activities require cross-border coordination in order to facilitate the needs of the firm’s clients. Geographic results are generally allocated as follows:
•Global Banking & Markets: Investment banking fees and Other: location of the client and investment banking team; FICC intermediation and Equities intermediation: location of the market-making desk; FICC financing and Equities financing: location of the desk.
•Asset & Wealth Management (excluding direct-to-consumer business, Equity investments and Debt investments): location of the sales team; Direct-to-consumer business: location of the client; Equity investments and Debt investments: location of the investment or investment professional.
•Platform Solutions: location of the client.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
86
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents total net revenues and pre-tax earnings by geographic region.
$ in millions
2024
2023
Three Months Ended September
Americas
$
8,045
63
%
$
7,570
64
%
EMEA
3,076
24
%
2,811
24
%
Asia
1,578
13
%
1,436
12
%
Total net revenues
$
12,699
100
%
$
11,817
100
%
Americas
$
2,389
60
%
$
1,590
58
%
EMEA
1,182
30
%
927
33
%
Asia
416
10
%
239
9
%
Total pre-tax earnings
$
3,987
100
%
$
2,756
100
%
Nine Months Ended September
Americas
$
25,351
64
%
$
21,565
62
%
EMEA
9,477
24
%
9,263
26
%
Asia
4,815
12
%
4,108
12
%
Total net revenues
$
39,643
100
%
$
34,936
100
%
Americas
$
8,192
62
%
$
4,209
50
%
EMEA
3,673
28
%
3,391
40
%
Asia
1,275
10
%
885
10
%
Total pre-tax earnings
$
13,140
100
%
$
8,485
100
%
In the table above:
•Americas pre-tax earnings for both the three and nine months ended September 2023 were impacted by impairments related to commercial real estate in CIEs and the write-down related to GreenSky. Additionally, Americas pre-tax earnings for the nine months ended September 2023 were impacted by an impairment of goodwill related to Consumer platforms.
•Substantially all of the amounts in the Americas were attributable to the U.S.
•Asia includes Australia and New Zealand.
Note 26.
Credit Concentrations
The firm’s concentrations of credit risk arise from its market-making, client facilitation, investing, underwriting, lending and collateralized transactions, and cash management activities, and may be impacted by changes in economic, industry or political factors. These activities expose the firm to many different industries and counterparties, and may also subject the firm to a concentration of credit risk to a particular central bank, counterparty, borrower or issuer, including sovereign issuers, or to a particular clearinghouse or exchange. The firm seeks to mitigate credit risk by actively monitoring exposures and obtaining collateral from counterparties as deemed appropriate.
The firm measures and monitors its credit exposure based on amounts owed to the firm after taking into account risk mitigants that the firm considers when determining credit risk. Such risk mitigants include netting and collateral arrangements and economic hedges, such as credit derivatives, futures and forward contracts. Netting and collateral agreements permit the firm to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties and/or enable the firm to obtain collateral on an upfront or contingent basis.
The table below presents the credit concentrations included in trading cash instruments and investments.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
U.S. government and agency obligations
$
389,164
$
260,531
Percentage of total assets
22.5
%
15.9
%
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations
$
104,139
$
90,681
Percentage of total assets
6.0
%
5.5
%
In addition, the firm had $120.96 billion as of September 2024 and $206.07 billion as of December 2023 of cash deposits held at central banks (included in cash and cash equivalents),of which $77.21 billion as of September 2024 and $105.66 billion as of December 2023 was held at the Federal Reserve.
As of both September 2024 and December 2023, the firm did not have credit exposure to any other counterparty that exceeded 2% of total assets.
Collateral obtained by the firm related to derivative assets is principally cash and is held by the firm or a third-party custodian. Collateral obtained by the firm related to resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions is primarily U.S. government and agency obligations, and non-U.S. government and agency obligations. See Note 11 for further information about collateralized agreements and financings.
87
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
The table below presents U.S. government and agency obligations, and non-U.S. government and agency obligations that collateralize resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
U.S. government and agency obligations
$
159,191
$
154,056
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations
$
78,618
$
92,833
In the table above:
•Non-U.S. government and agency obligations primarily consists of securities issued by the governments of the U.K., Japan, Germany, France and Italy.
•Given that the firm’s primary credit exposure on such transactions is to the counterparty to the transaction, the firm would be exposed to the collateral issuer only in the event of counterparty default.
Note 27.
Legal Proceedings
The firm is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings (including those described below) concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of the firm’s businesses. Many of these proceedings are in early stages, and many of these cases seek an indeterminate amount of damages.
Under ASC 450, an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.” Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for cases in which the firm is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of loss for cases for which the firm believes the risk of loss is more than slight.
With respect to matters described below for which management has been able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have claimed an amount of money damages, (ii) the firm is being, or threatened to be, sued by purchasers in a securities offering and is not being indemnified by a party that the firm believes will pay the full amount of any judgment, or (iii) the purchasers are demanding that the firm repurchase securities, management has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss based on (a) in the case of (i), the amount of money damages claimed, (b) in the case of (ii), the difference between the initial sales price of the securities that the firm sold in such offering and the estimated lowest subsequent price of such securities prior to the action being commenced and (c) in the case of (iii), the price that purchasers paid for the securities less the estimated value, if any, as of September 2024 of the relevant securities, in each of cases (i), (ii) and (iii), taking into account any other factors believed to be relevant to the particular matter or matters of that type. As of the date hereof, the firm has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible aggregate loss for such matters and for any other matters described below where management has been able to estimate a range of reasonably possible aggregate loss to be approximately $2.0 billion in excess of the aggregate reserves for such matters.
Management is generally unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss for matters other than those included in the estimate above, including where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have not claimed an amount of money damages, except in those instances where management can otherwise determine an appropriate amount, (ii) matters are in early stages, (iii) matters relate to regulatory investigations or reviews, except in those instances where management can otherwise determine an appropriate amount, (iv) there is uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or the ultimate size of the class, (v) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions, (vi) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, and/or (vii) there are novel legal issues presented. For example, the firm’s potential liabilities with respect to the investigations and reviews described below in “Regulatory Investigations and Reviews and Related Litigation” generally are not included in management’s estimate of reasonably possible loss. However, management does not believe, based on currently available information, that the outcomes of such other matters will have a material adverse effect on the firm’s financial condition, though the outcomes could be material to the firm’s operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
88
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
1MDB-Related Matters
Between 2012 and 2013, subsidiaries of the firm acted as arrangers or purchasers of approximately $6.5 billion of debt securities of 1MDB.
On November 1, 2018, the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) unsealed a criminal information and guilty plea by Tim Leissner, a former participating managing director of the firm, and an indictment against Ng Chong Hwa, a former managing director of the firm. On August 28, 2018, Leissner was adjudicated guilty by the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York of conspiring to launder money and to violate the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act’s (FCPA) anti-bribery and internal accounting controls provisions. Ng was charged with conspiring to launder money and to violate the FCPA’s anti-bribery and internal accounting controls provisions, and on April 8, 2022, Ng was found guilty on all counts following a trial.
On August 18, 2020, the firm announced that it entered into a settlement agreement with the Government of Malaysia to resolve the criminal and regulatory proceedings in Malaysia involving the firm, which includes a guarantee that the Government of Malaysia receives at least $1.4 billion in assets and proceeds from assets seized by governmental authorities around the world related to 1MDB. See Note 18 for further information about this guarantee, including related arbitration proceedings.
On October 22, 2020, the firm announced that it reached settlements of governmental and regulatory investigations relating to 1MDB with the DOJ, the SEC, the FRB, the NYDFS, the Financial Conduct Authority, the Prudential Regulation Authority, the Singapore Attorney General’s Chambers, the Singapore Commercial Affairs Department, the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission. Group Inc. entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement with the DOJ, in which a charge against the firm, one count of conspiracy to violate the FCPA, was filed and was later dismissed on May 6, 2024 in accordance with the agreement. In addition, GS Malaysia pleaded guilty to one count of conspiracy to violate the FCPA, and was sentenced on June 9, 2021. In May 2021, the U.S. Department of Labor granted the firm a five-year exemption to maintain its status as a qualified professional asset manager (QPAM).
On December 20, 2018, a putative securities class action lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Group Inc. and certain former officers of the firm alleging violations of the anti-fraud provisions of the Exchange Act with respect to Group Inc.’s disclosures and public statements concerning 1MDB and seeking unspecified damages. The plaintiff filed the second amended complaint on October 28, 2019. On June 28, 2021, the court dismissed the claims against one of the individual defendants but denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to the firm and the remaining individual defendants. On August 4, 2023, the plaintiff filed a third amended complaint. On September 29, 2023, the plaintiff moved for class certification. On April 5, 2024, the Magistrate Judge recommended that the plaintiff’s motion for class certification be granted in part and denied in part. On May 3, 2024, the defendants filed objections to the Magistrate Judge’s report and recommendation with the district court.
Mortgage-Related Matters
Complaints were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on July 25, 2019 and May 29, 2020 against Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company and GS Mortgage Securities Corp. by U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee for two residential mortgage-backed securitization trusts that issued $1.7 billion of securities. The complaints generally allege that mortgage loans in the trusts failed to conform to applicable representations and warranties and seek specific performance or, alternatively, compensatory damages and other relief. On November 23, 2020, the court granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint in the first action and denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint in the second action. On January 14, 2021, amended complaints were filed in both actions.
Currencies-Related Litigation
GS&Co. is among the defendants named in a putative class action filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on August 4, 2021. The amended complaint, filed on January 6, 2022, generally asserts claims under federal antitrust law and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to manipulate auctions for foreign exchange transactions on an electronic trading platform, as well as claims under the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act. The complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified amounts of treble and other damages. On May 18, 2023, the court dismissed certain state common law claims, but denied dismissal of the remaining claims. On July 7, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint.
89
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Banco Espirito Santo S.A. and Oak Finance
In December 2014, September 2015 and December 2015, the Bank of Portugal (BoP) rendered decisions to reverse an earlier transfer to Novo Banco of an $835 million facility agreement (the Facility), structured by GSI, between Oak Finance Luxembourg S.A. (Oak Finance), a special purpose vehicle formed in connection with the Facility, and Banco Espirito Santo S.A. (BES) prior to the failure of BES. In response, GSI and, with respect to the BoP’s December 2015 decision, GSIB commenced actions beginning in February 2015 against Novo Banco S.A. (Novo Banco) in the English Commercial Court and the BoP in the Portuguese Administrative Court. In July 2018, the English Supreme Court found that the English courts will not have jurisdiction over GSI’s action unless and until the Portuguese Administrative Court finds against BoP in GSI’s parallel action. In July 2018, the Liquidation Committee for BES issued a decision seeking to claw back from GSI $54 million paid to GSI and $50 million allegedly paid to Oak Finance in connection with the Facility, alleging that GSI acted in bad faith in extending the Facility, including because GSI allegedly knew that BES was at risk of imminent failure. In October 2018, GSI commenced an action in the Lisbon Commercial Court challenging the Liquidation Committee’s decision and has since also issued a claim against the Portuguese State seeking compensation for losses of approximately $222 million related to the failure of BES, together with a contingent claim for the $104 million sought by the Liquidation Committee. On April 11, 2023, GSI commenced administrative proceedings against the BoP, seeking the nullification of the BoP’s September 2015 and December 2015 decisions on new grounds.
Financial Advisory Services
Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are from time to time parties to various civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and other disputes with clients and third parties relating to the firm’s financial advisory activities. These claims generally seek, among other things, compensatory damages and, in some cases, punitive damages, and in certain cases allege that the firm did not appropriately disclose or deal with conflicts of interest.
Archegos-Related Matters
GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on August 13, 2021 in New York Supreme Court, County of New York, relating to ViacomCBS Inc.’s (ViacomCBS) March 2021 public offerings of $1.7 billion of common stock and $1.0 billion of preferred stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include ViacomCBS and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 646,154 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $55 million and 323,077 shares of preferred stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $32 million. The complaint asserts claims under the federal securities laws and alleges that the offering documents contained material misstatements and omissions, including, among other things, that the offering documents failed to disclose that Archegos Capital Management, LP (Archegos) had substantial exposure to ViacomCBS, including through total return swaps to which certain of the underwriters (the trading underwriters), including GS&Co., were allegedly counterparties, and that such underwriters failed to disclose their exposure to Archegos. On December 21, 2021, the plaintiffs filed a corrected amended complaint. The complaint seeks rescission and compensatory damages in unspecified amounts. On February 6, 2023, the trial court dismissed the claims against ViacomCBS and the individual defendants, but denied the defendants’ motions to dismiss with respect to GS&Co. and the other underwriter defendants. On January 4, 2024, the trial court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, and on February 14, 2024, the underwriter defendants appealed. On April 4, 2024, the Appellate Division for the First Department affirmed the trial court’s dismissal of the claims against ViacomCBS and the individual defendants, reversed the trial court’s failure to dismiss the claims against the non-trading underwriter defendants, and affirmed the trial court’s denial of the motion to dismiss claims against the trading underwriter defendants, including GS&Co.
Group Inc. is also a defendant in putative securities class actions filed beginning in October 2021 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints allege that Group Inc., along with another financial institution, sold shares in Baidu Inc. (Baidu), Discovery Inc. (Discovery), GSX Techedu Inc. (Gaotu), iQIYI Inc. (iQIYI), Tencent Music Entertainment Group (Tencent), ViacomCBS, and Vipshop Holdings Ltd. (Vipshop) based on material nonpublic information regarding the liquidation of Archegos’ position in Baidu, Discovery, Gaotu, iQIYI, Tencent, ViacomCBS and Vipshop, respectively. The complaints generally assert violations of Sections 10(b), 20A and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and seek unspecified damages. In May 2023, the plaintiffs in the class actions filed second amended complaints, and on March 28, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second amended complaints with prejudice. On April 26, 2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
90
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Silicon Valley Bank Matters
GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on April 7, 2023 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California and an individual action filed on January 25, 2024 in the same court relating to SVB Financial Group’s (SVBFG) January 2021 public offerings of $500 million principal amount of senior notes and $750 million of depositary shares representing interests in preferred stock, March 2021 public offering of approximately $1.2 billion of common stock, May 2021 public offerings of $1.0 billion of depositary shares representing interests in preferred stock and $500 million principal amount of senior notes, August 2021 public offering of approximately $1.3 billion of common stock, and April 2022 public offering of $800 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes, among other public offerings of securities. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include certain of SVBFG’s officers and directors and its auditor. GS&Co. underwrote an aggregate of 831,250 depositary shares representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $831 million, an aggregate of 3,266,108 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.8 billion and senior notes representing an aggregate price to the public of approximately $727 million. The complaints generally assert claims under the federal securities laws and allege that the offering documents contained material misstatements and omissions. The complaints seek compensatory damages in unspecified amounts. On March 17, 2023, SVBFG filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. On January 16, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint in the putative class action, and on April 3, 2024, the defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint.
The firm is also cooperating with and providing information to various governmental bodies in connection with their investigations and inquiries regarding SVBFG and its affiliates (collectively SVB), including the firm’s business with SVB in or around March 2023, when SVB engaged the firm to assist with a proposed capital raise and SVB sold the firm a portfolio of securities.
Underwriting Litigation
Firm affiliates are among the defendants in a number of proceedings in connection with securities offerings. In these proceedings, including those described below, the plaintiffs assert class action or individual claims under federal and state securities laws and in some cases other applicable laws, allege that the offering documents for the securities that they purchased contained material misstatements and omissions, and generally seek compensatory and rescissory damages in unspecified amounts, as well as rescission. Certain of these proceedings involve additional allegations.
Uber Technologies, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in several putative securities class actions filed beginning in September 2019 in California Superior Court, County of San Francisco and the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, relating to Uber Technologies, Inc.’s (Uber) $8.1 billion May 2019 initial public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Uber and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 35,864,408 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.6 billion. On November 16, 2020, the court in the state court action granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint filed on February 11, 2020, and on December 16, 2020, plaintiffs appealed. On August 7, 2020, defendants’ motion to dismiss the district court action was denied. On September 25, 2020, the plaintiffs in the district court action moved for class certification. On December 5, 2020, the plaintiffs in the state court action filed a complaint in the district court, which was consolidated with the existing district court action on January 25, 2021. On May 14, 2021, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint in the district court, purporting to add the plaintiffs from the state court action as additional class representatives. On October 1, 2021, defendants’ motion to dismiss the additional class representatives from the second amended complaint was denied, and on July 26, 2022, the district court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On February 27, 2023, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit denied the defendants’ petition seeking interlocutory review of the district court’s grant of class certification. On August 9, 2024, the court in the federal court action preliminarily approved a settlement, which will not require a contribution from GS&Co.
91
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Array Technologies, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on May 14, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to Array Technologies, Inc.’s (Array) $1.2 billion October 2020 initial public offering of common stock, $1.3 billion December 2020 offering of common stock and $993 million March 2021 offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Array and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote an aggregate of 31,912,213 shares of common stock in the three offerings representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $877 million. On December 7, 2021, the plaintiffs filed an amended consolidated complaint, and on May 19, 2023, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint. On July 5, 2023, the court denied the plaintiffs’ request for leave to amend the amended consolidated complaint and dismissed the case with prejudice. On August 4, 2023, plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
ContextLogic Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed beginning on May 17, 2021 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, relating to ContextLogic Inc.’s (ContextLogic) $1.1 billion December 2020 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include ContextLogic and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 16,169,000 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $388 million. On July 15, 2022, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint, and on March 10, 2023, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint with leave to amend. On April 10, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a second consolidated amended complaint, and on December 22, 2023, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second consolidated amended complaint with leave to amend. On February 15, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a third consolidated amended complaint, and on August 22, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the third consolidated amended complaint without leave to amend. On September 19, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a motion to alter the court’s judgment.
DiDi Global Inc. Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. (GS Asia) is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed beginning on July 6, 2021 in the U.S. District Courts for the Southern District of New York and the Central District of California and New York Supreme Court, County of New York, relating to DiDi Global Inc.’s (DiDi) $4.4 billion June 2021 initial public offering of American Depositary Shares (ADS). In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include DiDi and certain of its officers and directors. GS Asia underwrote 104,554,000 ADS representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.5 billion. On September 22, 2021, plaintiffs in the California action voluntarily dismissed their claims without prejudice. On May 5, 2022, plaintiffs in the consolidated federal action filed a second consolidated amended complaint, which includes allegations of violations of Sections 10(b) and 20A of the Exchange Act against the underwriter defendants. On March 14, 2024, the court denied the defendants’ motions to dismiss the second consolidated amended complaint.
Vroom Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint for a putative securities class action filed on October 4, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to Vroom Inc.’s (Vroom) approximately $589 million September 2020 public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Vroom and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 3,886,819 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $212 million. On December 20, 2021, the defendants served a motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
92
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Zymergen Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on August 4, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California relating to Zymergen Inc.’s (Zymergen) $575 million April 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Zymergen, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 5,750,345 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $178 million. On February 24, 2022, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on November 29, 2022, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint, denying dismissal of the claims for violations of Section 11 of the Securities Act. On August 11, 2023, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On October 3, 2023, Zymergen and three affiliates filed Chapter 11 bankruptcy petitions in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. On March 4, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint.
Sea Limited. GS Asia is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed on February 11, 2022 and June 17, 2022, respectively, in New York Supreme Court, County of New York, relating to Sea Limited’s approximately $4.0 billion September 2021 public offering of ADS and approximately $2.9 billion September 2021 public offering of convertible senior notes, respectively. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Sea Limited, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS Asia underwrote 8,222,500 ADS representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $2.6 billion and convertible senior notes representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.9 billion. On August 3, 2022, the actions were consolidated, and on August 9, 2022, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint. The defendants had previously moved to dismiss the action on July 15, 2022, with the parties stipulating that the motion would apply to the consolidated amended complaint. On May 15, 2023, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint with prejudice. On May 28, 2024, the Appellate Division for the First Department reversed the trial court’s dismissal of the consolidated amended complaint, and on June 27, 2024, the defendants moved to reargue or alternatively, for leave to appeal the reversal.
Rivian Automotive Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed on March 7, 2022 and February 28, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California and in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Orange, respectively, relating to Rivian Automotive Inc.’s (Rivian) approximately $13.7 billion November 2021 initial public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Rivian and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 44,733,050 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $3.5 billion. On March 2, 2023, the plaintiffs in the federal court action filed an amended consolidated complaint, and on July 3, 2023, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint. On June 30, 2023, the court in the state court action granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint, and on September 1, 2023, the plaintiffs appealed. On July 17, 2024, the court in the federal court action granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification.
Natera Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions in New York Supreme Court, County of New York and the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas filed on March 10, 2022 and October 7, 2022, respectively, relating to Natera Inc.’s (Natera) approximately $585 million July 2021 public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Natera and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 1,449,000 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $164 million. On July 15, 2022, the parties in the state court action filed a stipulation and proposed order approving the discontinuance of the action without prejudice. On September 11, 2023, the federal court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss. On June 4, 2024, the plaintiffs in the federal court action moved for class certification.
93
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Robinhood Markets, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on December 17, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California relating to Robinhood Markets, Inc.’s (Robinhood) approximately $2.2 billion July 2021 initial public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Robinhood and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 18,039,706 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $686 million. On February 10, 2023, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint with leave to amend, and on March 13, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint. On January 24, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second amended complaint without leave to amend. On February 21, 2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.
ON24, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on November 3, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California relating to ON24, Inc.’s (ON24) approximately $492 million February 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include ON24 and certain of its officers and directors, including a director who was a Managing Director of GS&Co. at the time of the initial public offering. GS&Co. underwrote 3,616,785 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $181 million. On March 18, 2022, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint, and on July 7, 2023, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint with leave to amend. On September 1, 2023, the plaintiffs filed an amended consolidated complaint, and on March 5, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint with prejudice. On April 4, 2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.
Oscar Health, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on May 12, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to Oscar Health, Inc.’s (Oscar Health) approximately $1.4 billion March 2021 initial public offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Oscar Health and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 12,760,633 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $498 million. On December 5, 2022, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. On April 4, 2023, the defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint.
Oak Street Health, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint for a putative securities class action filed on May 25, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois relating to Oak Street Health, Inc.’s (Oak Street) $377 million August 2020 initial public offering, $298 million December 2020 secondary equity offering, $691 million February 2021 secondary equity offering and $747 million May 2021 secondary equity offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Oak Street, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 4,157,103 shares of common stock in the August 2020 initial public offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $87 million, 1,503,944 shares of common stock in the December 2020 secondary equity offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $69 million, 3,083,098 shares of common stock in the February 2021 secondary equity offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $173 million and 3,013,065 shares of common stock in the May 2021 secondary equity offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $187 million. On February 10, 2023, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss, dismissing the claim alleging a violation of Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act and, with respect to the May 2021 secondary equity offering only, the claim alleging a violation of Section 11 of the Securities Act, but declining to dismiss the remaining claims. On December 15, 2023, the plaintiffs moved for class certification. On September 19, 2024, the court preliminarily approved a settlement, which will not require a contribution from GS&Co.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
94
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Bright Health Group, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint for a putative securities class action filed on June 24, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York relating to Bright Health Group, Inc.’s (Bright Health) approximately $924 million June 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Bright Health and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 11,297,000 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $203 million. On September 30, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint.
MINISO Group Holding Limited. GS Asia is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on August 17, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California and transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on November 18, 2022 relating to MINISO Group Holding Limited’s (MINISO) approximately $656 million October 2020 initial public offering of ADS. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include MINISO and certain of its officers and directors. GS Asia underwrote 16,408,093 ADS representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $328 million. On April 24, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, and on February 23, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second amended complaint with leave to amend.
Coupang, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on August 26, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to Coupang, Inc.’s (Coupang) approximately $4.6 billion March 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Coupang and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 42,900,000 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.5 billion. On May 24, 2023, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on July 28, 2023, the defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint.
Yatsen Holding Limited. GS Asia is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on September 23, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to Yatsen Holding Limited’s (Yatsen) approximately $617 million November 2020 initial public offering of ADS. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Yatsen and certain of its officers and directors. GS Asia underwrote 22,912,500 ADS representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $241 million. On October 4, 2023, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on July 22, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint.
Rent the Runway, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on November 14, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York relating to Rent the Runway, Inc.’s (Rent the Runway) $357 million October 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Rent the Runway and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 5,254,304 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $110 million. On September 5, 2023, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on September 25, 2024, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint.
Opendoor Technologies Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on November 22, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona relating to, among other things, Opendoor Technologies Inc.’s (Opendoor) approximately $886 million February 2021 public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Opendoor and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 10,173,401 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $275 million. On April 17, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint, and on February 28, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint with leave to amend. On May 14, 2024, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for reconsideration and vacated the dismissal of certain of the plaintiffs’ claims, and on September 9, 2024, the court denied the defendants’ motion for certification of an interlocutory appeal as to the plaintiffs’ surviving claims.
95
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
FIGS, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on December 8, 2022 in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California relating to FIGS, Inc.’s (FIGS) approximately $668 million May 2021 initial public offering and approximately $413 million September 2021 secondary equity offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include FIGS, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 9,545,073 shares of common stock in the May 2021 initial public offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $210 million and 3,179,047 shares of common stock in the September 2021 secondary equity offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $128 million. On April 10, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint, and on January 17, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss the consolidated complaint with leave to amend. On March 19, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a first amended complaint. On May 3, 2024, the defendants moved to dismiss the first amended complaint.
Silvergate Capital Corporation. GS&Co. is among the underwriters and sales agents named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on January 19, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, as amended on May 11, 2023, relating to Silvergate Capital Corporation’s (Silvergate) approximately $288 million January 2021 public offering of common stock, approximately $300 million “at-the-market” offering of common stock conducted from March through May 2021, approximately $200 million July 2021 public offering of depositary shares representing interests in preferred stock, and approximately $552 million December 2021 public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters and sales agents, the defendants include Silvergate and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 1,711,313 shares of common stock in the January 2021 public offering of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $108 million, acted as a sales agent with respect to up to a $300 million aggregate offering price of shares of common stock in the March through May 2021 “at-the-market” offering, underwrote 1,600,000 depositary shares in the July 2021 public offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $40 million, and underwrote 1,375,397 shares of common stock in the December 2021 public offering of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $199 million. On July 10, 2023, the defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint. On September 17, 2024, Silvergate and two affiliates filed Chapter 11 bankruptcy petitions in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.
Centessa Pharmaceuticals plc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint for a putative securities class action filed on February 10, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to Centessa Pharmaceuticals plc’s (Centessa) approximately $380 million May 2021 initial public offering of ADS. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Centessa and certain of its officers and directors. GS&Co. underwrote 6,072,000 ADS representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $121 million. On August 26, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint with prejudice.
iQIYI, Inc. GS Asia is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on June 1, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York relating to iQIYI’s approximately $2.4 billion March 2018 initial public offering of ADS. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include iQIYI, certain of its officers and directors and its controlling shareholder. GS Asia underwrote 69,751,212 ADS representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $1.3 billion. On March 11, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, and on September 30, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss this action without leave to amend.
F45 Training Holdings Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in an amended complaint for a putative securities class action filed on May 19, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas relating to F45 Training Holdings Inc.’s (F45) approximately $350 million July 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include F45, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co. acted as a qualified independent underwriter for the offering and underwrote 8,303,744 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $133 million. On August 7, 2023, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On January 25, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, and on March 11, 2024, the defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
96
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Olaplex Holdings, Inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action filed on April 28, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California relating to Olaplex Holdings, Inc.’s (Olaplex) approximately $1.8 billion September 2021 initial public offering of common stock. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Olaplex, certain of its officers and directors and selling shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 19,419,420 shares of common stock representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $408 million. On June 22, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a revised consolidated complaint. On July 19, 2023, the defendants moved to dismiss the revised consolidated complaint. On August 23, 2024, the court stayed the proceedings pending the resolution of a case involving a relevant question of law before the United States Supreme Court.
agilon health, inc. GS&Co. is among the underwriters named as defendants in putative securities class actions filed beginning on March 19, 2024 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, relating to agilon health, inc.’s (agilon) approximately $1.2 billion April 2021 initial public offering, approximately $587 million September 2021 secondary equity offering and approximately $1.8 billion May 2023 secondary equity offering. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include agilon, certain of its officers and directors and certain of its shareholders. GS&Co. underwrote 10,631,949 shares of common stock in the April 2021 initial public offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $245 million, 3,759,588 shares of common stock in the September 2021 secondary equity offering representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $113 million and 26,879,772 shares of common stock in the May 2023 secondary equity offering, of which 2,731,638 shares were purchased by agilon, representing an aggregate offering price of approximately $519 million sold to third parties. On September 6, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint.
Investment Management Services
Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are parties to various civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and other disputes with clients relating to losses allegedly sustained as a result of the firm’s investment management services. These claims generally seek, among other things, restitution or other compensatory damages and, in some cases, punitive damages.
Securities Lending Antitrust Litigation
Group Inc. and GS&Co. were among the defendants named in a putative antitrust class action and three individual actions relating to securities lending practices filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York beginning in August 2017. The complaints generally assert claims under federal and state antitrust law and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to preclude the development of electronic platforms for securities lending transactions. The individual complaints also assert claims for tortious interference with business relations and under state trade practices law and, in the second and third individual actions, unjust enrichment under state common law. The complaints seek declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified amounts of compensatory, treble, punitive and other damages. Group Inc. was voluntarily dismissed from the putative class action on January 26, 2018. Defendants’ motion to dismiss the class action complaint was denied on September 27, 2018. Defendants’ motion to dismiss the first individual action was granted on August 7, 2019. On September 30, 2021, the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second and third individual actions, which were consolidated in June 2019, was granted, and on March 24, 2023, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the dismissal. On June 30, 2022, the Magistrate Judge recommended that the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification in the putative class action be granted in part and denied in part. On August 15, 2022, the plaintiffs and defendants filed objections to the Magistrate Judge’s report and recommendation with the district court. On September 11, 2024, the court approved a final settlement among the plaintiffs and certain defendants, including the firm, to resolve this action. The firm has paid the full amount of its contribution to the settlement.
Group Inc. and GS&Co. were among the defendants named in a putative class action relating to variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), filed beginning in February 2019 under separate complaints and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The consolidated amended complaint, filed on May 31, 2019, generally asserts claims under federal antitrust law and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to manipulate the market for VRDOs. The complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified amounts of compensatory, treble and other damages. Group Inc. was voluntarily dismissed from the putative class action on June 3, 2019. On November 2, 2020, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss, dismissing the state common law claims against GS&Co., but denying dismissal of the federal antitrust law claims.
GS&Co. is also among the defendants named in a related putative class action filed on June 2, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint alleges the same conspiracy in the market for VRDOs as that alleged in the consolidated amended complaint filed on May 31, 2019, and asserts federal antitrust law, state law and state common law claims against the defendants. The complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified amounts of compensatory, treble and other damages. On August 6, 2021, plaintiffs in the May 31, 2019 action filed an amended complaint consolidating the June 2, 2021 action with the May 31, 2019 action. On September 14, 2021, defendants filed a joint partial motion to dismiss the August 6, 2021 amended consolidated complaint. On June 28, 2022, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss, dismissing the state breach of fiduciary duty claim against GS&Co., but declining to dismiss any portion of the federal antitrust law claims. On September 21, 2023, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On February 5, 2024, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit granted the defendants’ petition seeking interlocutory review of the district court’s grant of class certification. On February 15, 2024, the district court granted the defendants’ request to stay the proceedings pending their appeal of the district court’s grant of class certification.
Interest Rate Swap Antitrust Litigation
Group Inc., GS&Co., GSI, GS Bank USA and Goldman Sachs Financial Markets, L.P. are among the defendants named in a putative antitrust class action relating to the trading of interest rate swaps, filed in November 2015 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The same Goldman Sachs entities are also among the defendants named in two antitrust actions relating to the trading of interest rate swaps, commenced in April 2016 and June 2018, respectively, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York by three operators of swap execution facilities and certain of their affiliates. These actions have been consolidated for pretrial proceedings. The complaints generally assert claims under federal antitrust law and state common law in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to preclude exchange trading of interest rate swaps. The complaints in the individual actions also assert claims under state antitrust law. The complaints seek declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount. Defendants moved to dismiss the class and the first individual action and the district court dismissed the state common law claims asserted by the plaintiffs in the first individual action and otherwise limited the state common law claim in the putative class action and the antitrust claims in both actions to the period from 2013 to 2016. On November 20, 2018, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the second individual action, dismissing the state common law claims for unjust enrichment and tortious interference, but denying dismissal of the federal and state antitrust claims. On March 13, 2019, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion in the putative class action to amend their complaint to add allegations related to conduct from 2008 to 2012, but granted the motion to add limited allegations from 2013 to 2016, which the plaintiffs added in a fourth consolidated amended complaint filed on March 22, 2019. On December 15, 2023, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, and on December 28, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a petition with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit seeking interlocutory review of the district court’s denial of class certification. On July 11, 2024, the court preliminarily approved a settlement among the plaintiffs and certain defendants, including the firm, to resolve the class action. The firm has paid the full amount of its proposed contribution to the settlement into an escrow account. The individual actions remain pending.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
98
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Commodities-Related Litigation
GSI is among the defendants named in putative class actions relating to trading in platinum and palladium, filed beginning on November 25, 2014 and most recently amended on May 15, 2017, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The amended complaint generally alleges that the defendants violated federal antitrust laws and the Commodity Exchange Act in connection with an alleged conspiracy to manipulate a benchmark for physical platinum and palladium prices and seek declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount. On March 29, 2020, the court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss and for reconsideration, resulting in the dismissal of all claims, and on February 27, 2023, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the district court’s dismissal of certain plaintiffs’ antitrust claims and vacated the district court’s dismissal of the plaintiffs’ Commodity Exchange Act claim. On April 12, 2023, the defendants’ petition for rehearing or rehearing en banc with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit was denied. On July 21, 2023, the defendants filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings. On August 24, 2024, the court preliminarily approved a settlement among the plaintiffs and all defendants to resolve this action. The firm has paid the full amount of its proposed contribution to the settlement into an escrow account.
Corporate Bonds Antitrust Litigation
Group Inc. and GS&Co. are among the dealers named as defendants in a putative class action relating to the secondary market for odd-lot corporate bonds, filed on April 21, 2020 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The amended consolidated complaint, filed on October 29, 2020, asserts claims under federal antitrust law in connection with alleged anti-competitive conduct by the defendants in the secondary market for odd-lots of corporate bonds, and seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified monetary damages, including treble and punitive damages and restitution. On October 25, 2021, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with prejudice. On November 10, 2022, the district court denied the plaintiffs’ motion for an indicative ruling that the judgment should be vacated because the wife of the district judge owned stock in one of the defendants and the district judge did not recuse himself. On July 2, 2024, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacated the district court’s dismissal and remanded the case for further proceedings. On September 3, 2024, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, and on October 18, 2024, the defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint.
Credit Default Swap Antitrust Litigation
Group Inc., GS&Co. and GSI were among the defendants named in a putative antitrust class action relating to the settlement of credit default swaps, filed on June 30, 2021 in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Mexico. The complaint generally asserts claims under federal antitrust law and the Commodity Exchange Act in connection with an alleged conspiracy among the defendants to manipulate the benchmark price used to value credit default swaps for settlement. The complaint also asserts a claim for unjust enrichment under state common law. The complaint seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as unspecified amounts of treble and other damages. On November 15, 2021, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 4, 2022, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint and voluntarily dismissed Group Inc. from the action. On June 5, 2023, the court dismissed the claims against certain foreign defendants for lack of personal jurisdiction but denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to GS&Co., GSI and the remaining defendants. On January 24, 2024, the court granted the defendants’ motion to stay the proceedings pending the resolution of the motion filed by the defendants on November 3, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York to enforce a 2015 settlement and release among the parties. On January 26, 2024, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York granted the defendants’ motion to enforce the settlement and release and enjoined the plaintiffs from pursuing any claims against the defendants in the New Mexico action for any alleged violation of law based on conduct before June 30, 2014, and on February 23, 2024, the plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
Consumer Investigation and Review
The firm has been cooperating with the CFPB and other governmental bodies relating to investigations and/or inquiries concerning GS Bank USA’s credit card account management practices and is providing information regarding the application of refunds, crediting of nonconforming payments, billing error resolution, advertisements, reporting to credit bureaus, and any other consumer-related information requested by them, and GS Bank USA has entered into a consent order, without admitting or denying the findings, to resolve the CFPB’s investigation. The consent order requires a $45 million penalty, approximately $20 million in restitution (to be offset by restitution GS Bank USA has already provided to consumers), and certain non-monetary remedial measures. The firm has reserved the full amount of the settlement.
99
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Regulatory Investigations and Reviews and Related Litigation
Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of other investigations and reviews by, and in some cases have received subpoenas and requests for documents and information from, various governmental and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations and litigation and shareholder requests relating to various matters relating to the firm’s businesses and operations, including:
•The securities offering process and underwriting practices;
•The firm’s investment management and financial advisory services;
•Conflicts of interest;
•Research practices, including research independence and interactions between research analysts and other firm personnel, including investment banking personnel, as well as third parties;
•Transactions involving government-related financings and other matters, municipal securities, including wall-cross procedures and conflict of interest disclosure with respect to state and municipal clients, the trading and structuring of municipal derivative instruments in connection with municipal offerings, political contribution rules, municipal advisory services and the possible impact of credit default swap transactions on municipal issuers;
•Consumer lending, as well as residential mortgage lending, servicing and securitization, and compliance with related consumer laws;
•The offering, auction, sales, trading and clearance of corporate and government securities, currencies, commodities and other financial products and related sales and other communications and activities, as well as the firm’s supervision and controls relating to such activities, including compliance with applicable short sale rules, algorithmic, high-frequency and quantitative trading, the firm’s U.S. alternative trading system (dark pool), futures trading, options trading, when-issued trading, transaction and regulatory reporting, technology systems and controls, communications recordkeeping and recording, securities lending practices, prime brokerage activities, trading and clearance of credit derivative instruments and interest rate swaps, commodities activities and metals storage, private placement practices, allocations of and trading in securities, and trading activities and communications in connection with the establishment of benchmark rates, such as currency rates;
•Compliance with the FCPA;
•The firm’s hiring and compensation practices;
•The firm’s system of risk management and controls; and
•Insider trading, the potential misuse and dissemination of material nonpublic information regarding corporate and governmental developments and the effectiveness of the firm’s insider trading controls and information barriers.
The firm is cooperating with all such governmental and regulatory investigations and reviews.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
100
Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
Results of Review of Interim Financial Statements
We have reviewed the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2024, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income and changes in shareholders’ equity for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, and the consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “interim financial statements”). Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2023, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein), and in our report dated February 22, 2024, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2023, is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.
Basis for Review Results
These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
November 1, 2024
101
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Statistical Disclosures
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
The tables below present information about average balances, interest and average interest rates.
Average Balance for the
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Assets
U.S.
$
106,919
$
140,127
$
113,857
$
138,467
Non-U.S.
92,195
130,387
106,516
127,841
Deposits with banks
199,114
270,514
220,373
266,308
U.S.
241,390
210,743
248,150
206,090
Non-U.S.
144,107
155,246
142,367
161,926
Collateralized agreements
385,497
365,989
390,517
368,016
U.S.
300,110
209,673
279,894
196,817
Non-U.S.
211,812
147,591
191,319
140,177
Trading assets
511,922
357,264
471,213
336,994
U.S.
155,993
126,566
144,583
120,499
Non-U.S.
14,831
15,049
14,432
15,138
Investments
170,824
141,615
159,015
135,637
U.S.
169,233
154,948
165,842
154,604
Non-U.S.
16,442
18,777
16,253
19,663
Loans
185,675
173,725
182,095
174,267
U.S.
77,846
85,503
80,056
88,061
Non-U.S.
57,338
54,623
58,872
56,507
Other interest-earning assets
135,184
140,126
138,928
144,568
Interest-earning assets
1,588,216
1,449,233
1,562,141
1,425,790
Cash and due from banks
5,508
5,508
5,823
6,330
Other non-interest-earning assets
97,651
102,421
100,487
110,822
Assets
$
1,691,375
$
1,557,162
$
1,668,451
$
1,542,942
Liabilities
U.S.
$
334,829
$
307,812
$
332,098
$
304,903
Non-U.S.
97,162
85,904
97,259
79,661
Interest-bearing deposits
431,991
393,716
429,357
384,564
U.S.
203,294
166,256
198,090
148,679
Non-U.S.
107,253
102,897
113,216
93,525
Collateralized financings
310,547
269,153
311,306
242,204
U.S.
57,335
58,727
57,255
63,401
Non-U.S.
82,983
77,769
79,633
74,885
Trading liabilities
140,318
136,496
136,888
138,286
U.S.
53,583
50,022
51,795
46,391
Non-U.S.
36,993
25,974
36,140
26,483
Short-term borrowings
90,576
75,996
87,935
72,874
U.S.
197,449
190,429
191,882
200,382
Non-U.S.
57,242
44,613
53,650
44,774
Long-term borrowings
254,691
235,042
245,532
245,156
U.S.
148,772
144,973
144,863
152,537
Non-U.S.
88,280
93,142
89,139
95,673
Other interest-bearing liabilities
237,052
238,115
234,002
248,210
Interest-bearing liabilities
1,465,175
1,348,518
1,445,020
1,331,294
Non-interest-bearing deposits
5,144
4,731
4,967
4,750
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
101,156
87,615
99,811
90,261
Liabilities
1,571,475
1,440,864
1,549,798
1,426,305
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock
12,878
10,953
12,183
10,803
Common stock
107,022
105,345
106,470
105,834
Shareholders’ equity
119,900
116,298
118,653
116,637
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
1,691,375
$
1,557,162
$
1,668,451
$
1,542,942
Percentage attributable to non-U.S. operations
Interest-earning assets
33.79
%
36.00
%
33.91
%
36.56
%
Interest-bearing liabilities
32.07
%
31.91
%
32.46
%
31.17
%
Interest for the
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Assets
U.S.
$
1,473
$
1,911
$
4,751
$
5,522
Non-U.S.
881
1,154
2,838
2,809
Deposits with banks
2,354
3,065
7,589
8,331
U.S.
3,623
2,892
10,715
8,028
Non-U.S.
1,524
1,395
4,345
3,716
Collateralized agreements
5,147
4,287
15,060
11,744
U.S.
2,619
1,482
6,899
3,958
Non-U.S.
1,444
740
3,441
2,032
Trading assets
4,063
2,222
10,340
5,990
U.S.
1,493
788
3,742
2,129
Non-U.S.
163
213
511
600
Investments
1,656
1,001
4,253
2,729
U.S.
3,885
3,403
11,117
9,760
Non-U.S.
345
394
1,029
1,182
Loans
4,230
3,797
12,146
10,942
U.S.
2,359
2,299
7,118
6,136
Non-U.S.
1,639
1,586
4,937
4,159
Other interest-earning assets
3,998
3,885
12,055
10,295
Interest-earning assets
$
21,448
$
18,257
$
61,443
$
50,031
Liabilities
U.S.
$
4,138
$
3,580
$
12,080
$
9,900
Non-U.S.
1,160
853
3,474
2,059
Interest-bearing deposits
5,298
4,433
15,554
11,959
U.S.
3,110
2,526
8,851
6,291
Non-U.S.
1,337
1,109
4,109
2,840
Collateralized financings
4,447
3,635
12,960
9,131
U.S.
331
246
870
692
Non-U.S.
428
387
1,211
1,077
Trading liabilities
759
633
2,081
1,769
U.S.
496
305
1,346
778
Non-U.S.
93
12
282
70
Short-term borrowings
589
317
1,628
848
U.S.
2,795
2,842
8,154
8,090
Non-U.S.
79
71
218
195
Long-term borrowings
2,874
2,913
8,372
8,285
U.S.
3,663
3,124
9,914
8,226
Non-U.S.
1,195
1,655
4,461
4,801
Other interest-bearing liabilities
4,858
4,779
14,375
13,027
Interest-bearing liabilities
$
18,825
$
16,710
$
54,970
$
45,019
Net interest income
U.S.
$
919
$
152
$
3,127
$
1,556
Non-U.S.
1,704
1,395
3,346
3,456
Net interest income
$
2,623
$
1,547
$
6,473
$
5,012
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
102
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Statistical Disclosures
Annualized Average Rate for the
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
2024
2023
2024
2023
Assets
U.S.
5.39
%
5.46
%
5.56
%
5.32
%
Non-U.S.
3.74
%
3.54
%
3.55
%
2.93
%
Deposits with banks
4.63
%
4.53
%
4.59
%
4.17
%
U.S.
5.88
%
5.49
%
5.76
%
5.19
%
Non-U.S.
4.14
%
3.59
%
4.07
%
3.06
%
Collateralized agreements
5.23
%
4.69
%
5.14
%
4.25
%
U.S.
3.42
%
2.83
%
3.29
%
2.68
%
Non-U.S.
2.67
%
2.01
%
2.40
%
1.93
%
Trading assets
3.11
%
2.49
%
2.93
%
2.37
%
U.S.
3.75
%
2.49
%
3.45
%
2.36
%
Non-U.S.
4.30
%
5.66
%
4.72
%
5.28
%
Investments
3.80
%
2.83
%
3.57
%
2.68
%
U.S.
8.99
%
8.78
%
8.94
%
8.42
%
Non-U.S.
8.21
%
8.39
%
8.44
%
8.02
%
Loans
8.92
%
8.74
%
8.89
%
8.37
%
U.S.
11.86
%
10.76
%
11.86
%
9.29
%
Non-U.S.
11.19
%
11.61
%
11.18
%
9.81
%
Other interest-earning assets
11.58
%
11.09
%
11.57
%
9.49
%
Interest-earning assets
5.29
%
5.04
%
5.24
%
4.68
%
Liabilities
U.S.
4.84
%
4.65
%
4.85
%
4.33
%
Non-U.S.
4.67
%
3.97
%
4.76
%
3.45
%
Interest-bearing deposits
4.80
%
4.50
%
4.83
%
4.15
%
U.S.
5.99
%
6.08
%
5.96
%
5.64
%
Non-U.S.
4.88
%
4.31
%
4.84
%
4.05
%
Collateralized financings
5.61
%
5.40
%
5.55
%
5.03
%
U.S.
2.26
%
1.68
%
2.03
%
1.46
%
Non-U.S.
2.02
%
1.99
%
2.03
%
1.92
%
Trading liabilities
2.12
%
1.85
%
2.03
%
1.71
%
U.S.
3.62
%
2.44
%
3.46
%
2.24
%
Non-U.S.
0.98
%
0.18
%
1.04
%
0.35
%
Short-term borrowings
2.55
%
1.67
%
2.47
%
1.55
%
U.S.
5.54
%
5.97
%
5.67
%
5.38
%
Non-U.S.
0.54
%
0.64
%
0.54
%
0.58
%
Long-term borrowings
4.42
%
4.96
%
4.55
%
4.51
%
U.S.
9.64
%
8.62
%
9.12
%
7.19
%
Non-U.S.
5.30
%
7.11
%
6.67
%
6.69
%
Other interest-bearing liabilities
8.02
%
8.03
%
8.19
%
7.00
%
Interest-bearing liabilities
5.03
%
4.96
%
5.07
%
4.51
%
Interest rate spread
0.26
%
0.08
%
0.17
%
0.17
%
U.S.
0.34
%
0.07
%
0.40
%
0.23
%
Non-U.S.
1.24
%
1.07
%
0.84
%
0.88
%
Net yield on interest-earning assets
0.65
%
0.43
%
0.55
%
0.47
%
In the tables above:
•Assets, liabilities and interest are classified as U.S. and non-U.S. based on the location of the legal entity in which the assets and liabilities are held.
•Derivative instruments and commodities are included in other non-interest-earning assets and other non-interest-bearing liabilities.
•Average collateralized agreements included $180.86 billion of resale agreements and $204.64 billion of securities borrowed for the three months ended September 2024, $174.40 billion of resale agreements and $191.59 billion of securities borrowed for the three months ended September 2023, $186.14 billion of resale agreements and $204.38 billion of securities borrowed for the nine months ended September 2024, and $175.00 billion of resale agreements and $193.01 billion of securities borrowed for the nine months ended September 2023.
•Other interest-earning assets primarily consists of certain receivables from customers and counterparties.
•Collateralized financings included $247.00 billion of repurchase agreements and $63.55 billion of securities loaned for the three months ended September 2024, and $215.00 billion of repurchase agreements and $54.15 billion of securities loaned for the three months ended September 2023, $246.53 billion of repurchase agreements and $64.78 billion of securities loaned for the nine months ended September 2024, and $195.28 billion of repurchase agreements and $46.92 billion of securities loaned for the nine months ended September 2023.
•Substantially all other interest-bearing liabilities consists of certain payables to customers and counterparties.
•Interest rates for borrowings include the effects of interest rate swaps accounted for as hedges.
•Loans exclude loans held for sale that are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value. Such loans are included within other interest-earning assets.
•Short- and long-term borrowings include both secured and unsecured borrowings.
103
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Introduction
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc. or parent company), a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is a leading global financial institution that delivers a broad range of financial services to a large and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and individuals. Founded in 1869, we are headquartered in New York and maintain offices in all major financial centers around the world. We manage and report our activities in three business segments: Global Banking & Markets, Asset & Wealth Management and Platform Solutions. See “Results of Operations” for further information about our business segments.
When we use the terms “we,” “us” and “our,” we mean Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. When we use the term “our subsidiaries,” we mean the consolidated subsidiaries of Group Inc.
Group Inc. is a bank holding company and a financial holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB).
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. References to “the 2023 Form 10-K” are to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. References to “this Form 10-Q” are to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2024. All references to “the consolidated financial statements” or “Statistical Disclosures” are to Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q. The consolidated financial statements are unaudited. All references to September 2024, June 2024 and September 2023 refer to our periods ended, or the dates, as the context requires, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. All references to December 2023 refer to the date December 31, 2023. Any reference to a future year refers to a year ending on December 31 of that year. Certain reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current presentation.
Executive Overview
Three Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023.We generated net earnings of $2.99 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared with $2.06 billion for the third quarter of 2023. Diluted earnings per common share (EPS) was $8.40 for the third quarter of 2024, compared with $5.47 for the third quarter of 2023. Annualized return on average common shareholders’ equity (ROE) was 10.4% for the third quarter of 2024, compared with 7.1% for the third quarter of 2023. Book value per common share was $332.96 as of September 2024, 1.8% higher compared with June 2024 and 6.2% higher compared with December 2023.
Net revenues were $12.70 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 7% higher than the third quarter of 2023, reflecting higher net revenues in Global Banking & Markets and Asset & Wealth Management, partially offset by lower net revenues in Platform Solutions. The increase in net revenues in Global Banking & Markets primarily reflected higher net revenues in Equities and significantly higher net revenues in Investment banking fees, partially offset by lower net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities (FICC). The increase in net revenues in Asset & Wealth Management primarily reflected net gains in Equity investments compared with net losses in the prior year period and higher Management and other fees, partially offset by significantly lower net revenues in Debt investments. The decrease in net revenues in Platform Solutions primarily reflected significantly lower net revenues in Consumer platforms.
Provision for credit losses was $397 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared with $7 million for the third quarter of 2023. Provisions for the third quarter of 2024 reflected net provisions related to the credit card portfolio (primarily driven by net charge-offs), partially offset by a net benefit related to the wholesale portfolio (driven by recoveries on previously impaired loans). Provisions for the third quarter of 2023 reflected net provisions related to both the credit card portfolio (primarily driven by net charge-offs) and wholesale loans (driven by impairments, partially offset by a reserve reduction based on increased stability in the macroeconomic environment), offset by a net release related to the GreenSky loan portfolio (including a reserve reduction related to the transfer of the portfolio to held for sale).
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
104
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Operating expenses were $8.32 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 8% lower than the third quarter of 2023, reflecting decreases driven by the write-down of identifiable intangible assets related to GreenSky Holdings, LLC (GreenSky) in the prior year period and significantly lower expenses, including impairments, related to commercial real estate in consolidated investment entities (CIEs), partially offset by increases driven by higher transaction based expenses and the write-down of identifiable intangible assets related to the General Motors (GM) credit card program in the current period. Our efficiency ratio (total operating expenses divided by total net revenues) was 65.5% for the third quarter of 2024, compared with 76.6% for the third quarter of 2023.
During the third quarter of 2024, we returned a total of $1.98 billion of capital to common shareholders, including $1.00 billion of common share repurchases and $978 million of common stock dividends. As of September 2024, our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio was 14.6% under the Standardized Capital Rules and 15.5% under the Advanced Capital Rules. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our capital ratios.
Nine Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023. We generated net earnings of $10.17 billion for the first nine months of 2024, compared with $6.51 billion for the first nine months of 2023. Diluted EPS was $28.64 for the first nine months of 2024, compared with $17.39 for the first nine months of 2023. Annualized ROE was 12.0% for the first nine months of 2024, compared with 7.6% for the first nine months of 2023.
Net revenues were $39.64 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 13% higher than the first nine months of 2023, reflecting higher net revenues in Global Banking & Markets and Asset & Wealth Management. The increase in net revenues in Global Banking & Markets primarily reflected significantly higher Investment banking fees, higher net revenues in Equities and slightly higher net revenues in FICC. The increase in net revenues in Asset & Wealth Management primarily reflected net gains in Equity investments compared with net losses in the prior year period, higher Management and other fees and higher net revenues in Private banking and lending. Net revenues in Platform Solutions were slightly lower.
Provision for credit losses was $997 million for the first nine months of 2024, compared with $451 million for the first nine months of 2023. Provisions for the first nine months of 2024 reflected net provisions related to the credit card portfolio (driven by net charge-offs). Provisions for the first nine months of 2023 reflected net provisions related to both the credit card portfolio (primarily driven by net charge-offs) and wholesale loans (primarily driven by impairments), partially offset by a reserve reduction related to the sale of substantially all of the Marcus by Goldman Sachs (Marcus) loan portfolio and a net release related to the GreenSky loan portfolio (including a reserve reduction related to the transfer of the portfolio to held for sale).
Operating expenses were $25.51 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 2% lower than the first nine months of 2023, reflecting decreases driven by significantly lower expenses, including impairments, related to commercial real estate in CIEs, the write-down related to GreenSky in the prior year period and an impairment of goodwill related to Consumer platforms in the prior year period, partially offset by higher compensation and benefits expenses (reflecting improved operating performance) and higher transaction based expenses. Our efficiency ratio was 64.3% for the first nine months of 2024, compared with 74.4% for the first nine months of 2023.
During the first nine months of 2024, we returned a total of $8.84 billion of capital to common shareholders, including $6.00 billion of common stock repurchases and $2.84 billion of common stock dividends.
Business Environment
During the third quarter of 2024, economic activity continued to be impacted by concerns about inflation, although some measures had begun to improve, and ongoing geopolitical stresses, including tensions with China and conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East. Despite these concerns, the economy in the U.S. has remained resilient. Additionally, markets were focused on policy interest rate cuts by several central banks, including the first rate cut by the U.S. Federal Reserve since it began increasing the rate in 2022, as well as the potential outcomes of national elections.
There remains uncertainty and concerns about geopolitical risks, central bank policy and inflation. See “Results of Operations — Segment Assets and Operating Results — Segment Operating Results” for further information about the operating environment for each of our business segments.
105
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Critical Accounting Policies
Fair Value
Fair Value Hierarchy. Trading assets and liabilities, certain investments and loans, and certain other financial assets and liabilities, are included in our consolidated balance sheets at fair value (i.e., marked-to-market), with related gains or losses generally recognized in our consolidated statements of earnings. The use of fair value to measure financial instruments is fundamental to our risk management practices and is our most critical accounting policy.
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We measure certain financial assets and liabilities as a portfolio (i.e., based on its net exposure to market and/or credit risks). In determining fair value, the hierarchy under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) gives (i) the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities (level 1 inputs), (ii) the next priority to inputs other than level 1 inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly (level 2 inputs), and (iii) the lowest priority to inputs that cannot be observed in market activity (level 3 inputs). In evaluating the significance of a valuation input, we consider, among other factors, a portfolio’s net risk exposure to that input. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to their fair value measurement.
The fair values for substantially all of our financial assets and liabilities are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Certain level 2 and level 3 financial assets and liabilities may require appropriate valuation adjustments that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value for factors, such as counterparty and our credit quality, funding risk, transfer restrictions, liquidity and bid/offer spreads.
Instruments classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are those which require one or more significant inputs that are not observable. Level 3 financial assets represented 1.3% as of September 2024, 1.4% as of June 2024 and 1.5% as of December 2023 of our total assets. See Notes 4 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about level 3 financial assets, including changes in level 3 financial assets and related fair value measurements. Absent evidence to the contrary, instruments classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequent to the transaction date, we use other methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument. Estimating the fair value of level 3 financial instruments requires judgments to be made. These judgments include:
•Determining the appropriate valuation methodology and/or model for each type of level 3 financial instrument;
•Determining model inputs based on an evaluation of all relevant empirical market data, including prices evidenced by market transactions, interest rates, credit spreads, volatilities and correlations; and
•Determining appropriate valuation adjustments, including those related to illiquidity or counterparty credit quality.
Regardless of the methodology, valuation inputs and assumptions are only changed when corroborated by substantive evidence.
Controls Over Valuation of Financial Instruments. Market makers and investment professionals in our revenue-producing units are responsible for pricing our financial instruments. Our control infrastructure is independent of the revenue-producing units and is fundamental to ensuring that all of our financial instruments are appropriately valued at market-clearing levels. In the event that there is a difference of opinion in situations where estimating the fair value of financial instruments requires judgment (e.g., calibration to market comparables or trade comparison, as described below), the final valuation decision is made by senior managers in independent risk oversight and control functions. This independent price verification is critical to ensuring that our financial instruments are properly valued.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
106
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Price Verification. All financial instruments at fair value classified in levels 1, 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy are subject to our independent price verification process. The objective of price verification is to have an informed and independent opinion with regard to the valuation of financial instruments under review. Instruments that have one or more significant inputs which cannot be corroborated by external market data are classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Price verification strategies utilized by our independent risk oversight and control functions include:
•Trade Comparison. Analysis of trade data (both internal and external, where available) is used to determine the most relevant pricing inputs and valuations.
•External Price Comparison. Valuations and prices are compared to pricing data obtained from third parties (e.g., brokers or dealers, S&P Global Services, Bloomberg, ICE Data Services, Pricing Direct, TRACE). Data obtained from various sources is compared to ensure consistency and validity. When broker or dealer quotations or third-party pricing vendors are used for valuation or price verification, greater priority is generally given to executable quotations.
•Calibration to Market Comparables. Market-based transactions are used to corroborate the valuation of positions with similar characteristics, risks and components.
•Relative Value Analyses. Market-based transactions are analyzed to determine the similarity, measured in terms of risk, liquidity and return, of one instrument relative to another or, for a given instrument, of one maturity relative to another.
•Collateral Analyses. Margin calls on derivatives are analyzed to determine implied values, which are used to corroborate our valuations.
•Execution of Trades. Where appropriate, market-making desks are instructed to execute trades in order to provide evidence of market-clearing levels.
•Backtesting. Valuations are corroborated by comparison to values realized upon sales.
See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about fair value measurements.
Review of Net Revenues. Independent risk oversight and control functions ensure adherence to our pricing policy through a combination of daily procedures, including the explanation and attribution of net revenues based on the underlying factors. Through this process, we independently validate net revenues, identify and resolve potential fair value or trade booking issues on a timely basis and seek to ensure that risks are being properly categorized and quantified.
Review of Valuation Models. Our independent model risk management group (Model Risk), consisting of quantitative professionals who are separate from model developers, performs an independent model review and validation process of our valuation models. New or changed models are reviewed and approved prior to implementation. Models are reviewed annually to assess the impact of any changes in the product or market and any market developments in pricing theories. See “Risk Management — Model Risk Management” for further information about the review and validation of our valuation models.
Allowance for Credit Losses
We estimate and record an allowance for credit losses related to our loans held for investment that are accounted for at amortized cost. To determine the allowance for credit losses, we classify our loans accounted for at amortized cost into wholesale and consumer portfolios. These portfolios represent the level at which we have developed and documented our methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective basis for loans that exhibit similar risk characteristics using a modeled approach and on an asset-specific basis for loans that do not share similar risk characteristics.
107
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
The allowance for credit losses takes into account the weighted average of a range of forecasts of future economic conditions over the expected life of the loans and lending commitments. The expected life of each loan or lending commitment is determined based on the contractual term adjusted for extension options or demand features, or is modeled in the case of revolving credit card loans. The forecasts include baseline, favorable and adverse economic scenarios over a three-year period. For loans with expected lives beyond three years, the model reverts to historical loss information based on a non-linear modeled approach. We apply judgment in weighting individual scenarios each quarter based on a variety of factors, including our internally derived economic outlook, market consensus, recent macroeconomic conditions and industry trends. The forecasted economic scenarios consider a number of risk factors relevant to the wholesale and consumer portfolios. Risk factors for wholesale loans include internal credit ratings, industry default and loss data, expected life, macroeconomic indicators (e.g., unemployment rates and GDP), the borrower’s capacity to meet its financial obligations, the borrower’s country of risk and industry, loan seniority and collateral type. In addition, for loans backed by real estate, risk factors include the loan-to-value ratio, debt service ratio and home price index. The allowance for loan losses for wholesale loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, such as nonaccrual loans, is calculated using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate, the observable market price of the loan, or, in the case of collateral dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell, if applicable. Risk factors for installment and credit card loans include Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) credit scores, delinquency status, loan vintage and macroeconomic indicators.
The allowance for credit losses also includes qualitative components which allow management to reflect the uncertain nature of economic forecasting, capture uncertainty regarding model inputs, and account for model imprecision and concentration risk.
Our estimate of credit losses entails judgment about collectability at the reporting dates, and there are uncertainties inherent in those judgments. The allowance for credit losses is subject to a governance process that involves review and approval by senior management within our independent risk oversight and control functions. Personnel within our independent risk oversight and control functions are responsible for forecasting the economic variables that underlie the economic scenarios that are used in the modeling of expected credit losses. While we use the best information available to determine this estimate, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on, among other things, changes in the economic environment or variances between actual results and the original assumptions used. Loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses when deemed to be uncollectible.
We also record an allowance for credit losses on lending commitments which are held for investment that are accounted for at amortized cost. Such allowance is determined using the same methodology as the allowance for loan losses, while also taking into consideration the probability of drawdowns or funding, and whether such commitments are cancellable by us.
To estimate the potential impact of an adverse macroeconomic environment on our allowance for credit losses, we, among other things, compared the expected credit losses under the weighted average forecast used in the calculation of allowance for credit losses as of September 2024 (which was weighted towards the baseline and adverse economic scenarios) to the expected credit losses under a 100% weighted adverse economic scenario. The adverse economic scenario of the forecast model reflects a global recession in the fourth quarter of 2024 through the third quarter of 2025, resulting in an economic contraction and rising unemployment rates. A 100% weighting to the adverse economic scenario would have resulted in an approximate $0.8 billion increase in our allowance for credit losses as of September 2024. This hypothetical increase does not take into consideration any potential adjustments to qualitative reserves. The forecasts of macroeconomic conditions are inherently uncertain and do not take into account any other offsetting or correlated effects. The actual credit loss in an adverse macroeconomic environment may differ significantly from this estimate. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about the allowance for credit losses.
Use of Estimates
U.S. GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions. In addition to the estimates we make in connection with fair value measurements and the allowance for credit losses on loans and lending commitments held for investment and accounted for at amortized cost, the use of estimates and assumptions is also important in determining discretionary compensation accruals, the accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, provisions for losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings (including governmental investigations), and accounting for income taxes.
A substantial portion of our compensation and benefits represents discretionary compensation, which is finalized at year-end. We believe the most appropriate way to allocate estimated year-end discretionary compensation among interim periods is in proportion to the net revenues net of provision for credit losses earned in such periods. In addition to the level of net revenues net of provision for credit losses, our overall compensation expense in any given year is also influenced by, among other factors, overall financial performance, prevailing labor markets, business mix, the structure of our share-based compensation programs and the external environment.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
108
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an impairment may exist. When assessing goodwill for impairment, first, a qualitative assessment can be made to determine whether it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the results of the qualitative assessment are not conclusive, a quantitative goodwill test is performed. Alternatively, a quantitative goodwill test can be performed without performing a qualitative assessment. Estimating the fair value of our reporting units requires judgment. Critical inputs to the fair value estimates include projected earnings, allocated equity, price-to-earnings multiples and price-to-book multiples. There is inherent uncertainty in the projected earnings. The carrying value of each reporting unit reflects an allocation of total shareholders’ equity and represents the estimated amount of total shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of the reporting unit under currently applicable regulatory capital requirements. During the third quarter of 2024, in connection with the planned sale of our seller financing loan portfolio, we performed a quantitative goodwill test and determined that the goodwill associated with Transaction banking and other was impaired, and accordingly, recorded a $14 million impairment. There were no events or changes in circumstances during the three or nine months ended September 2024 that would indicate that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair value of each of the other reporting units with goodwill did not exceed its respective carrying value as of September 2024. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our annual assessment of goodwill for impairment. If we experience a prolonged or severe period of weakness in the business environment, financial markets, the performance of one or more of our reporting units or our common stock price, or additional increases in capital requirements, our goodwill could be impaired in the future.
Identifiable intangible assets are tested for impairment when events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable. Judgment is required to evaluate whether indications of potential impairment have occurred, and to test identifiable intangible assets for impairment, if required. An impairment is recognized if the estimated undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or asset group is less than the corresponding carrying value. During the third quarter of 2024, in connection with the planned transition of the GM credit card program to another issuer, we classified the GM credit card program to held for sale and recognized a $72 million write-down of identifiable intangible assets. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about identifiable intangible assets.
We also estimate and provide for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we estimate the upper end of the range of reasonably possible aggregate loss in excess of the related reserves for litigation and regulatory proceedings where we believe the risk of loss is more than slight. See Notes 18 and 27 to the consolidated financial statements for information about certain judicial, litigation and regulatory proceedings. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be materially different. Our total estimated liability in respect of litigation and regulatory proceedings is determined on a case-by-case basis and represents an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, proceeding or investigation, our experience and the experience of others in similar cases, proceedings or investigations, and the opinions and views of legal counsel.
In accounting for income taxes, we recognize tax positions in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. We use estimates to recognize current and deferred income taxes in the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate. The income tax laws in these jurisdictions are complex and can be subject to different interpretations between taxpayers and taxing authorities. Disputes may arise over these interpretations and can be settled by audit, administrative appeals or judicial proceedings. Our interpretations are reevaluated quarterly based on guidance currently available, tax examination experience and the opinions of legal counsel, among other factors. We recognize deferred taxes based on the amount that will more likely than not be realized in the future based on enacted income tax laws. Our estimate for deferred taxes includes estimates for future taxable earnings, including the level and character of those earnings, and various tax planning strategies. See Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of the 2023 Form 10-K for further information about income taxes.
Recent Accounting Developments
See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for information about Recent Accounting Developments.
109
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Results of Operations
The composition of our net revenues has varied over time as financial markets and the scope of our operations have changed. The composition of net revenues can also vary over the shorter term due to fluctuations in U.S. and global economic and market conditions. See “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K for further information about the impact of economic and market conditions on our results of operations.
Financial Overview
The table below presents an overview of our financial results and selected financial ratios.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions, except per share amounts
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net revenues
$
12,699
$
11,817
$
39,643
$
34,936
Pre-tax earnings
$
3,987
$
2,756
$
13,140
$
8,485
Net earnings
$
2,990
$
2,058
$
10,165
$
6,508
Net earnings to common
$
2,780
$
1,882
$
9,602
$
6,040
Diluted EPS
$
8.40
$
5.47
$
28.64
$
17.39
ROE
10.4
%
7.1
%
12.0
%
7.6
%
ROTE
11.1
%
7.7
%
12.9
%
8.2
%
Net earnings to average assets
0.7
%
0.5
%
0.8
%
0.6
%
Return on shareholders’ equity
10.0
%
7.1
%
11.4
%
7.4
%
Average equity to average assets
7.1
%
7.5
%
7.1
%
7.6
%
Dividend payout ratio
35.7
%
50.3
%
29.7
%
44.6
%
Our target (through-the-cycle) is to achieve ROE within a range of 14% to 16% and return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity (ROTE) within a range of 15% to 17%.
In the table above:
•Net earnings to common represents net earnings applicable to common shareholders, which is calculated as net earnings less preferred stock dividends.
•ROE, ROTE, net earnings to average total assets and return on average shareholders’ equity are annualized amounts.
•ROE is calculated by dividing annualized net earnings to common by average monthly common shareholders’ equity.
•ROTE is calculated by dividing annualized net earnings to common by average monthly tangible common shareholders’ equity. Tangible common shareholders’ equity is calculated as total shareholders’ equity less preferred stock, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. We believe that tangible common shareholders’ equity is meaningful because it is a measure that we and investors use to assess capital adequacy and that ROTE is meaningful because it measures the performance of businesses consistently, whether they were acquired or developed internally. Tangible common shareholders’ equity and ROTE are non-GAAP measures and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other companies.
The table below presents our average equity and the reconciliation of average common shareholders’ equity to average tangible common shareholders’ equity.
Average for the
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Total shareholders’ equity
$
119,900
$
116,298
$
118,653
$
116,637
Preferred stock
(12,878)
(10,953)
(12,183)
(10,803)
Common shareholders’ equity
107,022
105,345
106,470
105,834
Goodwill
(5,905)
(5,934)
(5,902)
(6,218)
Identifiable intangible assets
(978)
(1,764)
(1,042)
(1,888)
Tangible common shareholders’ equity
$
100,139
$
97,647
$
99,526
$
97,728
•Net earnings to average assets is calculated by dividing annualized net earnings by average total assets.
•Return on shareholders’ equity is calculated by dividing annualized net earnings by average monthly shareholders’ equity.
•Average equity to average assets is calculated by dividing average total shareholders’ equity by average total assets.
•Dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing dividends declared per common share by diluted EPS.
Net Revenues
The table below presents our net revenues by line item.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Investment banking
$
1,864
$
1,555
$
5,682
$
4,565
Investment management
2,649
2,409
7,673
7,054
Commissions and fees
873
883
3,001
2,864
Market making
4,005
4,958
14,222
14,742
Other principal transactions
685
465
2,592
699
Total non-interest revenues
10,076
10,270
33,170
29,924
Interest income
21,448
18,257
61,443
50,031
Interest expense
18,825
16,710
54,970
45,019
Net interest income
2,623
1,547
6,473
5,012
Total net revenues
$
12,699
$
11,817
$
39,643
$
34,936
In the table above:
•Investment banking consists of revenues (excluding net interest) from financial advisory and underwriting assignments. These activities are included in Global Banking & Markets.
•Investment management consists of revenues (excluding net interest) from providing asset management and wealth advisory services across all major asset classes to a diverse set of clients. These activities are included in Asset & Wealth Management.
•Commissions and fees consists of revenues from executing and clearing client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide, as well as over-the-counter (OTC) transactions. Substantially all of these activities are included in Global Banking & Markets.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
110
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
•Market making consists of revenues (excluding net interest) from client execution activities related to making markets in interest rate products, credit products, mortgages, currencies, commodities and equity products. These activities are included in Global Banking & Markets.
•Other principal transactions consists of revenues (excluding net interest) from our equity investing activities, including revenues related to our consolidated investments (included in Asset & Wealth Management), and debt investing and lending activities (included across our three segments).
Operating Environment. During the third quarter of 2024, the operating environment was generally characterized by continued broad macroeconomic concerns, including concerns and uncertainty about inflation, ongoing geopolitical tensions, central bank policy and the potential outcomes of national elections. Industry-wide investment banking activity levels generally declined, while market-making activity levels increased compared with the prior quarter. Global equity and bond prices were generally higher compared with the end of the second quarter of 2024, and concerns about the commercial real estate market persisted. In the U.S., the rate of unemployment remained low and the pace of growth in consumer spending increased slightly compared with the second quarter of 2024.
If uncertainty and concerns about geopolitical tensions and the economic outlook remain elevated or grow, including those about central bank policy, inflation and the commercial real estate sector, it may lead to a decline in asset prices, a decline in market-making activity levels, or a continued decline in investment banking activity levels, and net revenues and provision for credit losses would likely be negatively impacted. See “Segment Assets and Operating Results — Segment Operating Results” for information about the operating environment and material trends and uncertainties that may impact our results of operations.
Three Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023. Net revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $12.70 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 7% higher than the third quarter of 2023, reflecting significantly higher net interest income, investment banking revenues and other principal transactions revenues, as well as higher investment management revenues, partially offset by lower market making revenues.
Non-Interest Revenues.Investment banking revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $1.86 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 20% higher than the third quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting significantly higher revenues in debt underwriting, driven by leveraged finance and investment-grade activity, and higher revenues in equity underwriting, driven by secondary offerings.
Investment management revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $2.65 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 10% higher than the third quarter of 2023, primarily due to higher management and other fees, primarily reflecting the impact of higher average assets under supervision (AUS).
Commissions and fees in the consolidated statements of earnings were $873 million for the third quarter of 2024, essentially unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2023, due to higher commissions and fees in Equities, reflecting generally higher market volumes and increased transaction fees, largely offset by a loss related to the planned transition of the GM credit card program to another issuer.
Market making revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $4.01 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 19% lower than the third quarter of 2023, reflecting significantly lower revenues in intermediation and lower revenues in financing. The decrease from intermediation activities primarily reflected significantly lower revenues in interest rate products and commodities. The decrease from financing activities reflected significantly lower revenues from FICC financing, partially offset by higher revenues in equities financing.
Other principal transactions revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $685 million for the third quarter of 2024, 47% higher than the third quarter of 2023, reflecting significantly higher net gains from investments in equities, driven by investments in corporate private and public equities.
Net Interest Income. Net interest income in the consolidated statements of earnings was $2.62 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 70% higher than the third quarter of 2023, reflecting an increase in interest income, partially offset by an increase in interest expense. The increase in interest income primarily related to trading assets, collateralized agreements, and investments, each reflecting the impact of higher average balances and higher average interest rates, partially offset by deposits with banks, reflecting the impact of lower average balances. The increase in interest expense primarily related to deposits and collateralized financings, both reflecting the impact of higher average balances. See “Statistical Disclosures — Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity” for further information about our sources of net interest income.
111
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Nine Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023. Net revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $39.64 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 13% higher than the first nine months of 2023, primarily reflecting significantly higher other principal transactions revenues, net interest income and investment banking revenues.
Non-Interest Revenues.Investment banking revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $5.68 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 24% higher than the first nine months of 2023, reflecting significantly higher revenues in debt underwriting, primarily driven by leveraged finance activity, significantly higher revenues in equity underwriting, primarily from secondary and initial public offerings, and higher revenues in advisory, reflecting an increase in completed mergers and acquisitions transactions.
Investment management revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $7.67 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 9% higher than the first nine months of 2023, primarily due to higher management and other fees, primarily reflecting the impact of higher average AUS.
Commissions and fees in the consolidated statements of earnings were $3.00 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 5% higher than the first nine months of 2023, due to higher commissions and fees in Equities, reflecting generally higher market volumes and increased transaction fees, partially offset by a loss related to the planned transition of the GM credit card program to another issuer.
Market making revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $14.22 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 4% lower than the first nine months of 2023, reflecting slightly lower revenues in both intermediation and financing. The decrease from intermediation activities primarily reflected significantly lower revenues in commodities, partially offset by significantly higher revenues from currencies and mortgages. The decrease from financing activities reflected significantly lower revenues in FICC financing, largely offset by higher revenues from Equities financing.
Other principal transactions revenues in the consolidated statements of earnings were $2.59 billion for the first nine months of 2024, compared with $699 million for the first nine months of 2023, with the increase primarily reflecting significantly higher net gains from investments in equities, driven by investments in corporate private equities and real estate, and the impact of the sale of the Marcus loan portfolio in 2023 (including net revenues of approximately $(370) million related to the sale of substantially all of the portfolio).
Net Interest Income. Net interest income in the consolidated statements of earnings was $6.47 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 29% higher than the first nine months of 2023, reflecting a significant increase in interest income, partially offset by a significant increase in interest expense. The increase in interest income primarily related to trading assets, collateralized agreements, and investments, each reflecting the impact of higher average balances and higher average interest rates, and, other interest-earning assets, reflecting the impact of higher average interest rates. The increase in interest expense primarily related to collateralized financings, deposits, and borrowings, each reflecting the impact of higher average balances and higher average interest rates, and other interest-bearing liabilities, reflecting the impact of higher average interest rates. See “Statistical Disclosures — Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity” for further information about our sources of net interest income.
Provision for Credit Losses
Provision for credit losses consists of provision for credit losses on financial assets and commitments accounted for at amortized cost, including loans and lending commitments held for investment. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about the provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments.
The table below presents our provision for credit losses.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Provision for credit losses
$
397
$
7
$
997
$
451
Three Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023. Provision for credit losses in the consolidated statements of earnings was $397 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared with $7 million for the third quarter of 2023. Provisions for the third quarter of 2024 reflected net provisions related to the credit card portfolio (primarily driven by net charge-offs), partially offset by a net benefit related to the wholesale portfolio (driven by recoveries on previously impaired loans). Provisions for the third quarter of 2023 reflected net provisions related to both the credit card portfolio (primarily driven by net charge-offs) and wholesale loans (driven by impairments, partially offset by a reserve reduction based on increased stability in the macroeconomic environment), offset by a net release related to the GreenSky loan portfolio (including a reserve reduction of $637 million related to the transfer of the portfolio to held for sale).
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
112
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Nine Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023. Provision for credit losses in the consolidated statements of earnings was $997 million for the first nine months of 2024, compared with $451 million for the first nine months of 2023. Provisions for the first nine months of 2024 reflected net provisions related to the credit card portfolio (primarily driven by net charge-offs). Provisions for the first nine months of 2023 reflected net provisions related to both the credit card portfolio (primarily driven by net charge-offs) and wholesale loans (primarily driven by impairments), partially offset by a reserve reduction of approximately $440 million related to the sale of substantially all of the Marcus loan portfolio and a net release related to the GreenSky loan portfolio (including a reserve reduction of $637 million related to the transfer of the portfolio to held for sale).
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses are primarily influenced by compensation, headcount and levels of business activity. Compensation and benefits includes salaries, estimated year-end discretionary compensation, amortization of equity awards and other items such as benefits. Discretionary compensation is significantly impacted by, among other factors, the level of net revenues, net of provision for credit losses, overall financial performance, prevailing labor markets, business mix, the structure of our share-based compensation programs and the external environment.
The table below presents our operating expenses by line item and headcount.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Compensation and benefits
$
4,122
$
4,188
$
12,947
$
11,897
Transaction based
1,701
1,452
4,852
4,242
Market development
159
136
465
454
Communications and technology
498
468
1,468
1,416
Depreciation and amortization
621
1,512
1,894
4,076
Occupancy
242
267
733
785
Professional fees
400
377
1,177
1,152
Other expenses
572
654
1,970
1,978
Total operating expenses
$
8,315
$
9,054
$
25,506
$
26,000
Headcount at period-end
46,400
45,900
Three Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023.Operating expenses in the consolidated statements of earnings were $8.32 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 8% lower than the third quarter of 2023. Our efficiency ratio was 65.5% for the third quarter of 2024, compared with 76.6% for the third quarter of 2023.
Operating expenses, compared with the third quarter of 2023, reflected decreases driven by the write-down of identifiable intangible assets related to GreenSky of $506 million in the prior year period (in depreciation and amortization) and significantly lower expenses, including impairments, related to commercial real estate in CIEs (largely in depreciation and amortization), partially offset by increases driven by higher transaction based expenses and the write-down of identifiable intangible assets related to the GM credit card program of $72 million in the current period (in depreciation and amortization). Net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings were $41 million for the third quarter of 2024 compared with $15 million for the third quarter of 2023.
As of September 2024, headcount increased 5% compared with June 2024, reflecting the timing of campus hires.
Nine Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023.Operating expenses in the consolidated statements of earnings were $25.51 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 2% lower than the first nine months of 2023. Our efficiency ratio was 64.3% for the first nine months of 2024, compared with 74.4% for the first nine months of 2023. The ratio of compensation and benefits to net revenues, net of provision for credit losses, was 33.5% for the first nine months of 2024, unchanged compared with the first half of 2024 and compared with 34.5% for the first nine months of 2023.
Operating expenses, compared with the first nine months of 2023, reflected decreases driven by significantly lower expenses, including impairments, related to commercial real estate in CIEs (largely in depreciation and amortization), the write-down related to GreenSky of $506 million in the prior year period (in depreciation and amortization) and an impairment of goodwill related to Consumer platforms of $504 million in the prior year period (in depreciation and amortization). These decreases were partially offset by higher compensation and benefits expenses (reflecting improved operating performance) and higher transaction based expenses. In the first and second quarters of 2024, the FDIC notified banks subject to the special assessment fee of the updated estimated cost to the Deposit Insurance Fund resulting from the closures in 2023 of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank. In the third quarter of 2024, based on additional information received from the FDIC, the firm recognized a reduction in the estimated cost of the FDIC special assessment fee. As a result, we recognized an incremental pre-tax expense of $80 million in the first nine months of 2024 (including a reduction of $17 million in the third quarter of 2024). Net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings were $168 million for the first nine months of 2024 compared with $106 million for the first nine months of 2023.
As of September 2024, headcount increased 2% compared with December 2023.
113
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Provision for Taxes
The effective income tax rate for the first nine months of 2024 was 22.6%, up from the full year income tax rate of 20.7% for 2023, primarily due to a decrease in permanent tax benefits, partially offset by a decrease in taxes on non-U.S. earnings and changes in the geographic mix of earnings. The increase compared with 21.6% for the first half of 2024 was primarily due to a decrease in the impact of permanent tax benefits.
The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Global Anti-Base Erosion Model Rules (Pillar II) aim to ensure that multinationals with revenues in excess of EUR 750 million pay a minimum effective corporate tax rate of 15% (minimum tax) in each jurisdiction in which they operate.The U.K. and other jurisdictions in which we operate have adopted certain portions of the OECD directive (Pillar II legislation) effective beginning in calendar year 2024. The Pillar II legislation did not have a material impact on our effective tax rate for the first nine months of 2024 and we do not expect a material impact on our 2024 annual effective tax rate based on our current interpretation of the guidance published by the OECD and enacted legislation. We expect additional guidance or legislation to be issued by the OECD and various jurisdictions in the fourth quarter of 2024 which could impact any minimum tax we owe in future periods, possibly materially, and our effective tax rate could increase in 2025 and thereafter. This minimum tax, if any, will be recognized in the period in which it is incurred.
We expect our 2024 annual effective tax rate to be approximately 22%.
Segment Assets and Operating Results
Segment Assets. The table below presents assets by segment.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Global Banking & Markets
$
1,471,242
$
1,381,247
Asset & Wealth Management
196,460
191,863
Platform Solutions
60,378
68,484
Total
$
1,728,080
$
1,641,594
The allocation process for segment assets is based on the activities of these segments. The allocation of assets includes allocation of global core liquid assets (GCLA) (which consists of unencumbered, highly liquid securities and cash), which is generally included within cash and cash equivalents, collateralized agreements and trading assets on our balance sheet. Due to the integrated nature of these segments, estimates and judgments are made in allocating these assets. See “Risk Management — Liquidity Risk Management” for further information about our GCLA.
Net revenues in our segments include allocations of interest income and expense to specific positions in relation to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such positions. See Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our business segments.
The allocation of common shareholders’ equity and preferred stock dividends to each segment is based on the estimated amount of equity required to support the activities of the segment under relevant regulatory capital requirements. Net earnings for each segment is calculated by applying the firmwide tax rate to each segment’s pre-tax earnings.
Compensation and benefits expenses within our segments reflect, among other factors, our overall performance, as well as the performance of individual businesses. Consequently, pre-tax margins in one segment of our business may be significantly affected by the performance of our other business segments. A description of segment operating results follows.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
114
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Global Banking & Markets
Global Banking & Markets generates revenues from the following:
Investment banking fees. We provide advisory and underwriting services and help companies raise capital to strengthen and grow their businesses. Investment banking fees includes the following:
•Advisory. Includes strategic advisory assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities, restructurings and spin-offs.
•Underwriting. Includes public offerings and private placements in both local and cross-border transactions of a wide range of securities and other financial instruments, including acquisition financing.
FICC. FICC generates revenues from intermediation and financing activities.
•FICC intermediation. Includes client execution activities related to making markets in both cash and derivative instruments, as detailed below.
Interest Rate Products. Government bonds (including inflation-linked securities) across maturities, other government-backed securities, and interest rate swaps, options and other derivatives.
Credit Products. Investment-grade and high-yield corporate securities, credit derivatives, exchange-traded funds (ETFs), bank and bridge loans, municipal securities, distressed debt and trade claims.
Mortgages. Commercial mortgage-related securities, loans and derivatives, residential mortgage-related securities, loans and derivatives (including U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations and other securities and loans), and other asset-backed securities, loans and derivatives.
Currencies. Currency options, spot/forwards and other derivatives on G-10 currencies and emerging-market products.
Commodities.Commodity derivatives and, to a lesser extent, physical commodities, involving crude oil and petroleum products, natural gas, agricultural, base, precious and other metals, electricity, including renewable power, environmental products and other commodity products.
•FICC financing. Includes (i) secured lending to our clients through structured credit and asset-backed lending, including warehouse loans backed by mortgages (including residential and commercial mortgage loans), corporate loans and consumer loans (including auto loans and private student loans), (ii) financing through securities purchased under agreements to resell (resale agreements) and (iii) commodity financing to clients through structured transactions.
Equities. Equities generates revenues from intermediation and financing activities.
•Equities intermediation. We make markets in equity securities and equity-related products, including ETFs, convertible securities, options, futures and OTC derivative instruments. We also structure and make markets in derivatives on indices, industry sectors, financial measures and individual company stocks. Our exchange-based market-making activities include making markets in stocks and ETFs, futures and options on major exchanges worldwide. In addition, we generate commissions and fees from executing and clearing institutional client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide, as well as OTC transactions.
•Equities financing. Includes prime financing, which provides financing to our clients for their securities trading activities through margin loans that are collateralized by securities, cash or other collateral. Prime financing also includes services which involve lending securities to cover institutional clients’ short sales and borrowing securities to cover our short sales and to make deliveries into the market. We are also an active participant in broker-to-broker securities lending and third-party agency lending activities. In addition, we execute swap transactions to provide our clients with exposure to securities and indices. Financing activities also include portfolio financing, which clients can utilize to manage their investment portfolios, and other equity financing activities, including securities-based loans to individuals.
Market-Making Activities
As a market maker, we facilitate transactions in both liquid and less liquid markets, primarily for institutional clients, such as corporations, financial institutions, investment funds and governments, to assist clients in meeting their investment objectives and in managing their risks. In this role, we seek to earn the difference between the price at which a market participant is willing to sell an instrument to us and the price at which another market participant is willing to buy it from us, and vice versa (i.e., bid/offer spread). In addition, we maintain (i) market-making positions, typically for a short period of time, in response to, or in anticipation of, client demand, and (ii) positions to actively manage our risk exposures that arise from these market-making activities (collectively, inventory). Our inventory is recorded in trading assets (long positions) or trading liabilities (short positions) in our consolidated balance sheets.
115
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Our results are influenced by a combination of interconnected drivers, including (i) client activity levels and transactional bid/offer spreads (collectively, client activity), and (ii) changes in the fair value of our inventory and interest income and interest expense related to the holding, hedging and funding of our inventory (collectively, market-making inventory changes). Due to the integrated nature of our market-making activities, disaggregation of net revenues into client activity and market-making inventory changes is judgmental and has inherent complexities and limitations.
The amount and composition of our net revenues vary over time as these drivers are impacted by multiple interrelated factors affecting economic and market conditions, including volatility and liquidity in the market, changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, credit spreads, equity prices and commodity prices, investor confidence, and other macroeconomic concerns and uncertainties.
In general, assuming all other market-making conditions remain constant, increases in client activity levels or bid/offer spreads tend to result in increases in net revenues, and decreases tend to have the opposite effect. However, changes in market-making conditions can materially impact client activity levels and bid/offer spreads, as well as the fair value of our inventory. For example, a decrease in liquidity in the market could have the impact of (i) increasing our bid/offer spread, (ii) decreasing investor confidence and thereby decreasing client activity levels, and (iii) widening of credit spreads on our inventory positions.
Other. We lend to corporate clients, including through relationship lending and acquisition financing. The hedges related to this lending and financing activity are also reported as part of Other. Other also includes equity and debt investing activities related to our Global Banking & Markets activities.
The table below presents our Global Banking & Markets assets.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Cash and cash equivalents
$
108,766
$
168,857
Collateralized agreements
398,018
401,554
Customer and other receivables
125,997
117,633
Trading assets
529,456
435,275
Investments
160,103
122,350
Loans
129,080
117,464
Other assets
19,822
18,114
Total
$
1,471,242
$
1,381,247
The table below presents details about our Global Banking & Markets loans.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Corporate
$
24,306
$
24,159
Real estate
36,203
34,813
Securities-based
4,057
3,758
Other collateralized
65,588
55,527
Installment
89
173
Other
146
475
Loans, gross
130,389
118,905
Allowance for loan losses
(1,309)
(1,441)
Total loans
$
129,080
$
117,464
Our average Global Banking & Markets gross loans were $128.38 billion for the three months ended September 2024, $109.89 billion for the three months ended September 2023, $124.96 billion for the nine months ended September 2024 and $109.75 billion for the nine months ended September 2023.
The table below presents our Global Banking & Markets operating results.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Advisory
$
875
$
831
$
2,574
$
2,294
Equity underwriting
385
308
1,178
901
Debt underwriting
605
415
1,926
1,369
Investment banking fees
1,865
1,554
5,678
4,564
FICC intermediation
2,013
2,654
7,814
8,023
FICC financing
949
730
2,651
2,003
FICC
2,962
3,384
10,465
10,026
Equities intermediation
2,209
1,713
5,984
4,987
Equities financing
1,291
1,248
3,996
3,955
Equities
3,500
2,961
9,980
8,942
Other
227
110
341
110
Net revenues
8,554
8,009
26,464
23,642
Provision for credit losses
54
29
95
214
Operating expenses
4,969
4,791
15,197
13,702
Pre-tax earnings
3,531
3,189
11,172
9,726
Provision for taxes
878
806
2,529
2,266
Net earnings
2,653
2,383
8,643
7,460
Preferred stock dividends
163
133
438
352
Net earnings to common
$
2,490
$
2,250
$
8,205
$
7,108
Average common equity
$
76,039
$
72,517
$
75,575
$
70,968
Return on average common equity
13.1
%
12.4
%
14.5
%
13.4
%
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
116
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
The table below presents our FICC and Equities net revenues by line item in the consolidated statements of earnings.
$ in millions
FICC
Equities
Three Months Ended September 2024
Market making
$
1,855
$
2,150
Commissions and fees
–
1,110
Other principal transactions
229
3
Net interest income
878
237
Total
$
2,962
$
3,500
Three Months Ended September 2023
Market making
$
3,060
$
1,898
Commissions and fees
–
882
Other principal transactions
243
29
Net interest income
81
152
Total
$
3,384
$
2,961
Nine Months Ended September 2024
Market making
$
7,578
$
6,644
Commissions and fees
–
3,184
Other principal transactions
712
40
Net interest income
2,175
112
Total
$
10,465
$
9,980
Nine Months Ended September 2023
Market making
$
8,945
$
5,797
Commissions and fees
–
2,807
Other principal transactions
480
76
Net interest income
601
262
Total
$
10,026
$
8,942
In the table above:
•See “Net Revenues” for information about market making revenues, commissions and fees, other principal transactions revenues and net interest income. See Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements for net interest income by segment.
•The primary driver of net revenues for FICC intermediation for all periods was client activity.
•The increase in net interest income across FICC and Equities for the third quarter of 2024 compared with the third quarter of 2023 reflected an increase in interest-earning assets. Due to the nature of activities within FICC and Equities and the composition of their associated balance sheet, we assess the performance of these businesses based on total net revenues, as offsets can occur across revenue line items. For example, cash instruments that generate interest income are in some cases hedged or funded by derivatives for which changes in fair value are reflected in market making revenues. Also, certain activities produce market making revenues but incur interest expense related to the funding of the related inventory.
The table below presents our financial advisory and underwriting transaction volumes.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in billions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Announced mergers and acquisitions
$
213
$
240
$
704
$
545
Completed mergers and acquisitions
$
178
$
317
$
676
$
677
Equity and equity-related offerings
$
14
$
12
$
44
$
33
Debt offerings
$
72
$
41
$
228
$
172
In the table above:
•Volumes are per Dealogic.
•Announced and completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity and equity-related and debt offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or a change in the value of a transaction.
•Equity and equity-related offerings includes Rule 144A and public common stock offerings, convertible offerings and rights offerings.
•Debt offerings includes non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and taxable municipal debt. It also includes publicly registered and Rule 144A issues and excludes leveraged loans.
Operating Environment. During the third quarter of 2024, Global Banking & Markets operated in an environment generally characterized by continued broad macroeconomic concerns, including concerns and uncertainty about inflation, prolonged geopolitical stresses, central bank policy and the potential outcomes of national elections.
In investment banking, industry-wide completed mergers and acquisitions transactions, as well as industry-wide debt and industry-wide equity underwriting volumes, declined compared with the second quarter of 2024.
In interest rates, the yields on 10-year U.S. and U.K. government bonds decreased during the quarter. In equities, both the S&P 500 Index and the MSCI World Index increased by 6% compared with the end of the second quarter of 2024.
In the future, if market and economic conditions deteriorate, and market-making activity levels decline or investment banking activity levels continue to decline, or credit spreads related to hedges on our relationship lending portfolio tighten, net revenues in Global Banking & Markets would likely be negatively impacted. In addition, if economic conditions deteriorate or if the creditworthiness of borrowers deteriorates, provision for credit losses would likely be negatively impacted.
117
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Three Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023. Net revenues in Global Banking & Markets were $8.55 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 7% higher than the third quarter of 2023.
Investment banking fees were $1.87 billion, 20% higher than the third quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting significantly higher net revenues in Debt underwriting, driven by leveraged finance and investment-grade activity, and higher net revenues in Equity underwriting, driven by secondary offerings. Net revenues in Advisory were slightly higher.
As of September 2024, our Investment banking fees backlog increased compared with June 2024, due to higher estimated net revenues from potential advisory transactions.
Our backlog represents an estimate of our net revenues from future transactions where we believe that future revenue realization is more likely than not. We believe changes in our backlog may be a useful indicator of client activity levels which, over the long term, impact our net revenues. However, the time frame for completion and corresponding revenue recognition of transactions in our backlog varies based on the nature of the assignment, as certain transactions may remain in our backlog for longer periods of time. In addition, our backlog is subject to certain limitations, such as assumptions about the likelihood that individual client transactions will occur in the future. Transactions may be cancelled or modified, and transactions not included in the estimate may also occur.
Net revenues in FICC were $2.96 billion, 12% lower than the third quarter of 2023, reflecting significantly lower net revenues in FICC intermediation, due to significantly lower net revenues in interest rate products and commodities, partially offset by significantly higher net revenues in currencies and credit products and higher net revenues in mortgages. This decrease was partially offset by significantly higher net revenues in FICC financing, primarily driven by mortgages and structured lending.
The decrease in FICC intermediation net revenues reflected the impact of less favorable market-making conditions on our inventory. The following provides information about our FICC intermediation net revenues by business, compared with results for the third quarter of 2023:
•Net revenues in interest rate products and commodities reflected the impact of less favorable market-making conditions on our inventory.
•Net revenues in currencies and mortgages primarily reflected the impact of improved market-making conditions on our inventory.
•Net revenues in credit products reflected higher client activity.
Net revenues in Equities were $3.50 billion, 18% higher than the third quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting significantly higher net revenues in Equities intermediation in both derivatives and cash products. Net revenues in Equities financing were slightly higher.
Net revenues in Other were $227 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared with $110 million for the third quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting higher net gains from direct investments.
Provision for credit losses was $54 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared with $29 million for the third quarter of 2023. Provisions for the third quarter of 2024 primarily reflected growth in the loan portfolio. Provisions for the third quarter of 2023 reflected impairments on loans, offset by a reserve reduction based on increased stability in the macroeconomic environment.
Operating expenses were $4.97 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 4% higher than the third quarter of 2023, primarily due to higher transaction based expenses. Pre-tax earnings were $3.53 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 11% higher than the third quarter of 2023.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
118
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Nine Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023. Net revenues in Global Banking & Markets were $26.46 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 12% higher than the first nine months of 2023.
Investment banking fees were $5.68 billion, 24% higher than the first nine months of 2023, reflecting significantly higher net revenues in Debt underwriting, primarily driven by leveraged finance activity, significantly higher net revenues in Equity underwriting, primarily from secondary and initial public offerings, and higher net revenues in Advisory, reflecting an increase in completed mergers and acquisitions transactions.
As of September 2024, our Investment banking fees backlog increased compared with December 2023, due to higher estimated net revenues from potential advisory transactions and significantly higher estimated net revenues from potential debt underwriting transactions (primarily from leveraged finance transactions), partially offset by significantly lower estimated net revenues from potential equity underwriting transactions (primarily from initial public offerings).
Net revenues in FICC were $10.47 billion, 4% higher than the first nine months of 2023, reflecting significantly higher net revenues in FICC financing, primarily driven by mortgages and structured lending. This increase was partially offset by slightly lower net revenues in FICC intermediation, due to lower net revenues in interest rate products and significantly lower net revenues in commodities, largely offset by significantly higher net revenues in currencies and mortgages and higher net revenues in credit products.
The decrease in FICC intermediation net revenues reflected lower client activity, largely offset by the impact of improved market-making conditions on our inventory. The following provides information about our FICC intermediation net revenues by business, compared with results for the first nine months of 2023:
•Net revenues in interest rate products and commodities primarily reflected lower client activity.
•Net revenues in currencies, mortgages and credit products reflected the impact of improved market-making conditions on our inventory.
Net revenues in Equities were $9.98 billion, 12% higher than the first nine months of 2023, reflecting significantly higher net revenues in Equities intermediation, due to significantly higher net revenues in derivatives and higher net revenues in cash products. Net revenues in Equities financing were essentially unchanged.
Net revenues in Other were $341 million for the first nine months of 2024, compared with $110 million for the first nine months of 2023, primarily reflecting higher net revenues from relationship lending.
Provision for credit losses was $95 million for the first nine months of 2024, compared with $214 million for the first nine months of 2023. Provisions for the first nine months of 2023 primarily reflected net provisions related to the commercial real estate portfolio.
Operating expenses were $15.20 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 11% higher than the first nine months of 2023, primarily due to higher compensation and benefits expenses (reflecting improved operating performance) and higher transaction based expenses. Pre-tax earnings were $11.17 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 15% higher than the first nine months of 2023.
Asset & Wealth Management
Asset & Wealth Management provides investment services to help clients preserve and grow their financial assets and achieve their financial goals. We provide these services to our clients, both institutional and individuals, including investors who primarily access our products through a network of third-party distributors around the world.
We manage client assets across a broad range of investment strategies and asset classes, including equity, fixed income and alternative investments. We provide investment solutions, including those managed on a fiduciary basis by our portfolio managers, as well as those managed by third-party managers. We offer our investment solutions in a variety of structures, including separately managed accounts, mutual funds, private partnerships and other commingled vehicles.
We also provide tailored wealth advisory services to clients across the wealth spectrum. We operate globally, serving individuals, families, family offices, and foundations and endowments. Our relationships are established directly or introduced through companies that sponsor financial wellness or financial planning programs for their employees, as well as through corporate referrals.
We offer personalized financial planning to individuals and also provide customized investment advisory solutions, and offer structuring and execution capabilities in securities and derivative products across all major global markets. In addition, we offer clients a full range of private banking services, including a variety of deposit alternatives and loans that our clients use to finance investments in both financial and nonfinancial assets, bridge cash flow timing gaps or provide liquidity and flexibility for other needs. We also accept deposits through Marcus.
We invest alongside our clients that invest in investment funds that we raise or manage. We also have investments in alternative assets across a range of asset classes. Our investing activities, which are typically longer-term, include investments in corporate equity, credit, real estate and infrastructure assets.
119
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Asset & Wealth Management generates revenues from the following:
•Management and other fees. We receive fees related to managing assets for institutional and individual clients, providing investing and wealth advisory solutions, providing financial planning and counseling services, and executing brokerage transactions for wealth management clients. The vast majority of revenues in management and other fees consists of asset-based fees on client assets that we manage. For further information about assets under supervision, see “Assets Under Supervision” below. The fees that we charge vary by asset class, client channel and the types of services provided, and are affected by investment performance, as well as asset inflows and redemptions.
•Incentive fees. In certain circumstances, we also receive incentive fees based on a percentage of a fund’s or a separately managed account’s return, or when the return exceeds a specified benchmark or other performance targets. Such fees include overrides, which consist of the increased share of the income and gains derived primarily from our private equity and credit funds when the return on a fund’s investments over the life of the fund exceeds certain threshold returns.
•Private banking and lending. Our private banking and lending activities include issuing loans to our wealth management clients. We also accept deposits from wealth management clients, including through Marcus. Private banking and lending revenues include net interest income allocated to deposits and net interest income earned on loans to individual clients.
•Equity investments. Includes investing activities related to our asset management activities primarily related to public and private equity investments in corporate, real estate and infrastructure assets. We also make investments through CIEs, substantially all of which are engaged in real estate investment activities. In addition, we make investments in connection with our activities to satisfy requirements under the Community Reinvestment Act, primarily through our Urban Investment Group.
•Debt investments. Includes lending activities related to our asset management activities, including investing in corporate debt, lending to middle-market clients, and providing financing for real estate and other assets. These activities include investments in mezzanine debt, senior debt and distressed debt securities.
The table below presents our Asset & Wealth Management assets.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Cash and cash equivalents
$
32,692
$
48,677
Collateralized agreements
13,003
14,020
Customer and other receivables
18,847
14,859
Trading assets
49,349
27,324
Investments
23,554
24,487
Loans
45,104
45,866
Other assets
13,911
16,630
Total
$
196,460
$
191,863
The table below presents details about our Asset & Wealth Management loans.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Corporate
$
8,513
$
11,715
Real estate
17,228
16,603
Securities-based
11,957
10,863
Other collateralized
7,108
6,698
Other
1,291
1,121
Loans, gross
46,097
47,000
Allowance for loan losses
(993)
(1,134)
Total loans
$
45,104
$
45,866
In the table above, gross loans included $36 billion of loans as of September 2024 and $33 billion of loans as of December 2023 that were related to Private banking and lending.
The average Asset & Wealth Management gross loans were $45.14 billion for the three months ended September 2024, $49.61 billion for the three months ended September 2023, $45.67 billion for the nine months ended September 2024 and $53.26 billion for the nine months ended September 2023.
In the table above, Management and other fees included fees from alternatives of $527 million for the three months ended September 2024, $542 million for the three months ended September 2023, and $1.56 billion for both the nine months ended September 2024 and September 2023.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
120
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Our target is to achieve annual firmwide management and other fees of more than $10 billion in 2024. This includes more than $2 billion from alternatives, which was surpassed in 2023.
Our target is to achieve pre-tax margins in the mid-twenties and ROE in the mid-teens within the medium term (three to five year time horizon from year-end 2022) for Asset & Wealth Management. The pre-tax margin for Asset & Wealth Management was 24% for the first nine months of 2024.
The table below presents our Asset management and Wealth management net revenues by line item in Asset & Wealth Management.
$ in millions
Asset management
Wealth management
Asset & Wealth Management
Three Months Ended September 2024
Management and other fees
$
1,179
$
1,440
$
2,619
Incentive fees
85
–
85
Private banking and lending
–
756
756
Equity investments
116
–
116
Debt investments
178
–
178
Total
$
1,558
$
2,196
$
3,754
Three Months Ended September 2023
Management and other fees
$
1,052
$
1,353
$
2,405
Incentive fees
24
–
24
Private banking and lending
–
687
687
Equity investments
(212)
–
(212)
Debt investments
326
–
326
Total
$
1,190
$
2,040
$
3,230
Nine Months Ended September 2024
Management and other fees
$
3,391
$
4,216
$
7,607
Incentive fees
219
–
219
Private banking and lending
–
2,145
2,145
Equity investments
628
2
630
Debt investments
820
–
820
Total
$
5,058
$
6,363
$
11,421
Nine Months Ended September 2023
Management and other fees
$
3,114
$
3,927
$
7,041
Incentive fees
102
–
102
Private banking and lending
–
1,915
1,915
Equity investments
(496)
–
(496)
Debt investments
931
–
931
Total
$
3,651
$
5,842
$
9,493
The table below presents our Equity investments net revenues by equity type and asset class.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Equity Type
Private equity
$
42
$
(170)
$
746
$
(440)
Public equity
74
(42)
(116)
(56)
Total
$
116
$
(212)
$
630
$
(496)
Asset Class
Real estate
$
(60)
$
(129)
$
192
$
(369)
Corporate
176
(83)
438
(127)
Total
$
116
$
(212)
$
630
$
(496)
The table below presents details about our Debt investments net revenues.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Fair value net gains/(losses)
$
(63)
$
(2)
$
41
$
(146)
Net interest income
241
328
779
1,077
Total
$
178
$
326
$
820
$
931
Operating Environment. During the third quarter of 2024, Asset & Wealth Management operated in an environment generally characterized by continued broad macroeconomic concerns, including persistent concerns about the commercial real estate market. However, global equity and bond prices were generally higher compared with the end of the second quarter of 2024, positively affecting assets under supervision.
In the future, if market and economic conditions deteriorate, it may lead to a decline in asset prices, or investors transitioning to asset classes that typically generate lower fees or withdrawing their assets, and net revenues in Asset & Wealth Management would likely be negatively impacted.
Three Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023. Net revenues in Asset & Wealth Management were $3.75 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 16% higher than the third quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting net gains in Equity investments compared with net losses in the prior year period and higher Management and other fees, partially offset by significantly lower net revenues in Debt investments. In addition, net revenues in Private banking and lending and Incentive fees were higher.
The increase in Equity investments net revenues primarily reflected net gains from investments in corporate private and public equities, compared with net losses in the prior year period. The increase in Management and other fees primarily reflected the impact of higher average assets under supervision. The decrease in Debt investments net revenues primarily reflected lower net interest income due to a reduction in the debt investments balance sheet. The increase in Private banking and lending net revenues primarily reflected the impact of higher deposit balances, and the increase in Incentive fees was driven by harvesting.
Provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $109 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared with a net provision of $51 million for the third quarter of 2023. The net benefit for the third quarter of 2024 reflected a net benefit related to the wholesale portfolio (driven by recoveries on previously impaired loans and paydowns). Provisions for the third quarter of 2023 reflected net provisions related to wholesale loans (driven by impairments).
Operating expenses were $2.85 billion for the third quarter of 2024, 5% lower than the third quarter of 2023, due to significantly lower expenses, including impairments, related to commercial real estate in CIEs, partially offset by higher compensation and benefits expenses (reflecting improved operating performance). Pre-tax earnings were $1.02 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared with $174 million for the third quarter of 2023.
121
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Nine Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023. Net revenues in Asset & Wealth Management were $11.42 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 20% higher than the first nine months of 2023, primarily reflecting net gains in Equity investments compared with net losses in the prior year period, higher Management and other fees and higher net revenues in Private banking and lending. In addition, Incentive fees were higher, while net revenues in Debt investments were lower.
The increase in Equity investments net revenues reflected net gains from investments in corporate private equities and real estate, compared with net losses in the prior year period. The increase in Management and other fees primarily reflected higher average assets under supervision. The increase in Private banking and lending net revenues primarily reflected the impact of the sale of the Marcus loan portfolio in 2023 (including net revenues of approximately $(370) million related to the sale of substantially all of the portfolio). The increase in Incentive fees was driven by harvesting. The decrease in Debt investments net revenues reflected significantly lower net interest income due to a reduction in the debt investments balance sheet, partially offset by net gains in the current period compared with net losses (particularly from real estate investments) in the prior year period.
Provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $189 million for the first nine months of 2024, compared with a net benefit of $499 million for the first nine months of 2023. The net benefit for the first nine months of 2024 reflected a net benefit related to the wholesale portfolio (driven by paydowns). The net benefit for the first nine months of 2023 reflected reserve reductions related to the sale of substantially all of the Marcus loan portfolio and lower balances in corporate loans, partially offset by impairments.
Operating expenses were $8.82 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 7% lower than the first nine months of 2023, due to significantly lower expenses, including impairments, related to commercial real estate in CIEs, partially offset by higher compensation and benefits expenses (reflecting improved operating performance). Pre-tax earnings were $2.79 billion for the first nine months of 2024, compared with $544 million for the first nine months of 2023.
Assets Under Supervision. AUS includes our institutional clients’ assets, assets sourced through third-party distributors and high-net-worth clients’ assets where we earn a fee for managing assets on a discretionary basis. This includes net assets in our mutual funds, hedge funds, credit funds, private equity funds, real estate funds, and separately managed accounts for institutional and individual investors. AUS also includes client assets invested with third-party managers, private bank deposits and advisory relationships where we earn a fee for advisory and other services, but do not have investment discretion. AUS does not include the self-directed brokerage assets of our clients.
The table below presents information about our firmwide period-end AUS by asset class, client channel, region and vehicle.
As of September
$ in billions
2024
2023
Asset Class
Alternative investments
$
328
$
267
Equity
780
607
Fixed income
1,220
1,031
Total long-term AUS
2,328
1,905
Liquidity products
775
775
Total AUS
$
3,103
$
2,680
Client Channel
Institutional
$
1,126
$
924
Wealth management
913
771
Third-party distributed
1,064
985
Total AUS
$
3,103
$
2,680
Region
Americas
$
2,171
$
1,914
EMEA
712
572
Asia
220
194
Total AUS
$
3,103
$
2,680
Vehicle
Separate accounts
$
1,723
$
1,428
Public funds
962
891
Private funds and other
418
361
Total AUS
$
3,103
$
2,680
In the table above:
•Liquidity products includes money market funds and private bank deposits.
•EMEA represents Europe, Middle East and Africa.
Total wealth management client assets (consisting of AUS, brokerage assets and Marcus deposits) were approximately $1.6 trillion as of September 2024.
The table below presents changes in our AUS.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in billions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Beginning balance
$
2,934
$
2,714
$
2,812
$
2,547
Net inflows/(outflows):
Alternative investments
9
2
27
2
Equity
4
–
11
(5)
Fixed income
16
5
46
26
Total long-term AUS net inflows/(outflows)
29
7
84
23
Liquidity products
37
11
38
64
Total AUS net inflows/(outflows)
66
18
122
87
Net market appreciation/(depreciation)
103
(52)
169
46
Ending balance
$
3,103
$
2,680
$
3,103
$
2,680
During the third quarter of 2024, our AUS increased $169 billion due to net market appreciation, primarily in fixed income and equity assets, and net inflows across all asset classes, particularly in liquidity products and fixed income assets. During the first nine months of 2024, our AUS increased $291 billion due to net market appreciation, primarily in equity and fixed income assets, and net inflows across all asset classes.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
122
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
The table below presents information about our total AUS net inflows/(outflows) by client channel.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in billions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Institutional
$
13
$
(1)
$
42
$
(6)
Wealth management
17
11
43
26
Third-party distributed
36
8
37
67
Total AUS net inflows/(outflows)
$
66
$
18
$
122
$
87
The table below presents information about our average monthly firmwide AUS by asset class.
Average for the
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in billions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Asset Class
Alternative investments
$
322
$
267
$
308
$
266
Equity
757
628
718
606
Fixed income
1,185
1,054
1,154
1,044
Total long-term AUS
2,264
1,949
2,180
1,916
Liquidity products
751
768
733
748
Total AUS
$
3,015
$
2,717
$
2,913
$
2,664
In addition to our AUS, we have discretion over alternative investments where we currently do not earn management fees (non-fee-earning alternative assets).
We earn management fees on client assets that we manage and also receive incentive fees based on a percentage of a fund’s or a separately managed account’s return, or when the return exceeds a specified benchmark or other performance targets. These incentive fees are recognized when it is probable that a significant reversal of such fees will not occur. Our estimated unrecognized incentive fees were $4.00 billion as of September 2024 and $3.77 billion as of December 2023. Such amounts are based on the completion of the funds’ financial statements, which is generally one quarter in arrears. These fees will be recognized, assuming no decline in fair value, if and when it is probable that a significant reversal of such fees will not occur, which is generally when such fees are no longer subject to fluctuations in the market value of the assets.
The table below presents our average effective management fee (which excludes non-asset-based fees) earned on our firmwide AUS by asset class.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
Effective fees (bps)
2024
2023
2024
2023
Alternative investments
62
65
62
65
Equity
55
57
55
58
Fixed income
17
17
17
18
Liquidity products
15
15
15
15
Total average effective fee
31
31
31
31
The table below presents details about our monthly average AUS for alternative investments and the average effective management fee we earned on such assets.
$ in billions
Direct strategies
Fund of funds
Total
Three Months Ended September 2024
Average AUS
Corporate equity
$
34
$
87
$
121
Credit
49
13
62
Real estate
13
17
30
Hedge funds and other
45
27
72
Funds and discretionary accounts
$
141
$
144
$
285
Advisory accounts
37
Total average AUS for alternative investments
$
322
Effective Fees (bps)
Corporate equity
121
56
75
Credit
83
13
71
Real estate
82
33
54
Hedge funds and other
68
48
60
Funds and discretionary accounts
87
48
68
Advisory accounts
17
Total average effective fee
62
Three Months Ended September 2023
Average AUS
Corporate equity
$
29
$
69
$
98
Credit
44
2
46
Real estate
11
9
20
Hedge funds and other
42
22
64
Funds and discretionary accounts
$
126
$
102
$
228
Advisory accounts
39
Total average AUS for alternative investments
$
267
Effective Fees (bps)
Corporate equity
123
62
80
Credit
79
40
77
Real estate
84
42
66
Hedge funds and other
68
54
63
Funds and discretionary accounts
86
58
73
Advisory accounts
17
Total average effective fee
65
Nine Months Ended September 2024
Average AUS
Corporate equity
$
33
$
82
$
115
Credit
48
11
59
Real estate
13
14
27
Hedge funds and other
44
24
68
Funds and discretionary accounts
$
138
$
131
$
269
Advisory accounts
39
Total average AUS for alternative investments
$
308
Effective Fees (bps)
Corporate equity
120
57
75
Credit
82
13
71
Real estate
87
31
57
Hedge funds and other
67
51
61
Funds and discretionary accounts
87
49
69
Advisory accounts
16
Total average effective fee
62
Nine Months Ended September 2023
Average AUS
Corporate equity
$
29
$
69
$
98
Credit
43
2
45
Real estate
11
8
19
Hedge funds and other
42
22
64
Funds and discretionary accounts
$
125
$
101
$
226
Advisory accounts
41
Total average AUS for alternative investments
$
267
Effective Fees (bps)
Corporate equity
127
61
81
Credit
79
47
77
Real estate
81
44
65
Hedge funds and other
67
53
62
Funds and discretionary accounts
86
58
73
Advisory accounts
16
Total average effective fee
65
123
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
In the table above, direct strategies primarily includes our private equity, growth equity, private credit, liquid alternatives and real estate strategies. Fund of funds primarily includes our business which invests in leading private equity, hedge fund, real estate and credit third-party managers as a limited partner, secondary-market investor, co-investor or management company partner.
The table below presents information about our period-end AUS for alternative investments, non-fee-earning alternative investments and total alternative investments.
$ in billions
AUS
Non-fee-earning alternative assets
Total alternative assets
As of September 2024
Corporate equity
$
124
$
74
$
198
Credit
63
81
144
Real estate
29
25
54
Hedge funds and other
75
4
79
Funds and discretionary accounts
291
184
475
Advisory accounts
37
2
39
Total alternative investments
$
328
$
186
$
514
As of September 2023
Corporate equity
$
98
$
80
$
178
Credit
46
75
121
Real estate
20
32
52
Hedge funds and other
64
2
66
Funds and discretionary accounts
228
189
417
Advisory accounts
39
–
39
Total alternative investments
$
267
$
189
$
456
In the table above:
•Corporate equity primarily includes private equity.
•Total alternative assets included uncalled capital that is available for future investing of $61 billion as of September 2024 and $55 billion as of September 2023.
•Non-fee-earning alternative assets primarily includes investments that we hold on our balance sheet, our unfunded commitments, unfunded commitments of our clients (where we do not charge fees on commitments), credit facilities collateralized by fund assets and employee funds. Our calculation of non-fee-earning alternative assets may not be comparable to similar calculations used by other companies.
•Non-fee-earning alternative assets primarily includes our direct investing strategies, including private equity, growth equity, private credit and real estate strategies.
We announced a strategic objective of growing our third-party alternatives business and established a target of achieving gross inflows of $225 billion for alternative investments from the beginning of 2020 through the end of 2024. We surpassed this target in 2023. We also target growing our total credit alternative assets from $130 billion as of December 2023 to $300 billion over the next five years.
The table below presents information about third-party commitments raised in our alternatives business from the beginning of 2020 through the third quarter of 2024.
As of
$ in billions
September 2024
Included in AUS
$
221
Included in non-fee-earning alternative assets
82
Third-party commitments raised
$
303
In the table above, commitments included in non-fee-earning alternative assets included approximately $63 billion, which will begin to earn fees (and become AUS) if and when the commitments are drawn and assets are invested. In the third quarter of 2024, we raised $16 billion in third-party commitments in our alternatives business, including $6 billion in corporate equity, $5 billion in credit, $1 billion in real estate and $4 billion in hedge funds and other. For the nine months ended September 2024, we have raised $52 billion of third-party commitments in our alternatives business and expect to exceed $60 billion in fundraising during 2024.
The table below presents information about alternative investments in Asset & Wealth Management that we hold on our balance sheet by asset type.
As of
September
December
$ in billions
2024
2023
Loans
$
9.4
$
12.9
Debt securities
9.4
10.8
Equity securities
13.4
13.2
CIE investments and other
6.3
9.3
Total
$
38.5
$
46.2
The table below presents further information about our alternative investments in Asset & Wealth Management that we hold on our balance sheet.
As of
September
December
$ in billions
2024
2023
Client co-invest
$
19.1
$
21.3
Firmwide initiatives
8.5
8.6
Historical principal investments:
Loans
2.0
3.5
Debt securities
2.8
3.6
Equity securities
3.6
4.0
CIE investments and other
2.5
5.2
Total historical principal investments
10.9
16.3
Total
$
38.5
$
46.2
In the table above:
•Client co-invest primarily includes our investments in funds that we raise and manage or where we have invested alongside the third-party investors.
•Firmwide initiatives primarily includes our investments related to the Community Reinvestment Act and our sponsored initiatives, such as One Million Black Women.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
124
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
•Historical principal investments includes our remaining balance sheet alternative investments portfolio that we plan to reduce. This portfolio was approximately $30 billion as of December 2022 and we expect to sell down the vast majority of this portfolio by the end of 2026. The impact of historical principal investments to our pre-tax earnings was $135 million for the three months ended September 2024 and $467 million for the nine months ended September 2024. Attributed equity associated with historical principal investments was approximately $4.0 billion as of September 2024.
The table below presents the rollforward of our alternative investments categorized as historical principal investments for the third quarter of 2024.
Historical
principal
$ in billions
investments
Beginning balance
$
12.6
Additions
0.1
Dispositions
(2.0)
Net markups/(markdowns)
0.2
Ending balance
$
10.9
The table below presents the commercial real estate investments in Asset & Wealth Management that we hold on our balance sheet.
As of
$ in billions
September 2024
Loans
$
1.5
Debt securities
0.4
Equity securities
3.7
CIE investments, net of financings
1.5
Total
$
7.1
In the table above:
•Office-related investments included in loans were $0.2 billion, in debt securities were $0.1 billion, in equity securities were $0.3 billion, and in CIE investments, net of financings, were $0.5 billion.
•Commercial real estate investments consisted of approximately 29% of historical principal investments.
Loans and Debt Securities.The table below presents the concentration of loans and debt securities within our alternative investments by accounting classification, region and industry.
As of
September
December
$ in billions
2024
2023
Loans
$
9.4
$
12.9
Debt securities
9.4
10.8
Total
$
18.8
$
23.7
Accounting Classification
Debt securities at fair value
50
%
45
%
Loans at amortized cost
47
%
49
%
Loans at fair value
2
%
3
%
Loans held for sale
1
%
3
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Region
Americas
55
%
52
%
EMEA
34
%
37
%
Asia
11
%
11
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Industry
Consumer & Retail
12
%
11
%
Financial Institutions
9
%
6
%
Healthcare
13
%
15
%
Industrials
15
%
18
%
Natural Resources & Utilities
2
%
2
%
Real Estate
11
%
11
%
Technology, Media & Telecommunications
29
%
28
%
Other
9
%
9
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Equity Securities. The table below presents the concentration of equity securities within our alternative investments by region and industry.
As of
September
December
$ in billions
2024
2023
Equity securities
$
13.4
$
13.2
Region
Americas
69
%
70
%
EMEA
16
%
15
%
Asia
15
%
15
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Industry
Consumer & Retail
5
%
6
%
Financial Institutions
11
%
11
%
Healthcare
6
%
6
%
Industrials
10
%
10
%
Natural Resources & Utilities
13
%
13
%
Real Estate
28
%
30
%
Technology, Media & Telecommunications
24
%
22
%
Other
3
%
2
%
Total
100
%
100
%
In the table above:
•Equity securities included $12.4 billion as of September 2024 and $12.1 billion as of December 2023 of private equity positions, and $1.0 billion as of September 2024 and $1.1 billion as of December 2023 of public equity positions that converted from private equity upon the initial public offerings of the underlying companies.
125
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
•The concentrations for real estate equity securities as of September 2024 were 14% for multifamily (13% as of December 2023), 2% for office (2% as of December 2023), 6% for mixed use (8% as of December 2023) and 6% for other real estate equity securities (7% as of December 2023).
The table below presents the concentration of equity securities within our alternative investments by vintage.
Vintage
As of September 2024
2017 or earlier
26
%
2018 - 2020
29
%
2021 - thereafter
45
%
Total
100
%
As of December 2023
2016 or earlier
25
%
2017 - 2019
26
%
2020 - thereafter
49
%
Total
100
%
CIE Investments and Other. CIE investments and other included assets held by CIEs of $3.2 billion as of September 2024 and $5.9 billion as of December 2023, which were funded with liabilities of approximately $1.5 billion as of September 2024 and $3.5 billion as of December 2023. Substantially all such liabilities were nonrecourse, thereby reducing our equity at risk.
The table below presents the concentration of CIE assets, net of financings, within our alternative investments by region and asset class.
As of
September
December
$ in billions
2024
2023
CIE assets, net of financings
$
1.7
$
2.4
Region
Americas
60
%
61
%
EMEA
29
%
25
%
Asia
11
%
14
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Asset Class
Hospitality
6
%
6
%
Industrials
18
%
16
%
Multifamily
17
%
13
%
Office
30
%
24
%
Retail
5
%
7
%
Senior Housing
10
%
15
%
Student Housing
3
%
7
%
Other
11
%
12
%
Total
100
%
100
%
The table below presents the concentration of CIE assets, net of financings, within our alternative investments by vintage.
Vintage
As of September 2024
2017 or earlier
31
%
2018 - 2020
43
%
2021 - thereafter
26
%
Total
100
%
As of December 2023
2016 or earlier
12
%
2017 - 2019
57
%
2020 - thereafter
31
%
Total
100
%
Platform Solutions
Platform Solutions includes our consumer platforms, such as partnerships offering credit cards, and transaction banking and other platform businesses.
Platform Solutions generates revenues from the following:
Consumer platforms.Our Consumer platforms business issues credit cards, and accepts deposits from Apple Card customers. Consumer platforms revenues primarily includes net interest income earned on credit card lending activities. See “Regulatory and Other Matters — Other Matters — Narrowing our Focus on Consumer-Related Activities” for further information.
Transaction banking and other. We provide transaction banking and other services, such as deposit-taking, payment solutions and other cash management services, for corporate and institutional clients. Transaction banking revenues include net interest income attributed to transaction banking deposits. We also have seller financing loans that were extended to small- and medium-sized retailers. See “Regulatory and Other Matters — Other Matters — Narrowing our Focus on Consumer-Related Activities” for further information.
The table below presents our Platform Solutions assets.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Cash and cash equivalents
$
13,231
$
24,043
Collateralized agreements
5,918
7,651
Customer and other receivables
77
3
Trading assets
22,460
14,911
Investments
3
2
Loans
17,565
20,028
Other assets
1,124
1,846
Total
$
60,378
$
68,484
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
126
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
The table below presents details about our Platform Solutions loans.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Installment
$
107
$
3,125
Credit cards
19,908
19,361
Other
–
17
Loans, gross
20,015
22,503
Allowance for loan losses
(2,450)
(2,475)
Total loans
$
17,565
$
20,028
The average Platform Solutions gross loans were $19.78 billion for the three months ended September 2024, $23.04 billion for the three months ended September 2023, $20.40 billion for the nine months ended September 2024 and $20.56 billion for the nine months ended September 2023.
The table below presents our Platform Solutions operating results.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Consumer platforms
$
333
$
501
$
1,550
$
1,568
Transaction banking and other
58
77
208
233
Net revenues
391
578
1,758
1,801
Provision for credit losses
452
(73)
1,091
736
Operating expenses
498
1,258
1,490
2,850
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)
(559)
(607)
(823)
(1,785)
Provision/(benefit) for taxes
(129)
(153)
(186)
(416)
Net earnings/(loss)
(430)
(454)
(637)
(1,369)
Preferred stock dividends
7
7
19
17
Net earnings/(loss) to common
$
(437)
$
(461)
$
(656)
$
(1,386)
Average common equity
$
4,508
$
4,227
$
4,547
$
4,060
Return on average common equity
(38.8)
%
(43.6)
%
(19.2)
%
(45.5)
%
Our target is to achieve pre-tax profitability by the end of 2025 for Platform Solutions.
Operating Environment. The operating environment for Platform Solutions is mainly impacted by the economic environment in the U.S., which, during the third quarter of 2024, was generally characterized by concerns about inflation (although some measures had begun to improve), a continued low rate of unemployment and a slight increase in the pace of growth in consumer spending compared with the second quarter of 2024.
In the future, if economic conditions deteriorate, it may lead to a decrease in consumer spending or a deterioration in consumer credit, and net revenues and provision for credit losses in Platform Solutions would likely be negatively impacted.
Three Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023. Net revenues in Platform Solutions were $391 million for the third quarter of 2024, 32% lower than the third quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting significantly lower net revenues in Consumer platforms.
The decrease in Consumer platforms net revenues reflected lower net revenues from the GM credit card program, including a loss related to the planned transition of the program to another issuer, partially offset by higher average credit card balances. Transaction banking and other net revenues were lower, primarily reflecting mark-downs related to the seller financing loan portfolio that was transferred to held for sale, and lower average deposit balances. See “Regulatory and Other Matters — Other Matters — Narrowing our Focus on Consumer-Related Activities” for further information.
Provision for credit losses was $452 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared with a net benefit of $73 million for the third quarter of 2023. Provisions for the third quarter of 2024 reflected net provisions related to the credit card portfolio (primarily driven by net charge-offs). The net benefit for the third quarter of 2023 reflected a net release related to the GreenSky loan portfolio (including a reserve reduction of $637 million related to the transfer of the portfolio to held for sale), partially offset by net provisions related to the credit card portfolio (primarily driven by net charge-offs).
Operating expenses were $498 million for the third quarter of 2024, 60% lower than the third quarter of 2023, primarily due to the write-down of identifiable intangible assets related to GreenSky of $506 million in the prior year period, partially offset by a write-down of identifiable intangible assets related to the GM credit card program of $72 million in the current period. Pre-tax loss was $559 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared with a pre-tax loss of $607 million for the third quarter of 2023.
Nine Months Ended September 2024 versus September 2023. Net revenues in Platform Solutions were $1.76 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 2% lower than the first nine months of 2023.
Notwithstanding our strategic decision to narrow our focus on consumer-related activities, Consumer platforms net revenues were essentially unchanged, reflecting lower net revenues from the GM credit card program, including a loss related to the planned transition of the program to another issuer, offset by higher average credit card balances and higher average deposit balances. Transaction banking and other net revenues were lower, reflecting lower average deposit balances, and mark-downs related to the seller financing loan portfolio that was transferred to held for sale. See “Regulatory and Other Matters — Other Matters — Narrowing our Focus on Consumer-Related Activities” for further information.
Provision for credit losses was $1.09 billion for the first nine months of 2024, compared with $736 million for the first nine months of 2023. Provisions for the first nine months of 2024 reflected net provisions related to the credit card portfolio (primarily driven by net charge-offs). Provisions for the first nine months of 2023 primarily reflected net provisions related to the credit card portfolio (primarily driven by net charge-offs), partially offset by a net release related to the GreenSky loan portfolio (including a reserve reduction related to the transfer of the portfolio to held for sale).
127
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Operating expenses were $1.49 billion for the first nine months of 2024, 48% lower than the first nine months of 2023, primarily due to the write-down of identifiable intangible assets related to GreenSky of $506 million and an impairment of goodwill related to Consumer platforms of $504 million in the prior year period. Pre-tax loss was $823 million for the first nine months of 2024, compared with a pre-tax loss of $1.79 billion for the first nine months of 2023.
Geographic Data
See Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements for a summary of our total net revenues and pre-tax earnings by geographic region.
Balance Sheet and Funding Sources
Balance Sheet Management
One of our risk management disciplines is our ability to manage the size and composition of our balance sheet. While our asset base changes due to client activity, market fluctuations and business opportunities, the size and composition of our balance sheet also reflects factors, including (i) our overall risk tolerance, (ii) the amount of capital we hold and (iii) our funding profile, among other factors. See “Capital Management and Regulatory Capital — Capital Management” for information about our capital management process.
Although our balance sheet fluctuates on a day-to-day basis, our total assets at quarter-end are generally not materially different from those occurring within our reporting periods.
In order to ensure appropriate risk management, we seek to maintain a sufficiently liquid balance sheet and have processes in place to dynamically manage our assets and liabilities, which include (i) balance sheet planning, (ii) balance sheet limits, (iii) monitoring of key metrics and (iv) scenario analyses.
Balance Sheet Planning. We prepare a balance sheet plan that combines our projected total assets and composition of assets with our expected funding sources over a three-year time horizon. This plan is reviewed quarterly and may be adjusted in response to changing business needs or market conditions. The objectives of this planning process are:
•To develop our balance sheet projections, taking into account the general state of the financial markets and expected business activity levels, as well as regulatory requirements;
•To allow Treasury and our independent risk oversight and control functions to objectively evaluate balance sheet limit requests from our revenue-producing units in the context of our overall balance sheet constraints, including our liability profile and capital levels, and key metrics; and
•To inform the target amount, tenor and type of funding to raise, based on our projected assets and contractual maturities.
Treasury and our independent risk oversight and control functions, along with our revenue-producing units, review current and prior period information and expectations for the year to prepare our balance sheet plan. The specific information reviewed includes asset and liability size and composition, limit utilization, risk and performance measures, and capital usage.
Our consolidated balance sheet plan, including our balance sheets by business, funding projections and projected key metrics, is reviewed and approved by the Firmwide Asset Liability Committee and the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee. See “Risk Management — Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for an overview of our risk management structure.
Balance Sheet Limits. The Firmwide Asset Liability Committee and the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee have the responsibility to review and approve balance sheet limits. These limits are set at levels which are close to actual operating levels, rather than at levels which reflect our maximum risk appetite, in order to ensure prompt escalation and discussion among our revenue-producing units, Treasury and our independent risk oversight and control functions on a routine basis. Requests for changes in limits are evaluated after giving consideration to their impact on our key metrics. Compliance with limits is monitored by our revenue-producing units and Treasury, as well as our independent risk oversight and control functions.
Monitoring of Key Metrics. We monitor key balance sheet metrics both by business and on a consolidated basis, including asset and liability size and composition, limit utilization and risk measures. We attribute assets to businesses and review and analyze movements resulting from new business activity, as well as market fluctuations.
Scenario Analyses. We conduct various scenario analyses, including as part of the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act Stress Tests (DFAST), as well as our resolution and recovery planning. See “Capital Management and Regulatory Capital — Capital Management” for further information about these scenario analyses. These scenarios cover short- and long-term time horizons using various macroeconomic and firm-specific assumptions, based on a range of economic scenarios. We use these analyses to assist us in developing our longer-term balance sheet management strategy, including the level and composition of assets, funding and capital. Additionally, these analyses help us develop approaches for maintaining appropriate funding, liquidity and capital across a variety of situations, including a severely stressed environment.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
128
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Balance Sheet Analysis and Metrics
As of September 2024, total assets in our consolidated balance sheets were $1.73 trillion, an increase of $86.49 billion from December 2023, primarily reflecting increases in trading assets of $123.76 billion (primarily due to increases in government obligations, reflecting the impact of our and our clients’ activities), investments of $36.82 billion (primarily due to an increase in U.S. government obligations accounted for as available-for-sale) and customer and other receivables of $12.43 billion (primarily reflecting our clients’ activities), partially offset by decreases in cash and cash equivalents of $86.89 billion (primarily reflecting our activity). See “Liquidity Risk Management — Cash Flows” for further information about cash and cash equivalents.
As of September 2024, total liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets were $1.61 trillion, an increase of $82.19 billion from December 2023, primarily reflecting increases in collateralized financings of $23.68 billion (reflecting the impact of our and our clients' activities), customer and other payables of $19.63 billion (primarily reflecting our clients' activities), deposits of $16.89 billion (due to an increase in consumer deposits, partially offset by a decrease in transaction banking deposits), and trading liabilities of $14.84 billion (primarily reflecting the impact of equity price movements on derivative instruments, and an increase in corporate debt, driven by our clients' activities).
Our total securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), accounted for as collateralized financings, were $261.62 billion as of September 2024 and $249.89 billion as of December 2023, which were 6% higher as of September 2024 and 21% higher as of December 2023 than the average daily amount of repurchase agreements over the respective quarters. As of September 2024, the increase in our repurchase agreements relative to the average daily amount of repurchase agreements during the quarter resulted from lower levels of our and our clients’ activities at the end of the period.
The level of our repurchase agreements fluctuates between and within periods, primarily due to providing clients with access to highly liquid collateral, such as certain government and agency obligations, through collateralized financing activities.
The table below presents information about our balance sheet and leverage ratios.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Total assets
$
1,728,080
$
1,641,594
Unsecured long-term borrowings
$
250,250
$
241,877
Total shareholders’ equity
$
121,200
$
116,905
Leverage ratio
14.3x
14.0x
Debt-to-equity ratio
2.1x
2.1x
In the table above:
•The leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total shareholders’ equity and measures the proportion of equity and debt we use to finance assets. This ratio is different from the leverage ratios included in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.
•The debt-to-equity ratio equals unsecured long-term borrowings divided by total shareholders’ equity.
The table below presents information about our shareholders’ equity and book value per common share, including the reconciliation of common shareholders’ equity to tangible common shareholders’ equity.
As of
September
December
$ in millions, except per share amounts
2024
2023
Total shareholders’ equity
$
121,200
$
116,905
Preferred stock
(13,253)
(11,203)
Common shareholders’ equity
107,947
105,702
Goodwill
(5,909)
(5,916)
Identifiable intangible assets
(925)
(1,177)
Tangible common shareholders’ equity
$
101,113
$
98,609
Book value per common share
$
332.96
$
313.56
Tangible book value per common share
$
311.88
$
292.52
In the table above:
•Tangible common shareholders’ equity is calculated as total shareholders’ equity less preferred stock, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. We believe that tangible common shareholders’ equity is meaningful because it is a measure that we and investors use to assess capital adequacy. Tangible common shareholders’ equity is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other companies.
•Book value per common share and tangible book value per common share are based on common shares outstanding and restricted stock units granted to employees with no future service requirements and not subject to performance or market conditions (collectively, basic shares) of 324.2 million as of September 2024 and 337.1 million as of December 2023. We believe that tangible book value per common share (tangible common shareholders’ equity divided by basic shares) is meaningful because it is a measure that we and investors use to assess capital adequacy. Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other companies.
129
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Funding Sources
Our primary sources of funding are deposits, collateralized financings, unsecured short- and long-term borrowings, and shareholders’ equity. We seek to maintain broad and diversified funding sources globally across products, programs, markets, currencies and creditors to avoid funding concentrations.
The table below presents information about our funding sources.
As of
$ in millions
September 2024
December 2023
Deposits
$
445,311
36
%
$
428,417
36
%
Collateralized financings
347,242
28
%
323,564
27
%
Unsecured short-term borrowings
75,371
6
%
75,945
6
%
Unsecured long-term borrowings
250,250
20
%
241,877
21
%
Total shareholders’ equity
121,200
10
%
116,905
10
%
Total
$
1,239,374
100
%
$
1,186,708
100
%
Our funding is primarily raised in U.S. dollar, Euro, British pound and Japanese yen. We generally distribute our funding products through our own sales force and third-party distributors to a large, diverse creditor base in a variety of markets in the Americas, Europe and Asia. We believe that our relationships with our creditors are critical to our liquidity. Our creditors include banks, governments, securities lenders, corporations, pension funds, insurance companies, mutual funds and individuals. We have imposed various internal guidelines to monitor creditor concentration across our funding programs.
Deposits. Our deposits provide us with a diversified source of funding and reduce our reliance on wholesale funding. We raise deposits, including savings, demand and time deposits, from consumers, private bank clients, through internal and third-party broker-dealers, transaction banking clients and other institutional clients. Substantially all of our deposits are raised through Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank USA), Goldman Sachs International Bank (GSIB) and Goldman Sachs Bank Europe SE (GSBE).
The table below presents the types and sources of deposits.
$ in millions
Savings and Demand
Time
Total
As of September 2024
Consumer
$
126,642
$
55,724
$
182,366
Private bank
89,245
8,416
97,661
Brokered certificates of deposit
–
43,417
43,417
Deposit sweep programs
32,804
–
32,804
Transaction banking
58,884
2,173
61,057
Other
1,478
26,528
28,006
Total
$
309,053
$
136,258
$
445,311
As of December 2023
Consumer
$
120,211
$
36,903
$
157,114
Private bank
86,457
6,855
93,312
Brokered certificates of deposit
–
46,860
46,860
Deposit sweep programs
31,916
–
31,916
Transaction banking
68,177
3,643
71,820
Other
1,568
25,827
27,395
Total
$
308,329
$
120,088
$
428,417
In the table above:
•Savings and demand accounts consist of money market deposit accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts and demand deposit accounts that have no stated maturity or expiration date.
•Time deposits had a weighted average maturity of approximately 0.6 years as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
•Consumer deposits consist of deposits from both Marcus and Apple Card customers.
•Deposit sweep programs include contractual agreements with U.S. broker-dealers who sweep client cash to FDIC-insured deposits.
•Transaction banking deposits consist of deposits that we raised through our cash management services business for corporate and other institutional clients.
•Other deposits are substantially all from institutional clients.
•Deposits insured by the FDIC were $243.14 billion as of September 2024 and $221.52 billion as of December 2023.
•Deposits insured by non-U.S. insurance programs were $27.33 billion as of September 2024 and $26.00 billion as of December 2023.
See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our deposits, including a maturity profile of our time deposits.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
130
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Secured Funding. We fund a significant amount of inventory and a portion of investments on a secured basis. Secured funding includes collateralized financings in the consolidated balance sheets. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our collateralized financings, including its maturity profile. We may also pledge our inventory and investments as collateral for securities borrowed under a securities lending agreement. We also use our own inventory and investments to cover transactions in which we or our clients have sold securities that have not yet been purchased. Secured funding is less sensitive to changes in our credit quality than unsecured funding, due to our posting of collateral to our lenders. Nonetheless, we analyze the refinancing risk of our secured funding activities, taking into account trade tenors, maturity profiles, counterparty concentrations, collateral eligibility and counterparty rollover probabilities. We seek to mitigate our refinancing risk by executing term trades with staggered maturities, diversifying counterparties, raising excess secured funding and pre-funding residual risk through our GCLA.
We seek to raise secured funding with a term appropriate for the liquidity of the assets that are being financed, and we seek longer maturities for secured funding collateralized by asset classes that may be harder to fund on a secured basis, especially during times of market stress. Our secured funding, excluding funding collateralized by liquid government and agency obligations, is primarily executed for tenors of one month or greater and is primarily executed through term repurchase agreements and securities loaned contracts.
Assets that may be harder to fund on a secured basis during times of market stress include certain financial instruments in the following categories: mortgage- and other asset-backed loans and securities, non-investment-grade corporate debt securities, equity securities and emerging market securities.
We also raise financing through other types of collateralized financings, such as secured loans and notes. GS Bank USA has access to funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank. Our outstanding borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank were $5.04 billion as of September 2024 and we had no outstanding borrowings as of December 2023. Additionally, we have access to funding through the Federal Reserve discount window, but we do not rely on this funding in our liquidity planning and stress testing.
Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings. A significant portion of our unsecured short-term borrowings was originally long-term debt that is scheduled to mature within one year of the reporting date. We use unsecured short-term borrowings, including U.S. and non-U.S. hybrid financial instruments and commercial paper, to finance liquid assets and for other cash management purposes. In accordance with regulatory requirements, Group Inc. does not issue debt with an original maturity of less than one year, other than to its subsidiaries. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our unsecured short-term borrowings.
Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings. Unsecured long-term borrowings, including structured notes, are raised through syndicated U.S. registered offerings, U.S. registered and Rule 144A medium-term note programs, offshore medium-term note offerings and other debt offerings. We issue in different tenors, currencies and products to maximize the diversification of our investor base.
The weighted average maturity of our unsecured long-term borrowings as of September 2024 was approximately six years. To mitigate refinancing risk, we seek to limit the principal amount of debt maturing over the course of any monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual time horizon. We enter into interest rate swaps to convert a portion of our unsecured long-term borrowings into floating-rate obligations to manage our exposure to interest rates. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our unsecured long-term borrowings.
Shareholders’ Equity. Shareholders’ equity is a stable and perpetual source of funding. See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our shareholders’ equity.
131
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Capital Management and Regulatory Capital
Capital adequacy is of critical importance to us. We have in place a comprehensive capital management policy that provides a framework, defines objectives and establishes guidelines to assist us in maintaining the appropriate level and composition of capital in both business-as-usual and stressed conditions.
Capital Management
We determine the appropriate amount and composition of our capital by considering multiple factors, including our current and future regulatory capital requirements, the results of our capital planning and stress testing process, the results of resolution capital models and other factors, such as rating agency guidelines, subsidiary capital requirements, the business environment and conditions in the financial markets.
We manage our capital requirements and the levels of our capital usage principally by setting limits on the balance sheet and/or limits on risk, in each case at both the firmwide and business levels.
We principally manage the level and composition of our capital through issuances and repurchases of our common stock.
We may issue, redeem or repurchase our preferred stock and subordinated debt or other forms of capital as business conditions warrant. Prior to such redemptions or repurchases, we must receive approval from the FRB. See Notes 14 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our subordinated debt and preferred stock.
Capital Planning and Stress Testing Process. As part of capital planning, we project sources and uses of capital given a range of business environments, including stressed conditions. Our stress testing process is designed to identify and measure material risks associated with our business activities, including market risk, credit risk, operational risk and liquidity risk, as well as our ability to generate revenues.
Our capital planning process incorporates an internal capital adequacy assessment with the objective of ensuring that we are appropriately capitalized relative to the risks in our businesses. We incorporate stress scenarios into our capital planning process with a goal of holding sufficient capital to ensure we remain adequately capitalized after experiencing a severe stress event. Our assessment of capital adequacy is viewed in tandem with our assessment of liquidity adequacy and is integrated into our overall risk management structure, governance and policy framework.
Our stress tests incorporate our internally designed stress scenarios, including our internally developed severely adverse scenario, and those required by the FRB, and are designed to capture our specific vulnerabilities and risks. We provide further information about our stress test processes and a summary of the results on our website as described in “Available Information.”
As required by the FRB’s CCAR rules, we submit an annual capital plan for review by the FRB. The purpose of the FRB’s review is to ensure that we have a robust, forward-looking capital planning process that accounts for our unique risks and that permits continued operation during times of economic and financial stress.
The FRB evaluates us based, in part, on whether we have the capital necessary to continue operating under the baseline and severely adverse scenarios provided by the FRB and those developed internally. This evaluation also takes into account our process for identifying risk, our controls and governance for capital planning, and our guidelines for making capital planning decisions. In addition, the FRB evaluates our plan to make capital distributions (i.e., dividend payments and repurchases or redemptions of stock, subordinated debt or other capital securities) and issue capital, across the range of macroeconomic scenarios and firm-specific assumptions. The FRB determines the stress capital buffer (SCB) applicable to us based on its own annual stress test. The SCB under the Standardized approach is calculated as (i) the difference between our starting and minimum projected CET1 capital ratios under the supervisory severely adverse scenario and (ii) our planned common stock dividends for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the planning horizon, expressed as a percentage of risk-weighted assets (RWAs).
Based on our 2024 CCAR submission, in June 2024, the FRB had preliminarily set our SCB to 6.4% for the period from October 1, 2024 through September 30, 2025. In August 2024, the FRB revised our final SCB to 6.2%, resulting in a Standardized CET1 capital ratio requirement of 13.7% beginning on October 1, 2024. See “Share Repurchase Program” for further information about common stock repurchases and dividends and “Consolidated Regulatory Capital” for further information about the global systemically important bank (G-SIB) surcharge. We published a summary of our annual DFAST results in June 2024. See “Available Information.”
GS Bank USA is required to conduct stress tests on an annual basis and publish a summary of certain results. GS Bank USA published a summary of its annual DFAST results in June 2024. See “Available Information.”
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
132
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Goldman Sachs International (GSI), GSIB and GSBE also have their own capital planning and stress testing processes, which incorporate internally designed stress tests developed in accordance with the guidelines of their respective regulators.
Contingency Capital Plan. As part of our comprehensive capital management policy, we maintain a contingency capital plan. Our contingency capital plan provides a framework for analyzing and responding to a perceived or actual capital deficiency, including, but not limited to, identification of drivers of a capital deficiency, as well as mitigants and potential actions. It outlines the appropriate communication procedures to follow during a crisis period, including internal dissemination of information, as well as timely communication with external stakeholders.
Capital Attribution. We assess the capital usage of each of our businesses based on our attributed equity framework. This framework considers many factors, including our internal assessment of risks as well as the regulatory capital requirements related to our business activities.
We review and make any necessary adjustments to our attributed equity in January each year, to reflect, among other things, our most recent stress test results and changes to our regulatory capital requirements. On January 1, 2024, our allocation of attributed equity changed (relative to the allocation as of December 2023) as follows: attributed equity increased by approximately $1.6 billion for Platform Solutions, while attributed equity decreased by approximately $1.2 billion for Asset & Wealth Management and approximately $0.4 billion for Global Banking & Markets. See “Results of Operations — Segment Assets and Operating Results — Segment Operating Results” for information about our average quarterly attributed equity by segment.
Share Repurchase Program.We use our share repurchase program to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity. On an annual basis, we submit a Board of Directors of Group Inc. (Board) approved capital plan to the Federal Reserve, which includes planned share repurchases for each quarter. The share repurchases are effected primarily through regular open-market purchases (which may include repurchase plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and accelerated share repurchases), the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by our current and projected capital position, and capital deployment opportunities, but which may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of our common stock.
In February 2023, the Board approved a share repurchase program authorizing repurchases of up to $30 billion of our common stock. The program has no set expiration or termination date. See “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in Part II, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q and Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our share repurchase program, and see above for information about our capital planning and stress testing process.
During the third quarter of 2024, we returned a total of $1.98 billion of capital to common shareholders, including $1.00 billion of common share repurchases and $978 million of common stock dividends. The Board approved an increase in our quarterly common stock dividend from $2.75 to $3.00 per share beginning in the third quarter of 2024. Consistent with our capital management philosophy, we will continue prioritizing deployment of capital for our clients where returns are attractive and distribute any excess capital to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases, while targeting a 50 to 100 basis point buffer above our capital requirement.
We are subject to a one percent non-deductible federal excise tax (buyback tax) that is applicable to the fair market value of certain corporate share repurchases. The fair market value of share repurchases subject to the tax is reduced by the fair market value of any applicable stock issued during the calendar year, including stock issued to employees. The buyback tax did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows for either the three or nine months ended September 2024.
Resolution Capital Models. In connection with our resolution planning efforts, we have established a Resolution Capital Adequacy and Positioning framework, which is designed to ensure that our major subsidiaries (GS Bank USA, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (GS&Co.), GSI, GSIB, GSBE, Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd. (GSJCL), Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and Goldman Sachs Asset Management International) have access to sufficient loss-absorbing capacity (in the form of equity, subordinated debt and unsecured senior debt) so that they are able to wind down following a Group Inc. bankruptcy filing in accordance with our preferred resolution strategy.
In addition, we have established a triggers and alerts framework, which is designed to provide the Board with information needed to make an informed decision on whether and when to commence bankruptcy proceedings for Group Inc.
133
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Rating Agency Guidelines
The credit rating agencies assign credit ratings to the obligations of Group Inc., which directly issues or guarantees substantially all of our senior unsecured debt obligations. GS&Co. and GSI have been assigned long- and short-term issuer ratings by certain credit rating agencies. GS Bank USA, GSIB and GSBE have also been assigned long- and short-term issuer ratings, as well as ratings on their long- and short-term bank deposits. In addition, credit rating agencies have assigned ratings to debt obligations of certain other subsidiaries of Group Inc.
The level and composition of our capital are among the many factors considered in determining our credit ratings. Each agency has its own definition of eligible capital and methodology for evaluating capital adequacy, and assessments are generally based on a combination of factors rather than a single calculation. See “Risk Management — Liquidity Risk Management — Credit Ratings” for further information about credit ratings of Group Inc., GS Bank USA, GSIB, GSBE, GS&Co. and GSI.
Consolidated Regulatory Capital
We are subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements which are calculated in accordance with the regulations of the FRB (Capital Framework). Under the Capital Framework, we are an “Advanced approaches” banking organization and have been designated as a G-SIB. In managing our capital, we consider a number of different capital requirements, the most binding of which can vary over time.
The capital requirements calculated under the Capital Framework include the capital conservation buffer requirements, which are comprised of a 2.5% buffer (under the Advanced Capital Rules), the SCB (under the Standardized Capital Rules), a countercyclical capital buffer (under both Capital Rules) and the G-SIB surcharge (under both Capital Rules). Our G-SIB surcharge is 3.0% for both 2024 and 2025. Based on financial data for 2023, we are in the 3.5% G-SIB surcharge threshold range. The earliest this surcharge could be effective is January 2026. The G-SIB surcharge and countercyclical capital buffer in the future may differ due to additional guidance from our regulators and/or positional changes, and our SCB is likely to change from year to year based on the results of the annual supervisory stress tests. Our target is to maintain capital ratios equal to the regulatory requirements plus a buffer of 50 to 100 basis points.
See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our risk-based capital ratios and leverage ratios, and the Capital Framework.
Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)
We are also subject to the FRB’s TLAC and related requirements. Failure to comply with the TLAC and related requirements would result in restrictions being imposed by the FRB and could limit our ability to repurchase shares, pay dividends and make certain discretionary compensation payments.
The table below presents TLAC and external long-term debt requirements.
As of
September
December
2024
2023
TLAC to RWAs
22.0
%
22.0
%
TLAC to leverage exposure
9.5
%
9.5
%
External long-term debt to RWAs
9.0
%
9.0
%
External long-term debt to leverage exposure
4.5
%
4.5
%
In the table above:
•The TLAC to RWAs requirement included (i) the 18% minimum, (ii) the 2.5% buffer, (iii) the countercyclical capital buffer, which the FRB has set to zero percent and (iv) the 1.5% G-SIB surcharge (Method 1).
•The TLAC to leverage exposure requirement includes (i) the 7.5% minimum and (ii) the 2.0% leverage exposure buffer.
•The external long-term debt to RWAs requirement includes (i) the 6% minimum and (ii) the 3.0% G-SIB surcharge (Method 2).
•The external long-term debt to total leverage exposure is the 4.5% minimum.
The table below presents information about our TLAC and external long-term debt ratios.
For the Three Months
Ended or as of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
TLAC
$
273,138
$
278,188
External long-term debt
$
149,100
$
154,300
RWAs
$
698,198
$
692,737
Leverage exposure
$
2,110,472
$
1,995,756
TLAC to RWAs
39.1
%
40.2
%
TLAC to leverage exposure
12.9
%
13.9
%
External long-term debt to RWAs
21.4
%
22.3
%
External long-term debt to leverage exposure
7.1
%
7.7
%
In the table above:
•TLAC includes common and preferred stock, and eligible long-term debt issued by Group Inc. Eligible long-term debt represents unsecured debt, which has a remaining maturity of at least one year and satisfies additional requirements.
•External long-term debt consists of eligible long-term debt subject to a haircut if it is due to be paid between one and two years.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
134
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
•In accordance with the TLAC rules, the higher of Standardized or Advanced RWAs are used in the calculation of TLAC and external long-term debt ratios and applicable requirements. RWAs represent Standardized RWAs as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
•Leverage exposure consists of average adjusted total assets and certain off-balance sheet exposures.
See “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2023 Form 10-K for further information about TLAC.
Subsidiary Capital Requirements
Many of our subsidiaries, including our bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to separate regulation and capital requirements of the jurisdictions in which they operate.
Bank Subsidiaries. GS Bank USA is our primary U.S. banking subsidiary and GSIB and GSBE are our primary non-U.S. banking subsidiaries. These entities are subject to regulatory capital requirements. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about the regulatory capital requirements for GS Bank USA.
•GSIB. GSIB is our U.K. bank subsidiary regulated by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). GSIB is subject to the U.K. capital framework, which is largely based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (Basel Committee) capital framework for strengthening international capital standards (Basel III). The eligible retail deposits of GSIB are covered by the U.K. Financial Services Compensation Scheme to the extent provided by law.
The table below presents GSIB’s risk-based capital requirements.
As of
September
December
2024
2023
Risk-based capital requirements
CET1 capital ratio
10.2
%
10.1
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
12.5
%
12.4
%
Total capital ratio
15.5
%
15.4
%
The table below presents information about GSIB’s risk-based capital ratios.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Risk-based capital and risk-weighted assets
CET1 capital
$
4,359
$
3,936
Tier 1 capital
$
4,359
$
3,936
Tier 2 capital
$
826
$
826
Total capital
$
5,185
$
4,762
RWAs
$
17,354
$
16,546
Risk-based capital ratios
CET1 capital ratio
25.1
%
23.8
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
25.1
%
23.8
%
Total capital ratio
29.9
%
28.8
%
In the table above, the risk-based capital ratios as of September 2024 reflected profits that are still subject to annual audit by GSIB’s external auditors and approval by GSIB’s Board of Directors for inclusion in risk-based capital. These profits contributed 216 basis points to the CET1 capital ratio as of September 2024.
The table below presents GSIB’s leverage ratio requirement and leverage ratio.
As of
September
December
2024
2023
Leverage ratio requirement
3.6
%
3.6
%
Leverage ratio
8.2
%
7.4
%
In the table above, the leverage ratio as of September 2024 reflected profits that are still subject to annual audit by GSIB’s external auditors and approval by GSIB’s Board of Directors for inclusion in risk-based capital. These profits contributed 70 basis points to the leverage ratio as of September 2024.
GSIB is subject to minimum reserve requirements at central banks in certain of the jurisdictions in which it operates. As of both September 2024 and December 2023, GSIB was in compliance with these requirements.
•GSBE. GSBE is our German bank subsidiary supervised by the European Central Bank, BaFin and Deutsche Bundesbank. GSBE is a non-U.S. banking subsidiary of GS Bank USA and is also subject to standalone regulatory capital requirements noted below. GSBE is subject to the capital requirements prescribed in the amended E.U. Capital Requirements Directive (CRD) and E.U. Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR), which are largely based on Basel III. The deposits of GSBE are covered by the German statutory deposit protection program to the extent provided by law. In addition, GSBE has elected to participate in the German voluntary deposit protection program which provides further insurance for certain eligible deposits beyond the coverage of the German statutory deposit program.
The table below presents GSBE’s risk-based capital requirements.
As of
September
December
2024
2023
Risk-based capital requirements
CET1 capital ratio
10.3
%
10.0
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
12.3
%
12.1
%
Total capital ratio
15.0
%
14.8
%
135
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
The table below presents information about GSBE’s risk-based capital ratios.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Risk-based capital and risk-weighted assets
CET1 capital
$
14,807
$
14,212
Tier 1 capital
$
14,807
$
14,212
Tier 2 capital
$
23
$
22
Total capital
$
14,830
$
14,234
RWAs
$
47,718
$
39,797
Risk-based capital ratios
CET1 capital ratio
31.0
%
35.7
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
31.0
%
35.7
%
Total capital ratio
31.1
%
35.8
%
In the table above, the risk-based capital ratios as of September 2024 reflected profits that are still subject to annual audit by GSBE’s external auditors and approval by GSBE’s shareholder (GS Bank USA) for inclusion in risk-based capital. These profits contributed 138 basis points to the CET1 capital ratio as of September 2024.
The table below presents GSBE’s leverage ratio requirement and leverage ratio.
As of
September
December
2024
2023
Leverage ratio requirement
3.0
%
3.0
%
Leverage ratio
9.4
%
11.4
%
In the table above, the leverage ratio as of September 2024 reflected profits that are still subject to annual audit by GSBE’s external auditors and approval by GSBE’s shareholder (GS Bank USA) for inclusion in risk-based capital. These profits contributed 42 basis points to the leverage ratio as of September 2024.
GSBE is subject to minimum reserve requirements at central banks in certain of the jurisdictions in which it operates. As of both September 2024 and December 2023, GSBE was in compliance with these requirements.
GSBE is a registered swap dealer with the CFTC and a registered security-based swap dealer with the SEC. As of both September 2024 and December 2023, GSBE was subject to and in compliance with applicable capital requirements for swap dealers and security-based swap dealers.
U.S. Regulated Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries. GS&Co., our primary U.S. regulated broker-dealer subsidiary, is also a registered futures commission merchant and a registered swap dealer with the CFTC, and a registered security-based swap dealer with the SEC, and therefore is subject to regulatory capital requirements imposed by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., the CFTC, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the National Futures Association. Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC and Rules 1.17 and Part 23 Subpart E of the CFTC specify uniform minimum net capital requirements, as defined, for their registrants, and also effectively require that a significant part of the registrants’ assets be kept in relatively liquid form. GS&Co. has elected to calculate its SEC minimum capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirement” as permitted by Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC.
GS&Co. had regulatory net capital, as defined by Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC, of $19.41 billion as of September 2024 and $20.25 billion as of December 2023, which exceeded the greater of the minimum amounts required under Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC and Rules 1.17 and Part 23 Subpart E of the CFTC by $14.02 billion as of September 2024 and $15.07 billion as of December 2023. In addition to its alternative minimum net capital requirements, GS&Co. is also required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $5 billion and net capital in excess of $1 billion in accordance with Rule 15c3-1. GS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $6 billion. As of both September 2024 and December 2023, GS&Co. had tentative net capital and net capital in excess of both the minimum and the notification requirements.
Non-U.S. Regulated Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries. Our principal non-U.S. regulated broker-dealer subsidiaries include GSI and GSJCL.
GSI, our U.K. broker-dealer, is regulated by the PRA and the FCA. GSI is subject to the U.K. capital framework, which is largely based on Basel III.
The table below presents GSI’s risk-based capital requirements.
As of
September
December
2024
2023
Risk-based capital requirements
CET1 capital ratio
9.1
%
9.1
%
Tier 1 capital ratio
11.1
%
11.0
%
Total capital ratio
13.7
%
13.7
%
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
136
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
The table below presents information about GSI’s risk-based capital ratios.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Risk-based capital and risk-weighted assets
CET1 capital
$
32,313
$
32,403
Tier 1 capital
$
37,813
$
37,903
Tier 2 capital
$
6,877
$
6,877
Total capital
$
44,690
$
44,780
RWAs
$
269,509
$
257,956
Risk-based capital ratios
CET1 capital ratio
12.0
%
12.6%
Tier 1 capital ratio
14.0
%
14.7%
Total capital ratio
16.6
%
17.4%
In the table above, the risk-based capital ratios as of September 2024 excluded GSI’s profits from April 1, 2024 through September 30, 2024, all of which are expected to be distributed as dividends in the future, subject to approval by GSI’s Board of Directors after verification by GSI’s external auditors.
The table below presents GSI’s leverage ratio requirement and leverage ratio.
As of
September
December
2024
2023
Leverage ratio requirement
3.6
%
3.5
%
Leverage ratio
4.4
%
4.9
%
In the table above, the leverage ratio as of September 2024 excluded GSI’s profits from April 1, 2024 through September 30, 2024, all of which are expected to be distributed as dividends in the future, subject to approval by GSI’s Board of Directors after verification by GSI’s external auditors.
GSI is a registered swap dealer with the CFTC and a registered security-based swap dealer with the SEC. As of both September 2024 and December 2023, GSI was subject to and in compliance with applicable capital requirements for swap dealers and security-based swap dealers.
GSJCL, our Japanese broker-dealer, is regulated by Japan’s Financial Services Agency. GSJCL and certain other non-U.S. subsidiaries are also subject to capital requirements promulgated by authorities of the countries in which they operate. As of both September 2024 and December 2023, these subsidiaries were in compliance with their local capital requirements.
Regulatory and Other Matters
Regulatory Matters
Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation and supervision worldwide. Regulations have been adopted or are being considered by regulators and policy makers worldwide. Given that many of the new and proposed rules are highly complex, the full impact of regulatory reform will not be known until the rules are implemented and market practices develop under the final regulations.
See “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2023 Form 10-K for further information about the laws, rules and regulations and proposed laws, rules and regulations that apply to us and our operations.
Resolution Plan. We are required by the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC to submit a periodic plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure (resolution plan). In June 2024, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC provided feedback on our 2023 resolution plan and identified one shortcoming, other areas for additional focus to address resolution readiness and additional information required to be included in our 2025 resolution plan. In August 2024, we submitted a description of our key actions to address the shortcoming. We will submit our targeted resolution plan by July 1, 2025. See “Available Information” for information about the public portion of our resolution plan submission.
Other Matters
Narrowing our Focus on Consumer-Related Activities. During 2023, we made a strategic decision to narrow our focus with respect to consumer-related activities and took the following actions:
•We completed the sale of substantially all of the Marcus loan portfolio in 2023 (included within Asset & Wealth Management).
•We sold our Personal Financial Management (PFM) business in 2023 (included within Asset & Wealth Management).
•We sold the majority of the GreenSky loan portfolio in 2023 and, during the first quarter of 2024, completed the sale of GreenSky (included within Platform Solutions).
•During the fourth quarter of 2024, we entered into an agreement to transition the GM credit card program (included within Platform Solutions) to another issuer. The transition is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2025.
•During the fourth quarter of 2024, we entered into an agreement to sell our seller financing loan portfolio (included within Platform Solutions). This portfolio consists of loans that were extended to small- and medium-sized retailers. The sale is expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2024.
137
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
•We remain committed to supporting the products and servicing customers through the various transition arrangements for our consumer-related activities.
The table below presents the impact to pre-tax earnings of the items that we sold or have announced the decision to sell (with respect to the narrowing of our focus on consumer-related activities).
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
Marcus loan portfolio
$
–
$
(37)
$
–
$
240
PFM
–
(25)
–
(69)
GreenSky
(5)
(203)
(26)
(1,073)
GM credit card program
(376)
(81)
(494)
(174)
Seller financing loan portfolio
(34)
(4)
(77)
(24)
Total
$
(415)
$
(350)
$
(597)
$
(1,100)
In the table above, pre-tax earnings related to GreenSky, the GM credit card program and the seller financing loan portfolio were included within Platform Solutions and the pre-tax earnings related to the Marcus loan portfolio and PFM were included within Asset & Wealth Management.
We have the following remaining consumer-related activities within Platform Solutions:
•We issue credit cards to and accept deposits from Apple Card customers.
•We will continue to support existing GM customers and issue credit cards to new GM customers until the transition of the GM credit card program to another issuer is completed.
Future decisions we may make in connection with the narrowing of our focus on consumer-related activities could have a material impact on our results of operations in the period such decisions are made.
See “Results of Operations — Platform Solutions” for the drivers of changes in our net revenues for Consumer platforms.
The Enhancement and Standardization of Climate-Related Disclosures for Investors. In March 2024, the SEC adopted final rules requiring registrants to provide certain climate-related disclosures, including Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions to the extent they are material. These rules require certain disclosures related to severe weather events and other natural conditions in the notes to audited financial statements. These disclosures are required to be phased-in over multiple years beginning with fiscal year 2025 for large accelerated filers like us. However, the SEC has stayed the implementation of these rules, pending the outcome of litigation challenging the rules.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various types of off-balance sheet arrangements. Our involvement in these arrangements can take many different forms, including:
•Purchasing or retaining residual and other interests in special purpose entities, such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securitization vehicles;
•Holding senior and subordinated debt, interests in limited and general partnerships, and preferred and common stock in other nonconsolidated vehicles;
•Entering into interest rate, foreign currency, equity, commodity and credit derivatives, including total return swaps; and
•Providing guarantees, indemnifications, commitments, letters of credit and representations and warranties.
We enter into these arrangements for a variety of business purposes, including securitizations. The securitization vehicles that purchase mortgages, corporate bonds and other types of financial assets are critical to the functioning of several significant investor markets, including the mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities markets, since they offer investors access to specific cash flows and risks created through the securitization process.
We also enter into these arrangements to underwrite client securitization transactions; provide secondary market liquidity; make investments in performing and nonperforming debt, distressed loans, power-related assets, equity securities, real estate and other assets; and provide investors with credit-linked and asset-repackaged notes.
The table below presents where information about our various off-balance sheet arrangements may be found in this Form 10-Q. In addition, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for information about our consolidation policies.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement
Disclosure in Form 10-Q
Variable interests and other obligations, including contingent obligations, arising from variable interests in nonconsolidated variable interest entities
See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements.
Guarantees, and lending and other commitments
See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.
Derivatives
See “Risk Management — Credit Risk Management — Credit Exposures — OTC Derivatives” and Notes 4, 5, 7 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
138
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Risk Management
Risks are inherent in our businesses and include liquidity, market, credit, operational, cybersecurity, model, legal, compliance, conduct, regulatory and reputational risks. For further information about our risk management processes, see “Overview and Structure of Risk Management,” and for information about our areas of risk, see “Liquidity Risk Management,” “Market Risk Management,” “Credit Risk Management,” “Operational Risk Management,” “Cybersecurity Risk Management,” “Model Risk Management” and “Other Risk Management,” as well as “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K.
Overview and Structure of Risk Management
Overview
We believe that effective risk management is critical to our success. Accordingly, we have established an enterprise risk management framework that employs a comprehensive, integrated approach to risk management and is designed to enable comprehensive risk management processes through which we identify, assess, monitor and manage the risks we assume in conducting our activities. Our risk management structure is built around three core components: governance, processes and people.
Governance. Risk management governance starts with the Board, which both directly and through its committees, including its Risk Committee, oversees our risk management policies and practices implemented through the enterprise risk management framework. The Board is also responsible for the annual review and approval of our risk appetite statement. The risk appetite statement describes the levels and types of risk we are willing to accept or to avoid in order to achieve our objectives included in our strategic business plan, while remaining in compliance with regulatory requirements. The Board reviews our strategic business plan and is ultimately responsible for overseeing and providing direction about our strategy and risk appetite.
The Board, including through its committees, receives regular briefings on firmwide risks, including liquidity risk, market risk, credit risk, operational risk, cybersecurity risk, model risk and climate risk, from our independent risk oversight and control functions, including our chief risk officer, on cybersecurity threats and risks from our chief information security officer (CISO), on compliance risk and conduct risk from our chief compliance officer, on legal and regulatory enforcement matters from our chief legal officer, and on other matters impacting our reputation from the chair and/or vice-chairs of our Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee. The chief risk officer reports to our chief executive officer and to the Risk Committee of the Board. As part of the review of the firmwide risk portfolio, the chief risk officer regularly advises the Risk Committee of the Board of relevant risk metrics and material exposures, including risk limits and thresholds established in our risk appetite statement.
The implementation of our risk governance structure and core risk management processes is overseen by Enterprise Risk, which reports to our chief risk officer, and is responsible for ensuring that our enterprise risk management framework provides the Board, our risk committees and senior management with a consistent and integrated approach to managing our various risks in a manner consistent with our risk appetite.
Our revenue-producing units, as well as Treasury, Engineering, Human Capital Management, Corporate and Workplace Solutions, and Corporate Planning & Management, are considered our first line of defense. They are accountable for the outcomes of our risk-generating activities, as well as for assessing and managing those risks within our risk appetite.
Our independent risk oversight and control functions are considered our second line of defense and provide independent assessment, oversight and challenge of the risks taken by our first line of defense, as well as lead and participate in risk committees. Independent risk oversight and control functions include Compliance, Conflicts Resolution, Controllers, Legal, Risk and Tax.
Internal Audit is considered our third line of defense, and our director of Internal Audit reports to the Audit Committee of the Board and administratively to our chief executive officer. Internal Audit includes professionals with a broad range of audit and industry experience, including risk management expertise. Internal Audit is responsible for independently assessing and validating the effectiveness of key controls, including those within the risk management framework, and providing timely reporting to the Audit Committee of the Board, senior management and regulators.
The three lines of defense structure promotes the accountability of first line risk takers, provides a framework for effective challenge by the second line and empowers independent review from the third line.
139
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Processes. We maintain various processes that are critical components of our risk management framework, including (i) risk identification and control assessment, (ii) risk appetite, limits, thresholds and alerts setting, (iii) risk metrics, reporting and monitoring, and (iv) risk decision-making.
•Risk Identification and Control Assessment. We believe the identification of our risks and related control assessment is a critical step in providing our Board and senior management transparency and insight into the range and materiality of our risks. We have a comprehensive data collection process, including firmwide policies and procedures that require all employees to report and escalate risk events. Our approach for risk identification and control assessment is comprehensive across all risk types, is dynamic and forward-looking to reflect and adapt to our changing risk profile and business environment, leverages subject matter expertise, and allows for prioritization of our most critical risks. This approach also encompasses our control assessment, led by our second line of defense, to review and challenge the control environment to help ensure it supports our strategic business plan.
To effectively assess our risks, we maintain a daily discipline of marking substantially all of our inventory to current market levels. We carry our inventory at fair value, with changes in valuation reflected immediately in our risk management systems and in net revenues. We do so because we believe this discipline is one of the most effective tools for assessing and managing risk and that it provides transparent and realistic insight into our inventory exposures.
An important part of our risk management process is firmwide stress testing. It allows us to quantify our exposure to tail risks, highlight potential loss concentrations, undertake risk/reward analysis, and assess and mitigate our risk positions. Firmwide stress tests are performed on a regular basis and are designed to ensure a comprehensive analysis of our vulnerabilities and idiosyncratic risks combining financial and nonfinancial risks, including, but not limited to, credit, market, liquidity and funding, operational and compliance, climate, strategic, systemic and emerging risks into a single combined scenario. We also perform ad hoc stress tests in anticipation of market events or conditions. Stress tests are also used to assess capital adequacy as part of our capital planning and stress testing process. See “Capital Management and Regulatory Capital — Capital Management” for further information.
•Risk Appetite, Limits, Thresholds and Alerts Setting. We apply a framework of limits and thresholds to control and monitor risk across transactions, products, businesses and markets. The Board, directly or indirectly through its Risk Committee, approves limits, thresholds and alerts included in our risk appetite statement at firmwide, business and product levels. In addition, the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee, through delegated authority from the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee, is responsible for approving our risk limits, thresholds and alerts policy, subject to the overall limits directly or indirectly approved by the Board, and monitoring these limits.
The Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee is responsible for approving limits at firmwide, business and product levels. Certain limits may be set at levels that will require periodic adjustment, rather than at levels that reflect our maximum risk appetite. This fosters an ongoing dialogue about risk among our first and second lines of defense, committees and senior management, as well as rapid escalation of risk-related matters. Additionally, through delegated authority from the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee, Market Risk sets limits at certain product and desk levels, and Credit Risk sets limits for individual counterparties and their subsidiaries, industries and countries. Limits are reviewed regularly and amended on a permanent or temporary basis to reflect changes to our strategic business plan, as well as changing market conditions, business conditions or risk tolerance.
•Risk Metrics, Reporting and Monitoring. Effective risk reporting and risk decision-making depends on our ability to get the right information to the right people at the right time. As such, we focus on the rigor and effectiveness of our risk systems, with the objective of ensuring that our risk management technology systems provide us with complete, accurate and timely information. Our risk metrics, reporting and monitoring processes are designed to take into account information about both existing and emerging risks, thereby enabling our risk committees and senior management to perform their responsibilities with the appropriate level of insight into risk exposures. Furthermore, our limit and threshold breach processes provide means for timely escalation. We evaluate changes in our risk profile and our businesses, including changes in business mix or jurisdictions in which we operate, by monitoring risk factors at a firmwide level.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
140
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
•Risk Decision-Making. Our governance structure provides the protocol and responsibility for decision-making on risk management issues and is designed to ensure implementation of those decisions. We make extensive use of risk committees that meet regularly and serve as an important means to facilitate and foster ongoing discussions to manage and mitigate risks.
We maintain strong and proactive communication about risk and we have a culture of collaboration in decision-making among our first and second lines of defense, committees and senior management. While our first line of defense is responsible for management of their risk, we dedicate extensive resources to our second line of defense in order to ensure a strong oversight structure and an appropriate segregation of duties. We regularly reinforce our strong culture of escalation and accountability across all functions.
People. Even the best technology serves only as a tool for helping to make informed decisions in real time about the risks we are taking. Ultimately, effective risk management requires our people to interpret our risk data on an ongoing and timely basis and adjust risk positions accordingly. The experience of our professionals, and their understanding of the nuances and limitations of each risk measure, guides us in assessing exposures and maintaining them within prudent levels.
We reinforce a culture of effective risk management, consistent with our risk appetite, in our training and development programs, as well as in the way we evaluate performance, and recognize and reward our people. Our training and development programs, including certain sessions led by our most senior leaders, are focused on the importance of risk management, client relationships and reputational excellence. As part of our performance review process, we assess reputational excellence, including how an employee exercises good risk management and reputational judgment, and adheres to our code of conduct and compliance policies. Our review and reward processes are designed to communicate and reinforce to our professionals the link between behavior and how people are recognized, the need to focus on our clients and our reputation, and the need to always act in accordance with our highest standards.
Structure
Ultimate oversight of risk is the responsibility of our Board. The Board oversees risk both directly and through its committees, including its Risk Committee. We also have a series of committees that generally consist of senior managers from both our first and second lines of defense, with specific risk management mandates that have oversight or decision-making responsibilities for risk management activities. We have established procedures for these committees so that appropriate information barriers are in place. Our primary risk committees, most of which also have additional sub-committees, councils or working groups, are described below. In addition to these committees, we have other risk committees that provide oversight for different businesses, activities, products, regions and entities. All of our committees have responsibility for considering the impact on our reputation of the transactions and activities that they oversee.
Membership of our risk committees is reviewed regularly and updated to reflect changes in the responsibilities of the committee members. Accordingly, the length of time that members serve on the respective committees varies as determined by the committee chairs and based on the responsibilities of the members.
The chart below presents an overview of our risk management governance structure.
Management Committee. The Management Committee oversees our global activities. It provides this oversight directly and through authority delegated to committees it has established. This committee consists of our most senior leaders, and is chaired by our chief executive officer. Most members of the Management Committee are also members of other committees. The following are the committees that are principally involved in firmwide risk management.
141
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee. The Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing all of our financial and nonfinancial risks. As part of such oversight, the committee is responsible for the ongoing review, approval and monitoring of our enterprise risk management framework, as well as our risk limits, and thresholds and alerts policy, through delegated authority to the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee. The Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee also reviews new significant strategic business initiatives to determine whether they are consistent with our risk appetite and risk management capabilities. Additionally, the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee performs enhanced reviews of significant risk events, the top residual and emerging risks, and the overall risk and control environment in each of our business units in order to propose uplifts, identify elements that are common to all business units and analyze the consolidated residual risks that we face. This committee, which reports to the Management Committee, is co-chaired by our president and chief operating officer and our chief risk officer, who are appointed as chairs by our chief executive officer, and the vice-chair is our chief financial officer, who is appointed as vice-chair by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee. The Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee also periodically provides updates to, and receives guidance from, the Risk Committee of the Board. The following are the primary committees or councils that report to the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee (unless otherwise noted):
•Firmwide Risk Council. The Firmwide Risk Council is responsible for the ongoing monitoring of relevant financial risks at the firmwide, business and product levels. This council is co-chaired by our chief financial officer and our chief risk officer.
•Firmwide New Activity Committee. The Firmwide New Activity Committee is responsible for reviewing new activities and may review previously approved activities that are significant and/or that have changed in complexity and/or structure or present different reputational and suitability concerns over time to consider whether these activities remain appropriate. This committee is chaired by our controller and chief accounting officer, who is appointed as chair by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.
•Firmwide Technology Risk Committee. The Firmwide Technology Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing matters related to the design, development, deployment and use of technology. This committee oversees cybersecurity matters, as well as technology risk management frameworks and methodologies, and monitors their effectiveness. This committee is co-chaired by our CISO and our chief technology officer, who are appointed as chairs by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee. To assist the Firmwide Technology Risk Committee in carrying out its mandate, the Firmwide Artificial Intelligence Risk and Controls Committee, which oversees risks associated with the use of artificial intelligence (AI), reports to the Firmwide Technology Risk Committee.
•Firmwide Operational Risk and Resilience Committee. The Firmwide Operational Risk and Resilience Committee is responsible for overseeing operational risk, and seeks to ensure our business and operational resilience. This committee is co-chaired by our chief administrative officer for EMEA and our head of Operational Risk, who are appointed as chairs by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.
•Firmwide Conduct Committee. The Firmwide Conduct Committee is responsible for the ongoing approval and monitoring of the frameworks and policies which govern our conduct risks. Conduct risk is the risk that our people fail to act in a manner consistent with our Business Principles and related core values, policies or codes, or applicable laws or regulations, thereby falling short in fulfilling their responsibilities to us, our clients, colleagues, other market participants or the broader community. This committee is chaired by our chief legal officer, who is appointed as chair by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.
•Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee. The Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee (through delegated authority from the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee) is responsible for the ongoing approval and monitoring of risk frameworks, policies and parameters related to our core risk management processes, as well as limits, thresholds and alerts, at firmwide, business and product levels. In addition, this committee is responsible for overseeing our financial risks and reviews the results of stress tests and scenario analyses. To assist the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee in carrying out its mandate, a number of other risk committees with dedicated oversight for stress testing, model risks, Volcker Rule compliance, as well as our investments or other capital commitments that may give rise to financial risk, report into the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee. This committee is chaired by our chief risk officer, who is appointed as chair by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee. The Firmwide Capital Committee and Firmwide Commitments Committee report to the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
142
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Firmwide Capital Committee. The Firmwide Capital Committee provides approval and oversight of debt-related transactions, including principal commitments of our capital. This committee aims to ensure that business, reputational and suitability standards for underwritings and capital commitments are maintained on a global basis. This committee is co-chaired by our head of Credit Risk and the head of our Global Financing Group, who are appointed as chairs by the chair of the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee.
Firmwide Commitments Committee. The Firmwide Commitments Committee reviews our underwriting and distribution activities with respect to equity and equity-related product offerings, and sets and maintains policies and procedures designed to ensure that legal, reputational, regulatory and business standards are maintained on a global basis. In addition to reviewing specific transactions, this committee periodically conducts general strategic reviews of sectors and products and establishes policies in connection with transaction practices. This committee is co-chaired by our chief equity underwriting officer for the Americas, head of our Financial Institutions Group in the Americas, and a co-head of our Global Investment Grade Capital Markets and Risk Management Group in Global Banking & Markets, who are appointed as chairs by the chair of the Firmwide Risk Appetite Committee.
•Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee. The Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee is responsible for assessing reputational risks arising from opportunities that have been identified as having potential heightened reputational risk, including transactions identified pursuant to the criteria established by the Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee and as determined by committee leadership. This committee is also responsible for overseeing client-related business standards and addressing client-related reputational risk. This committee is chaired by our president and chief operating officer, who is appointed as chair by our chief executive officer, and the vice-chairs are our chief legal officer and the head of Conflicts Resolution, who are appointed as vice-chairs by the chair of the Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee. This committee periodically provides updates to, and receives guidance from, the Public Responsibilities Committee of the Board. The Firmwide Suitability Committee reports to the Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee.
Firmwide Suitability Committee. The Firmwide Suitability Committee is responsible for setting standards and policies for product, transaction and client suitability and providing a forum for consistency across functions, regions and products on suitability assessments. This committee also reviews suitability matters escalated from other committees. This committee is co-chaired by our chief compliance officer and an advisory director, who are appointed as chairs by the chair of the Firmwide Reputational Risk Committee.
•Firmwide Data Governance Committee. The Firmwide Data Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing the firmwide data governance framework, and its implementation, to help ensure that data governance and data quality are appropriate. This committee is co-chaired by our chief information officer and our chief risk officer, who are appointed as chairs by the chairs of the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee.
Firmwide Asset Liability Committee. The Firmwide Asset Liability Committee reviews and approves the strategic direction for our financial resources, including capital, liquidity, funding and balance sheet. This committee has oversight responsibility for asset liability management, including interest rate and currency risk, funds transfer pricing, capital allocation and incentives, and credit ratings. This committee makes recommendations as to any adjustments to asset liability management and financial resource allocation in light of current events, risks, exposures, and regulatory requirements and approves related policies. This committee is co-chaired by our chief financial officer and our global treasurer, who are appointed as chairs by our chief executive officer, and reports to the Management Committee.
Liquidity Risk Management
Overview
Liquidity risk is the risk that we will be unable to fund ourselves or meet our liquidity needs in the event of firm-specific, broader industry or market liquidity stress events. We have in place a comprehensive and conservative set of liquidity and funding policies. Our principal objective is to be able to fund ourselves and to enable our core businesses to continue to serve clients and generate revenues, even under adverse circumstances.
Treasury, which reports to our chief financial officer, has primary responsibility for developing, managing and executing our liquidity and funding strategy within our risk appetite.
Liquidity Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units and Treasury, and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for identifying, monitoring and managing our liquidity risk through firmwide oversight across our global businesses and the establishment of stress testing and limits frameworks.
Liquidity Risk Management Principles
We manage liquidity risk according to three principles: (i) hold sufficient excess liquidity in the form of GCLA to cover outflows during a stressed period, (ii) maintain appropriate Asset-Liability Management and (iii) maintain a viable Contingency Funding Plan.
143
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
GCLA. GCLA is liquidity that we maintain to meet a broad range of potential cash outflows and collateral needs in a stressed environment. A primary liquidity principle is to pre-fund our estimated potential cash and collateral needs during a liquidity crisis and hold this liquidity in the form of unencumbered, highly liquid securities and cash. We believe that the securities held in our GCLA would be readily convertible to cash in a matter of days, through liquidation, by entering into repurchase agreements or from maturities of resale agreements, and that this cash would allow us to meet immediate obligations without needing to sell other assets or depend on additional funding from credit-sensitive markets.
Our GCLA reflects the following principles:
•The first days or weeks of a liquidity crisis are the most critical to a company’s survival;
•Focus must be maintained on all potential cash and collateral outflows, not just disruptions to financing flows. Our businesses are diverse, and our liquidity needs are determined by many factors, including market movements, collateral requirements and client commitments, all of which can change dramatically in a difficult funding environment;
•During a liquidity crisis, credit-sensitive funding, including unsecured debt, certain deposits and some types of secured financing agreements, may be unavailable, and the terms (e.g., interest rates, collateral provisions and tenor) or availability of other types of secured financing may change and certain deposits may be withdrawn; and
•As a result of our policy to pre-fund liquidity that we estimate may be needed in a crisis, we hold more unencumbered securities and have larger funding balances than our businesses would otherwise require. We believe that our liquidity is stronger with greater balances of highly liquid unencumbered securities, even though it increases our total assets and our funding costs.
We maintain our GCLA across Group Inc., Goldman Sachs Funding LLC (Funding IHC) and Group Inc.’s major broker-dealer and bank subsidiaries, asset types and clearing agents with the goal of providing us with sufficient operating liquidity to ensure timely settlement in all major markets, even in a difficult funding environment. In addition to the GCLA, we maintain cash balances and securities in several of our other entities, primarily for use in specific currencies, entities or jurisdictions where we do not have immediate access to parent company liquidity.
Asset-Liability Management. Our liquidity risk management policies are designed to ensure we have a sufficient amount of financing, even when funding markets experience persistent stress. We manage the maturities and diversity of our funding across markets, products and counterparties, and seek to maintain a diversified funding profile with an appropriate tenor, taking into consideration the characteristics and liquidity profile of our assets.
Our approach to asset-liability management includes:
•Conservatively managing the overall characteristics of our funding book, with a focus on maintaining long-term, diversified sources of funding in excess of our current requirements. See “Balance Sheet and Funding Sources — Funding Sources” for further information;
•Actively managing and monitoring our asset base, with particular focus on the liquidity, holding period and ability to fund assets on a secured basis. We assess our funding requirements and our ability to liquidate assets in a stressed environment while appropriately managing risk. This enables us to determine the most appropriate funding products and tenors. See “Balance Sheet and Funding Sources — Balance Sheet Management” for further information about our balance sheet management process and “— Funding Sources — Secured Funding” for further information about asset classes that may be harder to fund on a secured basis; and
•Raising secured and unsecured financing that has a long tenor relative to the liquidity profile of our assets. This reduces the risk that our liabilities will come due in advance of our ability to generate liquidity from the sale of our assets. Because we maintain a highly liquid balance sheet, the holding period of certain of our assets may be materially shorter than their contractual maturity dates.
Our goal is to ensure that we maintain sufficient liquidity to fund our assets and meet our contractual and contingent obligations in normal times, as well as during periods of market stress. Through our dynamic balance sheet management process, we use actual and projected asset balances to determine secured and unsecured funding requirements. Funding plans are reviewed and approved by the Firmwide Asset Liability Committee. In addition, our independent risk oversight and control functions analyze, and the Firmwide Asset Liability Committee reviews, our total unsecured long-term borrowings and total shareholders’ equity to help ensure that we maintain a level of long-term funding that is sufficient to meet our long-term financing requirements. In a liquidity crisis, we would begin by liquidating and monetizing our GCLA before selling other assets. However, we recognize that orderly asset sales may be prudent or necessary in a severe or persistent liquidity crisis.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
144
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Subsidiary Funding Policies
The majority of our unsecured borrowings is raised by Group Inc., which provides the necessary funds to Funding IHC and other subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their asset financing, liquidity and capital requirements. In addition, Group Inc. provides its regulated subsidiaries with the necessary capital to meet their regulatory requirements. The benefits of this approach to subsidiary funding are enhanced control and greater flexibility to meet the funding requirements of our subsidiaries. Funding is also raised at the subsidiary level through a variety of products, including deposits, secured funding and unsecured borrowings.
Our intercompany funding policies assume that a subsidiary’s funds or securities are not freely available to its parent, Funding IHC or other subsidiaries unless (i) legally provided for and (ii) there are no additional regulatory, tax or other restrictions. In particular, many of our subsidiaries are subject to laws that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from those subsidiaries to Group Inc. or Funding IHC. Regulatory action of that kind could impede access to funds that Group Inc. needs to make payments on its obligations. Accordingly, we assume that the capital provided to our regulated subsidiaries is not available to Group Inc. or other subsidiaries and any other financing provided to our regulated subsidiaries is not available to Group Inc. or Funding IHC until the maturity of such financing.
Group Inc. has provided substantial amounts of equity and subordinated indebtedness, directly or indirectly, to its regulated subsidiaries. For example, as of September 2024, Group Inc. had $37.64 billion of equity and subordinated indebtedness invested in GS&Co., its principal U.S. registered broker-dealer; $48.96 billion invested in GSI, a regulated U.K. broker-dealer; $2.33 billion invested in GSJCL, a regulated Japanese broker-dealer; $61.12 billion invested in GS Bank USA, a regulated New York State-chartered bank; and $5.29 billion invested in GSIB, a regulated U.K. bank. Group Inc. also provides financing, directly or indirectly, in the form of: $143.50 billion of unsubordinated loans (including secured loans of $49.11 billion) and $28.12 billion of collateral and cash deposits to these entities as of September 2024. In addition, as of September 2024, Group Inc. had significant amounts of capital invested in and loans to its other regulated subsidiaries.
Contingency Funding Plan. We maintain a contingency funding plan to provide a framework for analyzing and responding to a liquidity crisis situation or periods of market stress. Our contingency funding plan outlines a list of potential risk factors, key reports and metrics that are reviewed on an ongoing basis to assist in assessing the severity of, and managing through, a liquidity crisis and/or market dislocation. The contingency funding plan also describes in detail our potential responses if our assessments indicate that we have entered a liquidity crisis, which include pre-funding for what we estimate will be our potential cash and collateral needs, as well as utilizing secondary sources of liquidity. Mitigants and action items to address specific risks which may arise are also described and assigned to individuals responsible for execution.
The contingency funding plan identifies key groups of individuals and their responsibilities, which include fostering effective coordination, control and distribution of information, implementing liquidity maintenance activities and managing internal and external communication, all of which are critical in the management of a crisis or period of market stress.
Stress Tests
In order to determine the appropriate size of our GCLA, we model liquidity outflows over a range of scenarios and time horizons. One of our primary internal liquidity risk models, referred to as the Modeled Liquidity Outflow, quantifies our liquidity risks over a 30-day stress scenario. We also consider other factors, including, but not limited to, an assessment of our potential intraday liquidity needs through an additional internal liquidity risk model, referred to as the Intraday Liquidity Model, the results of our long-term stress testing models, our resolution liquidity models and other applicable regulatory requirements and a qualitative assessment of our condition, as well as the financial markets. The results of the Modeled Liquidity Outflow, the Intraday Liquidity Model, the long-term stress testing models and the resolution liquidity models are reported to senior management on a regular basis. We also perform firmwide stress tests. See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for information about firmwide stress tests.
145
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Modeled Liquidity Outflow. Our Modeled Liquidity Outflow is based on conducting multiple scenarios that include combinations of market-wide and firm-specific stress. These scenarios are characterized by the following qualitative elements:
•Severely challenged market environments, which include low consumer and corporate confidence, financial and political instability, and adverse changes in market values, including potential declines in equity markets and widening of credit spreads; and
•A firm-specific crisis potentially triggered by material losses, reputational damage (including, as a result of, the dissemination of negative information through social media), litigation and/or a ratings downgrade.
The following are key modeling elements of our Modeled Liquidity Outflow:
•Liquidity needs over a 30-day scenario;
•A two-notch downgrade of our long-term senior unsecured credit ratings;
•Changing conditions in funding markets, which limit our access to unsecured and secured funding;
•No support from additional government funding facilities. Although we have access to various central bank funding programs, we do not assume reliance on additional sources of funding in a liquidity crisis; and
•A combination of contractual outflows and contingent outflows arising from both our on- and off-balance sheet arrangements. Contractual outflows include, among other things, upcoming maturities of unsecured debt, term deposits and secured funding. Contingent outflows include, among other things, the withdrawal of customer credit balances in our prime brokerage business, increase in variation margin requirements due to adverse changes in the value of our exchange-traded and OTC-cleared derivatives, draws on unfunded commitments and withdrawals of deposits that have no contractual maturity. See notes to the consolidated financial statements for further information about contractual outflows, including Note 11 for collateralized financings, Note 13 for deposits, Note 14 for unsecured long-term borrowings and Note 15 for operating lease payments, and “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” for further information about our various types of off-balance sheet arrangements.
Intraday Liquidity Model. Our Intraday Liquidity Model measures our intraday liquidity needs in a scenario where access to sources of intraday liquidity may become constrained. The intraday liquidity model considers a variety of factors, including historical settlement activity.
Long-Term Stress Testing. We utilize longer-term stress tests to take a forward view on our liquidity position through prolonged stress periods in which we experience a severe liquidity stress and recover in an environment that continues to be challenging. We are focused on ensuring conservative asset-liability management to prepare for a prolonged period of potential stress, seeking to maintain a diversified funding profile with an appropriate tenor, taking into consideration the characteristics and liquidity profile of our assets.
Resolution Liquidity Models. In connection with our resolution planning efforts, we have established our Resolution Liquidity Adequacy and Positioning framework, which estimates liquidity needs of our major subsidiaries in a stressed environment. The liquidity needs are measured using our Modeled Liquidity Outflow assumptions and include certain additional inter-affiliate exposures. We have also established our Resolution Liquidity Execution Need framework, which measures the liquidity needs of our major subsidiaries to stabilize and wind down following a Group Inc. bankruptcy filing in accordance with our preferred resolution strategy.
In addition, we have established a triggers and alerts framework, which is designed to provide the Board with information needed to make an informed decision on whether and when to commence bankruptcy proceedings for Group Inc.
Limits
We use liquidity risk limits at various levels and across liquidity risk types to manage the size of our liquidity exposures. Limits are measured relative to acceptable levels of risk given our liquidity risk tolerance. See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for information about the limit approval process.
Limits are monitored by Treasury and Liquidity Risk. Liquidity Risk is responsible for identifying and escalating to senior management and/or the appropriate risk committee, on a timely basis, instances where limits have been exceeded.
GCLA and Unencumbered Metrics
GCLA. Based on the results of our internal liquidity risk models, described above, as well as our consideration of other factors, including, but not limited to, a qualitative assessment of our condition, as well as the financial markets, we believe our liquidity position as of both September 2024 and December 2023 was appropriate. We strictly limit our GCLA to a narrowly defined list of securities and cash because they are highly liquid, even in a difficult funding environment. We do not include other potential sources of excess liquidity in our GCLA, such as less liquid unencumbered securities or committed credit facilities.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
146
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
The table below presents information about our GCLA.
Average for the Three Months Ended
September
June
$ in millions
2024
2024
Denomination
U.S. dollar
$
315,587
$
286,084
Non-U.S. dollar
131,781
137,842
Total
$
447,368
$
423,926
Asset Class
Overnight cash deposits
$
177,539
$
194,005
U.S. government obligations
176,672
154,696
U.S. agency obligations
38,501
23,763
Non-U.S. government obligations
54,656
51,462
Total
$
447,368
$
423,926
Entity Type
Group Inc. and Funding IHC
$
77,037
$
64,537
Major broker-dealer subsidiaries
118,216
117,440
Major bank subsidiaries
252,115
241,949
Total
$
447,368
$
423,926
In the table above:
•The U.S. dollar-denominated GCLA consists of (i) unencumbered U.S. government and agency obligations (including highly liquid U.S. agency mortgage-backed obligations), all of which are eligible as collateral in Federal Reserve open market operations and (ii) certain overnight U.S. dollar cash deposits.
•The non-U.S. dollar-denominated GCLA consists of non-U.S. government obligations (only unencumbered German, French, Japanese and U.K. government obligations) and certain overnight cash deposits in highly liquid currencies.
We maintain our GCLA to enable us to meet current and potential liquidity requirements of our parent company, Group Inc., and its subsidiaries. Our Modeled Liquidity Outflow and Intraday Liquidity Model incorporate a requirement for Group Inc., as well as a standalone requirement for each of our major broker-dealer and bank subsidiaries. Funding IHC is required to provide the necessary liquidity to Group Inc. during the ordinary course of business, and is also obligated to provide capital and liquidity support to major subsidiaries in the event of our material financial distress or failure. Liquidity held directly in each of our major broker-dealer and bank subsidiaries is intended for use only by that subsidiary to meet its liquidity requirements and is assumed not to be available to Group Inc. or Funding IHC unless (i) legally provided for and (ii) there are no additional regulatory, tax or other restrictions. In addition, the Modeled Liquidity Outflow and Intraday Liquidity Model also incorporate a broader assessment of standalone liquidity requirements for other subsidiaries and we hold a portion of our GCLA directly at Group Inc. or Funding IHC to support such requirements.
Other Unencumbered Assets. In addition to our GCLA, we have a significant amount of other unencumbered cash and financial instruments, including other government obligations, high-grade money market securities, corporate obligations, marginable equities, loans and cash deposits not included in our GCLA. The fair value of our unencumbered assets averaged $290.14 billion for the three months ended September 2024 and $290.80 billion for the three months ended June 2024. We do not consider these assets liquid enough to be eligible for our GCLA.
Liquidity Regulatory Framework
We are subject to a minimum Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) under the LCR rule approved by the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies. The LCR rule requires organizations to maintain an adequate ratio of eligible high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) to expected net cash outflows under an acute, short-term liquidity stress scenario. Eligible HQLA excludes HQLA held by subsidiaries that is in excess of their minimum requirement and is subject to transfer restrictions. We are required to maintain a minimum LCR of 100%. We expect that fluctuations in client activity, business mix and the market environment will impact our LCR.
The table below presents information about our average daily LCR.
Average for the Three Months Ended
September
June
$ in millions
2024
2024
Total HQLA
$
434,256
$
411,413
Eligible HQLA
$
369,119
$
339,477
Net cash outflows
$
277,825
$
269,661
LCR
133
%
126
%
In the table above, our average quarterly LCR represents the average of our daily LCRs during the quarter.
We are also subject to a minimum Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) under the NSFR rule approved by the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies. The NSFR rule requires large U.S. banking organizations to maintain available stable funding (ASF) above their required stable funding (RSF) over a one-year time horizon. Total ASF excludes ASF held by subsidiaries that is in excess of their minimum requirement and is subject to transfer restrictions. We are required to maintain a minimum NSFR of 100%. We expect that fluctuations in client activity, business mix and the market environment will impact our NSFR.
The table below presents information about our average daily NSFR.
Average for the Three Months Ended
September
June
$ in millions
2024
2024
Total ASF
$
673,860
$
657,768
Total RSF
$
577,525
$
573,534
NSFR
117
%
115
%
In the table above, our average quarterly NSFR represents the average of our daily NSFRs during the quarter.
147
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
The following provides information about our subsidiary liquidity regulatory requirements:
•GS Bank USA. GS Bank USA is subject to a minimum LCR of 100% under the LCR rule approved by the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies. As of September 2024, GS Bank USA’s LCR exceeded the minimum requirement. The NSFR requirement described above also applies to GS Bank USA. As of September 2024, GS Bank USA’s NSFR exceeded the minimum requirement.
•GSI and GSIB. GSI and GSIB are subject to a minimum LCR of 100% under the LCR rule approved by the U.K. regulatory authorities. GSI’s and GSIB’s average monthly LCR for the trailing twelve-month period ended September 2024 exceeded the minimum requirement. GSI and GSIB are subject to the applicable NSFR requirement in the U.K. As of September 2024, both GSI’s and GSIB’s NSFR exceeded the minimum requirement.
•GSBE. GSBE is subject to a minimum LCR of 100% under the LCR rule approved by the European Parliament and Council. GSBE’s average monthly LCR for the trailing twelve-month period ended September 2024 exceeded the minimum requirement. GSBE is subject to the applicable NSFR requirement in the E.U. As of September 2024, GSBE’s NSFR exceeded the minimum requirement.
•Other Subsidiaries. We monitor local regulatory liquidity requirements of our subsidiaries to ensure compliance. For many of our subsidiaries, these requirements either have changed or are likely to change in the future due to the implementation of the Basel Committee’s framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring, as well as other regulatory developments.
The implementation of these rules and any amendments adopted by the regulatory authorities could impact our liquidity and funding requirements and practices in the future.
Credit Ratings
We rely on the short- and long-term debt capital markets to fund a significant portion of our day-to-day operations, and the cost and availability of debt financing is influenced by our credit ratings. Credit ratings are also important when we are competing in certain markets, such as OTC derivatives, and when we seek to engage in longer-term transactions. See “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K for information about the risks associated with a reduction in our credit ratings.
The table below presents the unsecured credit ratings and outlook of Group Inc.
As of September 2024
DBRS
Fitch
Moody’s
R&I
S&P
Short-term debt
R-1 (middle)
F1
P-1
a-1
A-2
Long-term debt
A (high)
A
A2
A
BBB+
Subordinated debt
A
BBB+
Baa2
A-
BBB
Trust preferred
A
BBB-
Baa3
N/A
BB+
Preferred stock
BBB (high)
BBB-
Ba1
N/A
BB+
Ratings outlook
Stable
Stable
Stable
Stable
Stable
In the table above:
•The ratings and outlook are by DBRS, Inc. (DBRS), Fitch, Inc. (Fitch), Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s), Rating and Investment Information, Inc. (R&I), and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (S&P).
•The ratings for trust preferred relate to the guaranteed preferred beneficial interests issued by Goldman Sachs Capital I.
•The DBRS, Fitch, Moody’s and S&P ratings for preferred stock include the APEX issued by Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III.
The table below presents the unsecured credit ratings and outlook of GS Bank USA, GSIB, GSBE, GS&Co. and GSI.
As of September 2024
Fitch
Moody’s
S&P
GS Bank USA
Short-term debt
F1
P-1
A-1
Long-term debt
A+
A1
A+
Short-term bank deposits
F1+
P-1
N/A
Long-term bank deposits
AA-
A1
N/A
Ratings outlook
Stable
Stable
Stable
GSIB
Short-term debt
F1
P-1
A-1
Long-term debt
A+
A1
A+
Short-term bank deposits
F1
P-1
N/A
Long-term bank deposits
A+
A1
N/A
Ratings outlook
Stable
Stable
Stable
GSBE
Short-term debt
F1
P-1
A-1
Long-term debt
A+
A1
A+
Short-term bank deposits
N/A
P-1
N/A
Long-term bank deposits
N/A
A1
N/A
Ratings outlook
Stable
Stable
Stable
GS&Co.
Short-term debt
F1
N/A
A-1
Long-term debt
A+
N/A
A+
Ratings outlook
Stable
N/A
Stable
GSI
Short-term debt
F1
P-1
A-1
Long-term debt
A+
A1
A+
Ratings outlook
Stable
Stable
Stable
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
148
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
We believe our credit ratings are primarily based on the credit rating agencies’ assessment of:
•Our liquidity, market, credit and operational risk management practices;
•Our level and variability of earnings;
•Our capital base;
•Our franchise, reputation and management;
•Our corporate governance; and
•The external operating and economic environment, including, in some cases, the assumed level of government support or other systemic considerations, such as potential resolution.
Certain of our derivatives have been transacted under bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require us to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on changes in our credit ratings. We manage our GCLA to ensure we would, among other potential requirements, be able to make the additional collateral or termination payments that may be required in the event of a two-notch reduction in our long-term credit ratings, as well as collateral that has not been called by counterparties, but is available to them. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about derivatives with credit-related contingent features and the additional collateral or termination payments related to our net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements that could have been called by counterparties in the event of a one- or two-notch downgrade in our credit ratings.
Cash Flows
As a global financial institution, our cash flows are complex and bear little relation to our net earnings and net assets. Consequently, we believe that traditional cash flow analysis is less meaningful in evaluating our liquidity position than the liquidity and asset-liability management policies described above. Cash flow analysis may, however, be helpful in highlighting certain macro trends and strategic initiatives in our businesses.
Nine Months Ended September 2024. Our cash and cash equivalents decreased by $86.89 billion to $154.69 billion at the end of the third quarter of 2024, primarily due to net cash used for operating and investing activities, partially offset by net cash provided by financing activities. The net cash used for operating activities primarily reflected cash outflows from trading assets, partially offset by cash inflows from collateralized transactions (reflecting a decrease in collateralized agreements and an increase in collateralized financings), trading liabilities and net earnings. The net cash used for investing activities primarily reflected net purchases of investments (primarily U.S. government and agency obligations accounted for as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities). The net cash provided by financing activities primarily reflected cash inflows from deposits (reflecting an increase in consumer deposits, partially offset by a decrease in transaction banking deposits) and cash inflows from other secured financings, partially offset by net repayments of unsecured long-term borrowings.
Nine Months Ended September 2023. Our cash and cash equivalents decreased by $1.95 billion to $239.88 billion at the end of the third quarter of 2023, primarily due to net cash used for investing activities and the effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by net cash provided by operating activities. The net cash used for investing activities primarily reflected net purchases of investments (primarily U.S. government obligations accounted for as held-to-maturity securities). The decrease in net cash and cash equivalents as a result of changes in foreign exchange rates was due to the U.S. dollar strengthening during the first nine months of 2023. The net cash provided by operating activities primarily reflected cash inflows from collateralized transactions (reflecting both an increase in collateralized financings and a decrease in collateralized agreements), partially offset by cash outflows from trading assets.
149
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Market Risk Management
Overview
Market risk is the risk of an adverse impact to our earnings due to changes in market conditions. Our assets and liabilities that give rise to market risk primarily include positions held for market making for our clients and for our investing and financing activities, and these positions change based on client demands and our investment opportunities. We employ a variety of risk measures, each described in the respective sections below, to monitor market risk. Categories of market risk include the following:
•Interest rate risk: results from exposures to changes in the level, slope and curvature of yield curves, the volatilities of interest rates, prepayment speeds and credit spreads;
•Equity price risk: results from exposures to changes in prices and volatilities of individual equities, baskets of equities and equity indices;
•Currency rate risk: results from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward prices and volatilities of currency rates; and
•Commodity price risk: results from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward prices and volatilities of commodities, such as crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas, electricity, and precious and base metals.
Market Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing our market risk through firmwide oversight across our global businesses.
Managers in revenue-producing units, Treasury and Market Risk discuss market information, positions and estimated loss scenarios on an ongoing basis. Managers in revenue-producing units and Treasury are accountable for managing risk within prescribed limits. These managers have in-depth knowledge of their positions, markets and the instruments available to hedge their exposures.
Market Risk Management Process
Our process for managing market risk includes the critical components of our risk management framework described in the “Overview and Structure of Risk Management,” as well as the following:
•Monitoring compliance with established market risk limits and reporting our exposures;
•Diversifying exposures;
•Controlling position sizes; and
•Evaluating mitigants, such as economic hedges in related securities or derivatives.
Our market risk management systems enable us to perform an independent calculation of Value-at-Risk (VaR), Earnings-at-Risk (EaR) and other stress measures, capture risk measures at individual position levels, attribute risk measures to individual risk factors of each position, report many different views of the risk measures (e.g., by desk, business, product type or entity) and produce ad hoc analyses in a timely manner.
Risk Measures
We produce risk measures and monitor them against established market risk limits. These measures reflect an extensive range of scenarios and the results are aggregated at product, business and firmwide levels.
We use a variety of risk measures to estimate the size of potential losses for both moderate and more extreme market moves over both short- and long-term time horizons. Our primary risk measures are VaR, EaR and other stress tests.
Our risk reports detail key risks, drivers and changes for each desk and business, and are distributed daily to senior management of both our revenue-producing units and our independent risk oversight and control functions.
Value-at-Risk. VaR is the potential loss in value due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. For assets and liabilities included in VaR, see “Financial Statement Linkages to Market Risk Measures.” We typically employ a one-day time horizon with a 95% confidence level. We use a single VaR model, which captures risks, including those related to interest rates, equity prices, currency rates and commodity prices. As such, VaR facilitates comparison across portfolios of different risk characteristics. VaR also captures the diversification of aggregated risk at the firmwide level.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
150
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
We are aware of the inherent limitations to VaR and therefore use a variety of risk measures in our market risk management process. Inherent limitations to VaR include:
•VaR does not estimate potential losses over longer time horizons where moves may be extreme;
•VaR does not take account of the relative liquidity of different risk positions; and
•Previous moves in market risk factors may not produce accurate predictions of all future market moves.
To comprehensively capture our exposures and relevant risks in our VaR calculation, we use historical simulations with full valuation of market factors at the position level by simultaneously shocking the relevant market factors for that position. These market factors include spot prices, credit spreads, funding spreads, yield curves, volatility and correlation, and are updated periodically based on changes in the composition of positions, as well as variations in market conditions. We sample from five years of historical data to generate the scenarios for our VaR calculation. The historical data is weighted so that the relative importance of the data reduces over time. This gives greater importance to more recent observations and reflects current asset volatilities, which improves the accuracy of our estimates of potential loss. As a result, even if our positions included in VaR were unchanged, our VaR would increase with increasing market volatility and vice versa.
Given its reliance on historical data, VaR is most effective in estimating risk exposures in markets in which there are no sudden fundamental changes or shifts in market conditions.
Our VaR measure does not include:
•Positions that are not accounted for at fair value, such as held-to-maturity securities and loans, deposits and unsecured borrowings that are accounted for at amortized cost;
•Available-for-sale securities for which the related unrealized fair value gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss);
•Positions that are best measured and monitored using sensitivity measures; and
•The impact of changes in counterparty and our own credit spreads on derivatives, as well as changes in our own credit spreads on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected.
We perform daily backtesting of our VaR model (i.e., comparing daily net revenues for positions included in VaR to the VaR measure calculated as of the prior business day) at the firmwide level and for each of our businesses and major regulated subsidiaries.
Earnings-at-Risk. We manage our interest rate risk using the EaR metric. EaR measures the estimated impact of changes in interest rates to our net revenues and preferred stock dividends over a defined time horizon. EaR complements the VaR metric, which measures the impact of interest rate changes that have an immediate impact on the fair values of our assets and liabilities (i.e., mark-to-market changes). Our exposure to interest rate risk occurs due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:
•Differences in maturity or repricing dates of assets, liabilities, preferred stock and certain off-balance sheet instruments.
•Differences in the amounts of assets, liabilities, preferred stock and certain off-balance sheet instruments with the same maturity or repricing dates.
•Certain interest rate sensitive fees.
Treasury manages the aggregated interest rate risk from all businesses using our investment securities portfolio and interest rate derivatives. We measure EaR over a one-year time horizon following a 100- and 200-basis point instantaneous parallel shock in both short- and long-term interest rates. This sensitivity is calculated relative to a baseline market scenario, which takes into consideration, among other things, the market’s expectation of forward rates, as well as our expectation of future business activity. These scenarios include contractual elements of assets, liabilities, preferred stock, and certain off-balance sheet instruments, such as rates of interest, principal repayment schedules, maturity and reset dates, and any interest rate ceilings or floors, as well as assumptions with respect to our balance sheet size and composition, prepayment behavior and deposit repricing. Deposit repricing is captured by evaluating the change in deposit rate paid relative to the change in market rates (deposit beta) and we calibrate the deposit betas used in our models by using a number of factors, including observed historical behavior, future expectations, funding needs and the competitive landscape. We continuously monitor the performance of our key assumptions against observed behavior and regularly review their sensitivity on our risk metrics.
We manage EaR with a goal to reduce potential volatility resulting from changes in interest rates so it remains within our EaR risk appetite. Our EaR scenario is regularly evaluated and updated, if necessary, to reflect changes in our business plans, market conditions and other macroeconomic factors. While management uses the best information available to estimate EaR, actual results may differ materially as a result of, among other things, changes in the economic environment or assumptions used in the process. We also measure the sensitivity of the economic value of our equity (EVE) to changes in interest rates. Compared to EaR, EVE provides a longer-term measurement of the interest rate risk exposure, primarily on non-trading assets and liabilities, by capturing the net impact of changes in interest rates to the present value of their cash flows.
151
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units, and Treasury, have primary responsibility for assessing and monitoring EaR and EVE sensitivity through firmwide oversight, including oversight of interest rate risk stress testing and assumptions, and the establishment of our risk appetite.
Stress Testing. Stress testing is a method of determining the effect of various hypothetical stress scenarios. We use stress tests to examine risks of specific portfolios, as well as the potential impact of our significant risk exposures. We use a variety of stress testing techniques to calculate the potential loss from a wide range of market moves on our portfolios, including firmwide stress tests, sensitivity analysis and scenario analysis. The results of our various stress tests are analyzed together for risk management purposes. See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for information about firmwide stress tests.
Sensitivity analysis is used to quantify the impact of a market move in a single risk factor across all positions (e.g., equity prices or credit spreads) using a variety of defined market shocks, ranging from those that could be expected over a one-day time horizon up to those that could take many months to occur. We also use sensitivity analysis to quantify the impact of the default of any single entity, which captures the risk of large or concentrated exposures.
Scenario analysis is used to quantify the impact of a specified event, including how the event impacts multiple risk factors simultaneously. For example, for sovereign stress testing we calculate potential direct exposure associated with our sovereign positions, as well as the corresponding debt, equity and currency exposures associated with our non-sovereign positions that may be impacted by the sovereign distress. When conducting scenario analysis, we often consider a number of possible outcomes for each scenario, ranging from moderate to severely adverse market impacts. In addition, these stress tests are constructed using both historical events and forward-looking hypothetical scenarios.
Unlike VaR measures, which have an implied probability because they are calculated at a specified confidence level, there may not be an implied probability that our stress testing scenarios will occur. Instead, stress testing is used to model both moderate and more extreme moves in underlying market factors. When estimating potential loss, we generally assume that our positions cannot be reduced or hedged (although experience demonstrates that we are generally able to do so).
Limits
We use market risk limits at various levels to manage the size of our market exposures. These limits are set based on VaR, EaR and on a range of stress tests relevant to our exposures. See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for information about the limit approval process.
Limits are monitored by Treasury and Risk. Risk is responsible for identifying and escalating to senior management and/or the appropriate risk committee, on a timely basis, instances where limits have been exceeded (e.g., due to positional changes or changes in market conditions, such as increased volatilities or changes in correlations). Such instances are remediated by a reduction in the positions we hold and/or a temporary or permanent increase to the limit, if warranted.
Metrics
We analyze VaR at the firmwide level and a variety of more detailed levels, including by risk category, business and region. Diversification effect in the tables below represents the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This effect arises because the four market risk categories are not perfectly correlated. Substantially all positions in VaR are included within Global Banking & Markets.
The table below presents our average daily VaR.
Nine Months Ended September
Three Months Ended
September
June
September
$ in millions
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Categories
Interest rates
$
75
$
81
$
88
$
81
$
99
Equity prices
39
33
28
34
29
Currency rates
26
30
19
25
26
Commodity prices
20
18
18
18
19
Diversification effect
(68)
(71)
(66)
(68)
(72)
Total
$
92
$
91
$
87
$
90
$
101
Our average daily VaR of $92 million for the three months ended September 2024 was essentially unchanged compared with the three months ended June 2024. Increases in the equity prices and commodity prices categories and a decrease in the diversification effect were largely offset by decreases in the interest rates and currency rates categories.
Our average daily VaR increased to $92 million for the three months ended September 2024 from $87 million for the three months ended September 2023, primarily due to increased exposures. The total increase was primarily driven by increases in the equity prices and currency rates categories, partially offset by a decrease in the interest rates category.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
152
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Our average daily VaR decreased to $90 million for the nine months ended September 2024 from $101 million for the nine months ended September 2023, due to lower levels of volatility, partially offset by increased exposures. The total decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in the interest rates category, partially offset by an increase in the equity prices category and a decrease in the diversification effect.
The table below presents our period-end VaR.
As of
September
June
September
$ in millions
2024
2024
2023
Categories
Interest rates
$
74
$
66
$
78
Equity prices
38
39
24
Currency rates
26
33
18
Commodity prices
22
22
19
Diversification effect
(70)
(78)
(54)
Total
$
90
$
82
$
85
Our period-end VaR increased to $90 million as of September 2024 from $82 million as of June 2024, due to increased exposures, partially offset by lower levels of volatility. The total increase was primarily driven by an increase in the interest rates category and a decrease in the diversification effect, partially offset by a decrease in the currency rates category.
Our period-end VaR increased to $90 million as of September 2024 from $85 million as of September 2023, due to increased exposures, partially offset by lower levels of volatility. The total increase was driven by increases in the equity prices, currency rates and commodity prices categories, partially offset by an increase in the diversification effect and a decrease in the interest rates category.
During the nine months ended September 2024, there was a permanent increase to the firmwide VaR risk limit due to higher levels of volatility and increased exposures. The firmwide VaR risk limit was not exceeded during this period. During 2023, the firmwide VaR risk limit was not exceeded and there were no permanent changes to the firmwide VaR risk limit. However, the firmwide VaR risk limit was temporarily changed on four occasions as a result of changes in the market environment in the first half of 2023.
The table below presents our high and low VaR.
Three Months Ended
September 2024
June 2024
September 2023
$ in millions
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
Categories
Interest rates
$
92
$
57
$
105
$
66
$
111
$
78
Equity prices
$
61
$
31
$
46
$
26
$
49
$
23
Currency rates
$
38
$
13
$
40
$
15
$
26
$
14
Commodity prices
$
23
$
18
$
23
$
15
$
23
$
15
Firmwide
VaR
$
109
$
77
$
105
$
82
$
102
$
79
The chart below presents our daily VaR for the nine months ended September 2024.
The table below presents, by number of business days, the frequency distribution of our daily net revenues for positions included in VaR.
Three Months Ended September
Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions
2024
2023
2024
2023
>$100
13
13
47
47
$75 – $100
12
13
31
32
$50 – $75
12
12
45
40
$25 – $50
13
19
35
34
$0 – $25
10
4
20
14
$(25) – $0
1
2
6
16
$(50) – $(25)
1
–
2
2
$(75) – $(50)
–
–
–
1
$(100) – $(75)
–
–
–
–
<$(100)
2
–
2
1
Total
64
63
188
187
Daily net revenues for positions included in VaR are compared with VaR calculated as of the end of the prior business day. Net losses incurred on a single day for such positions exceeded our 95% one-day VaR (i.e., a VaR exception) on two occasions during the three and nine months ended September 2024. There were no VaR exceptions during the three months ended September 2023 and there was one VaR exception during the nine months ended September 2023.
During periods in which we have significantly more positive net revenue days than net revenue loss days, we expect to have fewer VaR exceptions because, under normal conditions, our business model generally produces positive net revenues. In periods in which our franchise revenues are adversely affected, we generally have more loss days, resulting in more VaR exceptions. The daily net revenues for positions included in VaR used to determine VaR exceptions reflect the impact of any intraday activity, including bid/offer net revenues, which are more likely than not to be positive by their nature.
153
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Sensitivity Measures
Certain portfolios and individual positions are not included in VaR because VaR is not the most appropriate risk measure. Other sensitivity measures we use to analyze market risk are described below.
10% Sensitivity Measures. The table below presents our market risk by asset category for positions accounted for at fair value or accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value, that are not included in VaR.
As of
September
June
September
$ in millions
2024
2024
2023
Equity
$
1,545
$
1,550
$
1,528
Debt
1,991
2,004
2,662
Total
$
3,536
$
3,554
$
4,190
In the table above:
•The market risk of these positions is determined by estimating the potential reduction in net revenues of a 10% decline in the value of the underlying positions.
•Equity positions relate to private and public equity securities, which primarily include investments in corporate, real estate and infrastructure assets. Substantially all such equity positions are included within Asset & Wealth Management.
•Debt positions include mezzanine and senior debt, and corporate and real estate loans, substantially all of which are included within Asset & Wealth Management. Debt positions also included approximately $1.7 billion as of September 2024 and $1.9 billion as of June 2024 of GM co-branded credit card loans, and approximately $6.0 billion as of September 2023 of GreenSky loans that were classified as held for sale. These held for sale loans were included within Platform Solutions.
•Funded equity and debt positions are included in our consolidated balance sheets in investments and loans, and the related hedges are included in our consolidated balance sheets in derivatives. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about investments, Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about loans and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about derivatives.
•These measures do not reflect the diversification effect across asset categories or across other market risk measures.
Credit and Funding Spread Sensitivity on Derivatives and Financial Liabilities. VaR excludes the impact of changes in counterparty credit spreads, our own credit spreads and unsecured funding spreads on derivatives, as well as changes in our own credit spreads (debt valuation adjustment) on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected. The estimated sensitivity to a one basis point increase in credit spreads (counterparty and our own) and unsecured funding spreads on derivatives (including hedges) was a loss of $2 million as of September 2024 and $1 million as of June 2024. In addition, the estimated sensitivity to a one basis point increase in our own credit spreads on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected was a gain of $45 million as of September 2024 and $43 million as of June 2024. However, the actual net impact of a change in our own credit spreads is also affected by the liquidity, duration and convexity (as the sensitivity is not linear to changes in yields) of those financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected, as well as the relative performance of any hedges undertaken.
Earnings-at-Risk. The table below presents the impact of a parallel shift in rates on our net revenues and preferred stock dividends over the next 12 months relative to the baseline scenario.
As of
September
June
$ in millions
2024
2024
+100 basis points parallel shift in rates
$
125
$
201
-100 basis points parallel shift in rates
$
(180)
$
(298)
+200 basis points parallel shift in rates
$
165
$
362
-200 basis points parallel shift in rates
$
(357)
$
(599)
In the table above, the EaR metric utilized various assumptions, including, among other things, balance sheet size and composition, prepayment behavior and deposit repricing, all of which have inherent uncertainties. The EaR metric does not represent a forecast of our net revenues and preferred stock dividends. We expect our EaR to be more sensitive to short-term interest rates than long-term rates.
Other Market Risk Considerations
We make investments in securities that are accounted for as available-for-sale, held-to-maturity or under the equity method which are included in investments in the consolidated balance sheets. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further information.
Direct investments in real estate are accounted for at cost less accumulated depreciation. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about other assets.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
154
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Financial Statement Linkages to Market Risk Measures
We employ a variety of risk measures, each described in the respective sections above, to monitor market risk across the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of earnings. The related gains and losses on these positions are included in market making, other principal transactions, interest income and interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, and debt valuation adjustment and unrealized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
The table below presents certain assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value or accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value in our consolidated balance sheets and the market risk measures used to assess those assets and liabilities.
Assets or Liabilities
Market Risk Measures
Collateralized agreements and financings
VaR
Customer and other receivables
10% Sensitivity Measures
Trading assets and liabilities
VaR
Credit Spread Sensitivity
10% Sensitivity Measures
Investments
VaR
10% Sensitivity Measures
Loans
VaR
10% Sensitivity Measures
Other assets and liabilities
VaR
Deposits
VaR
Credit Spread Sensitivity
Unsecured borrowings
VaR
Credit Spread Sensitivity
In addition to the above, we measure the interest rate risk for all positions within our consolidated balance sheets using the EaR metric.
Credit Risk Management
Overview
Credit risk represents the potential for loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty (e.g., an OTC derivatives counterparty or a borrower) or an issuer of securities or other instruments we hold. Our exposure to credit risk comes mostly from client transactions in OTC derivatives and loans and lending commitments. Credit risk also comes from cash placed with banks, securities financing transactions (i.e., resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing and lending activities) and customer and other receivables.
Credit Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing our credit risk through firmwide oversight across our global businesses. In addition, we hold other positions that give rise to credit risk (e.g., bonds and secondary bank loans). These credit risks are captured as a component of market risk measures, which are monitored and managed by Market Risk. We also enter into derivatives to manage market risk exposures. Such derivatives also give rise to credit risk, which is monitored and managed by Credit Risk.
Credit Risk Management Process
Our process for managing credit risk includes the critical components of our risk management framework described in the “Overview and Structure of Risk Management,” as well as the following:
•Monitoring compliance with established credit risk limits and reporting our credit exposures and credit concentrations;
•Establishing or approving underwriting standards;
•Assessing the likelihood that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations;
•Measuring our current and potential credit exposure and losses resulting from a counterparty default;
•Using credit risk mitigants, including collateral and hedging; and
•Maximizing recovery through active workout and restructuring of claims.
We also perform credit analyses, which incorporate initial and ongoing evaluations of the capacity and willingness of a counterparty to meet its financial obligations. For substantially all of our credit exposures, the core of our process is an annual counterparty credit evaluation or more frequently if deemed necessary as a result of events or changes in circumstances. We determine an internal credit rating for the counterparty by considering the results of the credit evaluations and assumptions with respect to the nature of and outlook for the counterparty’s industry and the economic environment. For collateralized loans, we also take into consideration collateral received or other credit support arrangements when determining an internal credit rating. Senior personnel, with expertise in specific industries, inspect and approve credit reviews and internal credit ratings.
Our risk assessment process may also include, where applicable, reviewing certain key metrics, including, but not limited to, delinquency status, collateral value, FICO credit scores and other risk factors.
155
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Our credit risk management systems capture credit exposure to individual counterparties and on an aggregate basis to counterparties and their subsidiaries. These systems also provide management with comprehensive information about our aggregate credit risk by product, internal credit rating, industry, country and region.
Risk Measures
We measure our credit risk based on the potential loss in the event of non-payment by a counterparty using current and potential exposure. For derivatives and securities financing transactions, current exposure represents the amount presently owed to us after taking into account applicable netting and collateral arrangements, while potential exposure represents our estimate of the future exposure that could arise over the life of a transaction based on market movements within a specified confidence level. Potential exposure also takes into account netting and collateral arrangements. For loans and lending commitments, the primary measure is a function of the notional amount of the position.
Stress Tests
We conduct regular stress tests to calculate the credit exposures, including potential concentrations that would result from applying shocks to counterparty credit ratings or credit risk factors (e.g., currency rates, interest rates, equity prices). These shocks cover a wide range of moderate and more extreme market movements, including shocks to multiple risk factors, consistent with the occurrence of a severe market or economic event. In the case of sovereign default, we estimate the direct impact of the default on our sovereign credit exposures, changes to our credit exposures arising from potential market moves in response to the default, and the impact of credit market deterioration on corporate borrowers and counterparties that may result from the sovereign default. Unlike potential exposure, which is calculated within a specified confidence level, stress testing does not generally assume a probability of these events occurring. We also perform firmwide stress tests. See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for information about firmwide stress tests.
To supplement these regular stress tests, as described above, we also conduct tailored stress tests on an ad hoc basis in response to specific market events that we deem significant. We also utilize these stress tests to estimate the indirect impact of certain hypothetical events on our country exposures, such as the impact of credit market deterioration on corporate borrowers and counterparties along with the shocks to the risk factors described above. The parameters of these shocks vary based on the scenario reflected in each stress test. We review estimated losses produced by the stress tests in order to understand their magnitude, highlight potential loss concentrations, and assess and seek to mitigate our exposures, where necessary.
Limits
We use credit risk limits at various levels, as well as underwriting standards to manage the size and nature of our credit exposures. Limits for industries and countries are based on our risk appetite and are designed to allow for regular monitoring, review, escalation and management of credit risk concentrations. See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for information about the limit approval process.
Credit Risk is responsible for monitoring these limits, and identifying and escalating to senior management and/or the appropriate risk committee, on a timely basis, instances where limits have been exceeded.
Risk Mitigants
To reduce our credit exposures on derivatives and securities financing transactions, we may enter into netting agreements with counterparties that permit us to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties. We may also reduce credit risk with counterparties by entering into agreements that enable us to obtain collateral from them on an upfront or contingent basis and/or to terminate transactions if the counterparty’s credit rating falls below a specified level. We monitor the fair value of the collateral to ensure that our credit exposures are appropriately collateralized. We seek to minimize exposures where there is a significant positive correlation between the creditworthiness of our counterparties and the market value of collateral we receive.
For loans and lending commitments, depending on the credit quality of the borrower and other characteristics of the transaction, we employ a variety of potential risk mitigants. Risk mitigants include collateral provisions, guarantees, covenants, structural seniority of the bank loan claims and, for certain lending commitments, provisions in the legal documentation that allow us to adjust loan amounts, pricing, structure and other terms as market conditions change. The type and structure of risk mitigants employed can significantly influence the degree of credit risk involved in a loan or lending commitment.
When we do not have sufficient visibility into a counterparty’s financial strength or when we believe a counterparty requires support from its parent, we may obtain third-party guarantees of the counterparty’s obligations. We may also seek to mitigate our credit risk using credit derivatives or participation agreements.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
156
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Credit Exposures
As of September 2024, our aggregate credit exposure decreased compared with December 2023, primarily reflecting a decrease in cash deposits with central banks, partially offset by an increase in loans and lending commitments. The percentage of our credit exposures arising from non-investment-grade counterparties (based on our internally determined public rating agency equivalents) increased compared with December 2023, primarily reflecting a decrease in investment-grade credit exposure related to cash deposits with central banks. Our credit exposures are described further below.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Our credit exposure on cash and cash equivalents arises from our unrestricted cash, and includes both interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing deposits. We seek to mitigate the risk of credit loss, by placing substantially all of our deposits with highly rated banks and central banks.
The table below presents our credit exposure from unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, and the concentration by industry, region and internally determined public rating agency equivalents.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Cash and Cash Equivalents
$140,036
$224,493
Industry
Financial Institutions
16
%
9
%
Sovereign
84
%
91
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Region
Americas
60
%
50
%
EMEA
30
%
34
%
Asia
10
%
16
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
AAA
75
%
65
%
AA
7
%
15
%
A
17
%
20
%
BBB
1
%
–
Total
100
%
100
%
The table above excludes cash segregated for regulatory and other purposes of $14.65 billion as of September 2024 and $17.08 billion as of December 2023.
OTC Derivatives. Our credit exposure on OTC derivatives arises primarily from our market-making activities. As a market maker, we enter into derivative transactions to provide liquidity to clients and to facilitate the transfer and hedging of their risks. We also enter into derivatives to manage market risk exposures. We manage our credit exposure on OTC derivatives using the credit risk process, measures, limits and risk mitigants described above.
We generally enter into OTC derivatives transactions under bilateral collateral arrangements that require the daily exchange of collateral. As credit risk is an essential component of fair value, we include a credit valuation adjustment (CVA) in the fair value of derivatives to reflect counterparty credit risk, as described in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements. CVA is a function of the present value of expected exposure, the probability of counterparty default and the assumed recovery upon default.
The table below presents our net credit exposure from OTC derivatives and the concentration by industry and region.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
OTC derivative assets
$41,561
$42,950
Collateral (not netted under U.S. GAAP)
(15,525)
(14,420)
Net credit exposure
$26,036
$28,530
Industry
Consumer & Retail
4
%
3
%
Diversified Industrials
11
%
11
%
Financial Institutions
17
%
21
%
Funds
23
%
20
%
Healthcare
3
%
2
%
Municipalities & Nonprofit
3
%
4
%
Natural Resources & Utilities
16
%
17
%
Sovereign
10
%
14
%
Technology, Media & Telecommunications
8
%
6
%
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles)
5
%
2
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Region
Americas
44
%
48
%
EMEA
49
%
45
%
Asia
7
%
7
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Our credit exposure (before any potential recoveries) to OTC derivative counterparties that defaulted during the nine months ended September 2024 remained low, representing less than 2% of our total credit exposure from OTC derivatives.
In the table above:
•OTC derivative assets, included in the consolidated balance sheets, are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net receivable for a given counterparty) when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement (counterparty netting) and are accounted for at fair value, net of cash collateral received under enforceable credit support agreements (cash collateral netting).
•Collateral represents cash collateral and the fair value of securities collateral, primarily U.S. and non-U.S. government and agency obligations, received under credit support agreements, that we consider when determining credit risk, but such collateral is not eligible for netting under U.S. GAAP.
157
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
The table below presents the distribution of our net credit exposure from OTC derivatives by tenor.
$ in millions
Investment- Grade
Non-Investment- Grade / Unrated
Total
As of September 2024
Less than 1 year
$
15,715
$
8,111
$
23,826
1 – 5 years
19,079
5,864
24,943
Greater than 5 years
50,332
3,514
53,846
Total
85,126
17,489
102,615
Netting
(69,061)
(7,518)
(76,579)
Net credit exposure
$
16,065
$
9,971
$
26,036
As of December 2023
Less than 1 year
$
19,314
$
7,700
$
27,014
1 – 5 years
19,673
6,331
26,004
Greater than 5 years
51,944
3,999
55,943
Total
90,931
18,030
108,961
Netting
(72,412)
(8,019)
(80,431)
Net credit exposure
$
18,519
$
10,011
$
28,530
In the table above:
•Tenor is based on remaining contractual maturity for substantially all OTC derivative assets.
•Netting includes counterparty netting across tenor categories and collateral that we consider when determining credit risk (including collateral that is not eligible for netting under U.S. GAAP). Counterparty netting within the same tenor category is included within such tenor category.
The tables below present the distribution of our net credit exposure from OTC derivatives by tenor and internally determined public rating agency equivalents.
Investment-Grade
$ in millions
AAA
AA
A
BBB
Total
As of September 2024
Less than 1 year
$
388
$
2,547
$
6,220
$
6,560
$
15,715
1 – 5 years
815
4,874
7,798
5,592
19,079
Greater than 5 years
2,147
14,280
18,435
15,470
50,332
Total
3,350
21,701
32,453
27,622
85,126
Netting
(1,402)
(19,453)
(28,016)
(20,190)
(69,061)
Net credit exposure
$
1,948
$
2,248
$
4,437
$
7,432
$
16,065
As of December 2023
Less than 1 year
$
583
$
4,383
$
7,718
$
6,630
$
19,314
1 – 5 years
1,226
4,850
6,755
6,842
19,673
Greater than 5 years
5,963
13,417
15,507
17,057
51,944
Total
7,772
22,650
29,980
30,529
90,931
Netting
(5,308)
(18,364)
(25,470)
(23,270)
(72,412)
Net credit exposure
$
2,464
$
4,286
$
4,510
$
7,259
$
18,519
Non-Investment-Grade / Unrated
$ in millions
≤ BB
Unrated
Total
As of September 2024
Less than 1 year
$
7,293
$
818
$
8,111
1 – 5 years
5,835
29
5,864
Greater than 5 years
3,380
134
3,514
Total
16,508
981
17,489
Netting
(7,447)
(71)
(7,518)
Net credit exposure
$
9,061
$
910
$
9,971
As of December 2023
Less than 1 year
$
7,274
$
426
$
7,700
1 – 5 years
6,244
87
6,331
Greater than 5 years
3,887
112
3,999
Total
17,405
625
18,030
Netting
(7,975)
(44)
(8,019)
Net credit exposure
$
9,430
$
581
$
10,011
Lending Activities. We manage our lending activities using the credit risk process, measures, limits and risk mitigants described above. Other lending positions, including secondary trading positions, are risk-managed as a component of market risk.
The table below presents our loans and lending commitments.
$ in millions
Loans
Lending Commitments
Total
As of September 2024
Corporate
$
32,819
$
166,081
$
198,900
Commercial real estate
28,413
3,994
32,407
Residential real estate
25,018
2,241
27,259
Securities-based
16,014
1,535
17,549
Other collateralized
72,696
30,230
102,926
Consumer:
Installment
196
–
196
Credit cards
19,908
77,446
97,354
Other
1,437
775
2,212
Total
$
196,501
$
282,302
$
478,803
Allowance for loan losses
$
(4,752)
$
(697)
$
(5,449)
As of December 2023
Corporate
$
35,874
$
144,463
$
180,337
Commercial real estate
26,028
3,440
29,468
Residential real estate
25,388
1,471
26,859
Securities-based
14,621
691
15,312
Other collateralized
62,225
23,731
85,956
Consumer:
Installment
3,298
2,250
5,548
Credit cards
19,361
70,824
90,185
Other
1,613
888
2,501
Total
$
188,408
$
247,758
$
436,166
Allowance for loan losses
$
(5,050)
$
(620)
$
(5,670)
In the table above, lending commitments excluded $5.40 billion as of September 2024 and $5.81 billion as of December 2023 related to issued letters of credit which are classified as guarantees in our consolidated financial statements. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about guarantees.
See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for information about net charge-offs on wholesale and consumer loans, as well as past due and nonaccrual loans accounted for at amortized cost.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
158
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Corporate. Corporate loans and lending commitments include term loans, revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and bridge loans, and are principally used for operating and general corporate purposes, or in connection with acquisitions. Corporate loans are secured (typically by a senior lien on the assets of the borrower) or unsecured, depending on the loan purpose, the risk profile of the borrower and other factors.
The table below presents our credit exposure from corporate loans and lending commitments, and the concentration by industry, region, internally determined public rating agency equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions
Loans
Lending Commitments
Total
As of September 2024
Corporate
$32,819
$166,081
$198,900
Industry
Consumer & Retail
10
%
15
%
14
%
Diversified Industrials
18
%
19
%
19
%
Financial Institutions
9
%
10
%
10
%
Funds
4
%
2
%
3
%
Healthcare
9
%
10
%
10
%
Natural Resources & Utilities
9
%
16
%
15
%
Real Estate
14
%
5
%
6
%
Technology, Media & Telecommunications
23
%
21
%
21
%
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles)
4
%
2
%
2
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Region
Americas
66
%
75
%
73
%
EMEA
26
%
24
%
24
%
Asia
8
%
1
%
3
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
AAA
–
2
%
1
%
AA
1
%
4
%
4
%
A
4
%
19
%
16
%
BBB
23
%
38
%
36
%
BB or lower
72
%
37
%
43
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
As of December 2023
Corporate
$35,874
$144,463
$180,337
Industry
Consumer & Retail
11
%
13
%
12
%
Diversified Industrials
17
%
20
%
20
%
Financial Institutions
8
%
9
%
9
%
Funds
4
%
3
%
3
%
Healthcare
9
%
11
%
10
%
Natural Resources & Utilities
8
%
18
%
16
%
Real Estate
13
%
5
%
7
%
Technology, Media & Telecommunications
25
%
20
%
21
%
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles)
5
%
1
%
2
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Region
Americas
63
%
77
%
74
%
EMEA
29
%
22
%
23
%
Asia
8
%
1
%
3
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
AAA
–
1
%
1
%
AA
1
%
5
%
4
%
A
5
%
20
%
17
%
BBB
20
%
41
%
37
%
BB or lower
74
%
33
%
41
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Commercial Real Estate. Commercial real estate includes originated loans and lending commitments that are directly or indirectly secured by hotels, retail stores, multifamily housing complexes and commercial and industrial properties. Commercial real estate also includes loans and lending commitments extended to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly backed by commercial real estate. In addition, commercial real estate includes loans purchased by us.
The table below presents our credit exposure from commercial real estate loans and lending commitments, and the concentration by region, internally determined public rating agency equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions
Loans
Lending Commitments
Total
As of September 2024
Commercial Real Estate
$28,413
$3,994
$32,407
Region
Americas
78
%
82
%
78
%
EMEA
19
%
18
%
19
%
Asia
3
%
–
3
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
Investment-grade
52
%
57
%
52
%
Non-investment-grade
47
%
41
%
47
%
Unrated
1
%
2
%
1
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
As of December 2023
Commercial Real Estate
$26,028
$3,440
$29,468
Region
Americas
80
%
74
%
79
%
EMEA
17
%
25
%
18
%
Asia
3
%
1
%
3
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
Investment-grade
47
%
46
%
47
%
Non-investment-grade
52
%
54
%
52
%
Unrated
1
%
–
1
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
In the table above:
•The concentration of loans and lending commitments by asset class as of September 2024 was 51% for warehouse and other indirect, 11% for multifamily, 7% for industrials, 6% for hospitality, 5% for office, 3% for mixed use and 17% for other asset classes. The concentration of loans and lending commitments by asset class as of December 2023 was 42% for warehouse and other indirect, 13% for multifamily, 12% for industrials, 7% for office, 7% for hospitality, 7% for mixed use and 12% for other asset classes.
•The net charge-off ratio for commercial real estate loans was 0.3% for the nine months ended September 2024. The net charge-off ratio is calculated by dividing annualized net charge-offs by average gross loans accounted for at amortized cost.
159
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
In addition, we also have credit exposure to commercial real estate loans held for securitization of $798 million as of September 2024 and $119 million as of December 2023. Such loans are included in trading assets in our consolidated balance sheets.
Residential Real Estate. Residential real estate loans and lending commitments are primarily extended to wealth management clients and to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly secured by residential real estate. In addition, residential real estate includes loans purchased by us.
The table below presents our credit exposure from residential real estate loans and lending commitments, and the concentration by region, internally determined public rating agency equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions
Loans
Lending Commitments
Total
As of September 2024
Residential Real Estate
$25,018
$2,241
$27,259
Region
Americas
95
%
100
%
95
%
EMEA
4
%
–
4
%
Asia
1
%
–
1
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
Investment-grade
38
%
32
%
37
%
Non-investment-grade
14
%
47
%
17
%
Other metrics
48
%
21
%
46
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
As of December 2023
Residential Real Estate
$25,388
$1,471
$26,859
Region
Americas
95
%
93
%
95
%
EMEA
4
%
7
%
4
%
Asia
1
%
–
1
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
Investment-grade
42
%
56
%
43
%
Non-investment-grade
13
%
25
%
13
%
Other metrics
45
%
16
%
43
%
Unrated
–
3
%
1
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
In the table above:
•Credit exposure included loans and lending commitments of $14.21 billion as of September 2024 and $14.45 billion as of December 2023 which are extended to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly secured by residential real estate.
•Substantially all residential real estate loans included in the other metrics category consists of loans extended to wealth management clients. As of both September 2024 and December 2023, substantially all of such loans had a loan-to-value ratio of less than 80% and were performing in accordance with the contractual terms. Additionally, as of both September 2024 and December 2023, the vast majority of such loans had a FICO credit score of greater than 740.
In addition, we also have credit exposure to residential real estate loans held for securitization of $8.94 billion as of September 2024 and $7.65 billion as of December 2023. Such loans are included in trading assets in our consolidated balance sheets.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
160
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Securities-Based. Securities-based includes loans and lending commitments that are secured by stocks, bonds, mutual funds, and exchange-traded funds. These loans and commitments are primarily extended to our wealth management clients and used for purposes other than purchasing, carrying or trading margin stocks. Securities-based loans require borrowers to post additional collateral on a daily basis (daily margin requirement) based on changes in the underlying collateral’s fair value.
The table below presents our credit exposure from securities-based loans and lending commitments, and the concentration by region, internally determined public rating agency equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions
Loans
Lending Commitments
Total
As of September 2024
Securities-based
$16,014
$1,535
$17,549
Region
Americas
75
%
49
%
73
%
EMEA
25
%
51
%
27
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
Investment-grade
76
%
62
%
75
%
Non-investment-grade
2
%
–
2
%
Other metrics
22
%
38
%
23
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
As of December 2023
Securities-based
$14,621
$691
$15,312
Region
Americas
79
%
98
%
80
%
EMEA
20
%
2
%
19
%
Asia
1
%
–
1
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
Investment-grade
75
%
25
%
73
%
Non-investment-grade
4
%
2
%
4
%
Other metrics
21
%
73
%
23
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
In the table above, the vast majority of securities-based loans included in the other metrics category had a loan-to-value ratio of less than 80% and were performing in accordance with the contractual terms as of both September 2024 and December 2023.
Other Collateralized. Other collateralized includes loans and lending commitments that are backed by specific collateral (other than securities-based loans where there is a daily margin requirement and real estate loans). Such loans and lending commitments are extended to clients who warehouse assets that are directly or indirectly secured by corporate loans, consumer loans and other assets. Other collateralized also includes loans and lending commitments to investment funds (managed by third parties) that are collateralized by capital commitments of the funds’ investors or assets held by the fund, as well as other secured loans and lending commitments extended to our wealth management and corporate clients.
The table below presents our credit exposure from other collateralized loans and lending commitments, and the concentration by region, internally determined public rating agency equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions
Loans
Lending Commitments
Total
As of September 2024
Other Collateralized
$72,696
$30,230
$102,926
Region
Americas
84
%
90
%
86
%
EMEA
15
%
8
%
12
%
Asia
1
%
2
%
2
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
Investment-grade
85
%
86
%
85
%
Non-investment-grade
14
%
13
%
14
%
Unrated
1
%
1
%
1
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
As of December 2023
Other Collateralized
$62,225
$23,731
$85,956
Region
Americas
89
%
94
%
90
%
EMEA
10
%
5
%
9
%
Asia
1
%
1
%
1
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
Investment-grade
78
%
80
%
79
%
Non-investment-grade
21
%
18
%
20
%
Unrated
1
%
2
%
1
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
In the table above, credit exposure included loans and lending commitments extended to clients who warehouse assets of $30.44 billion as of September 2024 and $21.78 billion as of December 2023.
161
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Credit Cards and Installment Loans. We provide credit card loans (pursuant to revolving lines of credit) to consumers in the Americas. The credit card lines are cancellable by us and therefore do not result in credit exposure. We also have installment loans to consumers in the Americas but have ceased originating such loans.
The tables below present our credit exposure from credit card funded loans and originated installment loans, and the concentration by the five most concentrated U.S. states.
$ in millions
Credit Cards
As of September 2024
Loans, gross
$19,908
California
17
%
Texas
9
%
Florida
9
%
New York
8
%
Illinois
4
%
Other
53
%
Total
100
%
As of December 2023
Loans, gross
$19,361
California
17
%
Texas
9
%
Florida
8
%
New York
8
%
Illinois
4
%
Other
54
%
Total
100
%
$ in millions
Installment
As of September 2024
Loans, gross
$196
New Jersey
20
%
California
15
%
New York
13
%
Florida
10
%
Minnesota
7
%
Other
35
%
Total
100
%
As of December 2023
Loans, gross
$3,298
California
8
%
Texas
8
%
Florida
7
%
New York
5
%
New Jersey
5
%
Other
67
%
Total
100
%
In addition, we had credit exposure of $2.25 billion as of December 2023 related to our commitments to extend unsecured installment loans to consumers.
See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about the credit quality indicators of credit card and installment loans.
Other. Other includes unsecured loans extended to wealth management clients and unsecured consumer and credit card loans purchased by us.
The table below presents our credit exposure from other loans and lending commitments, and the concentration by region, internally determined public rating agency equivalents and other credit metrics.
$ in millions
Loans
Lending Commitments
Total
As of September 2024
Other
$1,437
$775
$2,212
Region
Americas
96
%
95
%
96
%
EMEA
4
%
5
%
4
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
Investment-grade
81
%
66
%
76
%
Non-investment-grade
10
%
18
%
13
%
Other metrics
9
%
16
%
11
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
As of December 2023
Other
$1,613
$888
$2,501
Region
Americas
97
%
100
%
98
%
EMEA
3
%
–
2
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
Investment-grade
61
%
87
%
70
%
Non-investment-grade
9
%
13
%
11
%
Other metrics
30
%
–
19
%
Total
100
%
100
%
100
%
In the table above, other metrics primarily includes consumer and credit card loans purchased by us. Our risk assessment process for such loans includes reviewing certain key metrics, such as expected cash flows, delinquency status and other risk factors.
In addition, we also have credit exposure to other loans held for securitization of $1.10 billion as of September 2024 and $1.22 billion as of December 2023. Such loans are included in trading assets in our consolidated balance sheets.
Credit Hedges. We seek to mitigate the credit risk associated with our lending activities by obtaining credit protection on certain loans and lending commitments through credit default swaps, both single-name and index-based contracts, and through the issuance of credit-linked notes.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
162
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Securities Financing Transactions. We enter into securities financing transactions in order to, among other things, facilitate client activities, invest excess cash, acquire securities to cover short positions and finance certain activities. We bear credit risk related to resale agreements and securities borrowed only to the extent that cash advanced or the value of securities pledged or delivered to the counterparty exceeds the value of the collateral received. We also have credit exposure on repurchase agreements and securities loaned to the extent that the value of securities pledged or delivered to the counterparty for these transactions exceeds the amount of cash or collateral received. Securities collateral for these transactions primarily includes U.S. and non-U.S. government and agency obligations.
The table below presents our credit exposure from securities financing transactions and the concentration by industry, region and internally determined public rating agency equivalents.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Securities Financing Transactions
$42,499
$40,201
Industry
Financial Institutions
33
%
30
%
Funds
28
%
33
%
Municipalities & Nonprofit
8
%
7
%
Sovereign
31
%
29
%
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles)
–
1
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Region
Americas
43
%
45
%
EMEA
21
%
38
%
Asia
36
%
17
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
AAA
20
%
14
%
AA
23
%
31
%
A
42
%
38
%
BBB
9
%
7
%
BB or lower
6
%
10
%
Total
100
%
100
%
The table above reflects both netting agreements and collateral that we consider when determining credit risk.
Other Credit Exposures. We are exposed to credit risk from our receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and customers and counterparties. Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations primarily consist of initial margin placed with clearing organizations and receivables related to sales of securities which have traded, but not yet settled. These receivables generally have minimal credit risk due to the low probability of clearing organization default and the short-term nature of receivables related to securities settlements. Receivables from customers and counterparties generally consist of collateralized receivables related to customer securities transactions and generally have minimal credit risk due to both the value of the collateral received and the short-term nature of these receivables.
The table below presents our other credit exposures and the concentration by industry, region and internally determined public rating agency equivalents.
As of
September
December
$ in millions
2024
2023
Other Credit Exposures
$48,779
$50,820
Industry
Financial Institutions
72
%
80
%
Funds
18
%
13
%
Other (including Special Purpose Vehicles)
10
%
7
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Region
Americas
43
%
35
%
EMEA
44
%
54
%
Asia
13
%
11
%
Total
100
%
100
%
Credit Quality (Credit Rating Equivalent)
AAA
3
%
2
%
AA
43
%
57
%
A
26
%
26
%
BBB
8
%
6
%
BB or lower
18
%
8
%
Unrated
2
%
1
%
Total
100
%
100
%
The table above reflects collateral that we consider when determining credit risk.
163
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Selected Exposures
We have credit and market exposures, as described below, that have had heightened focus given recent events and broad market concerns. Credit exposure represents the potential for loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty or borrower. Market exposure represents the potential for loss in value of our long and short positions due to changes in market prices.
Country Exposures. The Russian invasion of Ukraine has negatively affected the global economy and increased macroeconomic uncertainty. Our total credit exposure to Ukrainian counterparties or borrowers was not material as of September 2024. Our total market exposure to Ukrainian issuers as of September 2024 was $108 million, primarily to sovereign issuers. Such exposure consisted of $117 million related to debt and $(9) million related to credit derivatives. Our credit exposure to Russian counterparties or borrowers and our market exposure to Russian issuers was not material as of September 2024. See “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K for further information about our risks related to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine.
Economic challenges persist for the Argentine government given uncertainty relating to its fiscal and economic policies. As of September 2024, our total credit exposure to Argentinian counterparties or borrowers was not material. Our total market exposure to Argentinian issuers as of September 2024 was $126 million, primarily to non-sovereign issuers. Such exposure consisted of $47 million related to debt, $10 million related to credit derivatives and $69 million related to equities.
In addition, economic and/or political uncertainties in Ethiopia, Lebanon and Venezuela have led to concerns about their financial stability. Our credit exposure to counterparties or borrowers and our market exposure to issuers relating to each of these countries was not material as of September 2024.
We have a comprehensive framework to monitor, measure and assess our country exposures and to determine our risk appetite. We determine the country of risk by the location of the counterparty, issuer’s assets, where they generate revenue, the country in which they are headquartered, the jurisdiction where a claim against them could be enforced, and/or the government whose policies affect their ability to repay their obligations. We monitor our credit exposure to a specific country both at the individual counterparty level, as well as at the aggregate country level. See “Stress Tests” for information about stress tests that are designed to estimate the direct and indirect impact of events involving the above countries.
Operational Risk Management
Overview
Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems or from external events. Our exposure to operational risk arises from routine processing errors, as well as extraordinary incidents, such as major systems failures or legal and regulatory matters.
Potential types of loss events related to internal and external operational risk include:
•Execution, delivery and process management;
•Business disruption and system failures;
•Employment practices and workplace safety;
•Clients, products and business practices;
•Damage to physical assets;
•Internal fraud; and
•External fraud.
Operational Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for developing and implementing a formalized framework for assessing, monitoring and managing operational risk with the goal of maintaining our exposure to operational risk at levels that are within our risk appetite.
Operational Risk Management Process
Our process for managing operational risk includes the critical components of our risk management framework described in the “Overview and Structure of Risk Management,” including a comprehensive data collection process, as well as firmwide policies and procedures, for operational risk events.
We combine top-down and bottom-up approaches to manage and measure operational risk. From a top-down perspective, our senior management assesses firmwide and business-level operational risk profiles. From a bottom-up perspective, our first and second lines of defense are responsible for risk identification and risk management on a day-to-day basis, including escalating operational risks and risk events to senior management.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
164
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
We seek to maintain a comprehensive control framework designed to provide a well-controlled environment to minimize operational risks. The Firmwide Operational Risk and Resilience Committee is responsible for overseeing operational risk and the operational resilience of our business.
Our operational risk management framework is designed to comply with the operational risk measurement rules under the Capital Framework and has evolved based on the changing needs of our businesses and regulatory guidance.
We have established policies that require all employees and consultants to report and escalate operational risk events. When operational risk events are identified, our policies require that the events be documented and analyzed to determine whether changes are required in our systems and/or processes to further mitigate the risk of future events.
We use operational risk management applications to capture, analyze, aggregate and report operational risk event data and key metrics. One of our key risk identification and control assessment tools is an operational risk and control self-assessment process, which is performed by our managers. This process consists of the identification and rating of operational risks, on a forward-looking basis, and the related controls. The results from this process are analyzed to evaluate operational risk exposures and identify businesses, activities or products with heightened levels of operational risk.
Risk Measurement
We measure our operational risk exposure using both statistical modeling and scenario analyses, which involve qualitative and quantitative assessments of internal and external operational risk event data and internal control factors for each of our businesses. Operational risk measurement also incorporates an assessment of business environment factors, including:
•Evaluations of the complexity of our business activities;
•The degree of automation in our processes;
•New activity information;
•The legal and regulatory environment; and
•Changes in the markets for our products and services, including the diversity and sophistication of our customers and counterparties.
The results from these scenario analyses are used to monitor changes in operational risk and to determine business lines that may have heightened exposure to operational risk. These analyses are used in the determination of the appropriate level of operational risk capital to hold. We also perform firmwide stress tests. See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for information about firmwide stress tests.
Types of Operational Risks
Increased reliance on technology and third-party relationships has resulted in increased operational risks, such as third-party risk, business resilience risk and cybersecurity risk. See “Cybersecurity Risk Management” for information about our cybersecurity risk management process. We manage third-party and business resilience risks as follows:
Third-Party Risk. Third-party risk, including vendor risk, is the risk of an adverse impact due to reliance on third parties performing services or activities on our behalf. These risks may include legal, regulatory, information security, cybersecurity, reputational, operational or other risks inherent in engaging a third party. We identify, manage and report key third-party risks and conduct due diligence across multiple risk domains, including information security and cybersecurity, resilience and additional supply chain dependencies. We evaluate whether vendors design, implement, and maintain information security controls consistent with our security policies and standards. Vendors that access and process our information on their infrastructure external to our network are required to undergo an initial risk assessment, resulting in the assignment of a vendor inherent risk rating that is determined based on a number of factors, including the type of data stored and processed by a particular vendor. Subsequently, we conduct re-certifications at a depth and frequency that is commensurate with each vendor’s inherent risk rating as a component of our risk-based approach to vendor oversight. Vendors are required to agree to standard contractual provisions before receiving sensitive information from us. These provisions have specific information security control requirements, which apply to vendors that store, access, transmit or otherwise process sensitive information on our behalf. The Third-Party Risk Program monitors, reviews and reassesses third-party risks on an ongoing basis. See “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K for further information about third-party risk.
Business Resilience Risk. Business resilience risk is the risk of disruption to our critical processes. We monitor threats and assess risks and seek to ensure our state of readiness in the event of a significant operational disruption to the normal operations of our critical functions or their dependencies, such as critical facilities, systems, third parties, data and/or personnel. Our resilience framework defines the fundamental principles for business continuity planning (BCP) and crisis management to ensure that critical functions can continue to operate in the event of a disruption. We seek to maintain a business continuity program that is comprehensive, consistent on a firmwide basis, and up-to-date, incorporating new information, including resilience capabilities. Our resilience assurance program encompasses testing of response and recovery strategies on a regular basis with the objective of minimizing and preventing significant operational disruptions. See “Business — Business Continuity and Information Security” in Part I, Item 1 of the 2023 Form 10-K for further information about business continuity.
165
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Cybersecurity Risk Management
Overview
Cybersecurity risk is the risk of compromising the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our data and systems, leading to an adverse impact to us, our reputation, our clients and/or the broader financial system. We seek to minimize the occurrence and impact of unauthorized access, disruption or use of information and/or information systems. We deploy and operate preventive and detective controls and processes to mitigate emerging and evolving information security and cybersecurity threats, including monitoring our network for known vulnerabilities and signs of unauthorized attempts to access our data and systems. There is increased information risk through diversification of our data across external service providers, including use of a variety of cloud-provided or -hosted services and applications. In addition, new AI technologies may increase the frequency and severity of cybersecurity attacks. See “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K for further information about information and cybersecurity risk.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Process
Our cybersecurity risk management processes are integrated into our overall risk management processes described in the “Overview and Structure of Risk Management.” We have established an Information Security and Cybersecurity Program (the Cybersecurity Program), administered by Technology Risk within Engineering, and overseen by our CISO. This program is designed to identify, assess, document and mitigate threats, establish and evaluate compliance with information security mandates, adopt and apply our security control framework, and prevent, detect and respond to security incidents. The Cybersecurity Program is periodically reviewed and modified to respond to changing threats and conditions. A dedicated Operational Risk team, which reports to the chief risk officer, provides oversight and challenge of the Cybersecurity Program, independent of Technology Risk, and assesses the operating effectiveness of the program against industry standard frameworks and Board risk appetite-approved operational risk limits and thresholds.
Our process for managing cybersecurity risk includes the critical components of our risk management framework described in the “Overview and Structure of Risk Management,” as well as the following:
•Training and education, to enable our people to recognize information and cybersecurity concerns and respond accordingly;
•Identity and access management, including entitlement management and production access;
•Application and software security, including software change management, open source software, and backup and restoration;
•Infrastructure security, including monitoring our network for known vulnerabilities and signs of unauthorized attempts to access our data and systems;
•Mobile security, including mobile applications;
•Data security, including cryptography and encryption, database security, data erasure and media disposal;
•Cloud computing, including governance and security of cloud applications, and software-as-a-service data onboarding;
•Technology operations, including change management, incident management, capacity and resilience; and
•Third-party risk management, including vendor management and governance, and cybersecurity and business resiliency on vendor assessments.
In conjunction with third-party vendors and consultants, we perform risk assessments to gauge the performance of the Cybersecurity Program, to estimate our risk profile and to assess compliance with relevant regulatory requirements. We perform periodic assessments of control efficacy through our internal risk and control self-assessment process, as well as a variety of external technical assessments, including external penetration tests and “red team” engagements where third parties test our defenses. The results of these risk assessments, together with control performance findings, are used to establish priorities, allocate resources, and identify and improve controls. We use third parties, such as outside forensics firms, to augment our cyber incident response capabilities. We have a vendor management program that documents a risk-based framework for managing third-party vendor relationships. Information security risk management is built into our vendor management process, which covers vendor selection, onboarding, performance monitoring and risk management. See “Third-Party Risk” for further information about vendor risk.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
166
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
During the first nine months of 2024, we did not identify any cybersecurity threats that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. Technology Risk monitors cybersecurity threats and risks from information security and cybersecurity matters on an ongoing basis, and allocates resources and directs operations in a manner designed to mitigate those risks. For example, in response to the proliferation of ransomware attacks reported globally over the past year, we have emphasized phishing training for our employees and allocated additional resources for business continuity. However, despite these efforts, we cannot eliminate all cybersecurity risks or provide assurances that we have not had occurrences of undetected cybersecurity incidents.
Governance
The Board, both directly and through its committees, including its Risk and Audit Committees, oversees our risk management policies and practices, including cybersecurity risks, and information security and cybersecurity matters. Our chief risk officer, chief information officer and chief technology officer, among others, periodically brief the Board on operational and technology risks, including cybersecurity risks, that we face. The Board also receives regular briefings from our CISO on a range of cybersecurity-related topics, including the status of our Cybersecurity Program, emerging cybersecurity threats, mitigation strategies and related regulatory engagements. In addition, these are topics on which various directors maintain an ongoing dialogue with our CISO, chief information officer and chief technology officer.
Our CISO is responsible for managing and implementing the Cybersecurity Program and reports directly to our chief information officer. Our CISO oversees our Technology Risk team, which assesses and manages material risks from cybersecurity threats, sets firmwide control requirements, assesses adherence to controls, and oversees incident detection and response.
In addition, we have a series of committees that oversee the implementation of our cybersecurity risk management strategy and framework. These committees are informed about cybersecurity incidents and risks by designated members of Technology Risk, who periodically report to these committees about the Cybersecurity Program, including the efforts of the Technology Risk teams to prevent, detect, mitigate and remediate incidents and threats. These committees enable formal escalation and reporting of risks, and our CISO and other members of Technology Risk provide regular briefings to these committees.
The Firmwide Technology Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing matters related to the design, development, deployment and use of technology. This committee oversees cybersecurity matters, as well as technology risk management frameworks and methodologies, and monitors their effectiveness. This committee is co-chaired by our CISO and our chief technology officer, and reports to the Firmwide Enterprise Risk Committee. To assist the Firmwide Technology Risk Committee in carrying out its mandate, the Firmwide Artificial Intelligence Risk and Controls Committee, which oversees risks associated with the use of AI, reports to the Firmwide Technology Risk Committee. See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for further information about this committee.
The Digital Risk Office Steering Group oversees Engineering risk decisions, monitors control performance and reviews approaches to comply with current and emerging regulation applicable to Engineering. This steering group is chaired by our CISO, and reports to the Firmwide Technology Risk Committee.
Our CISO, senior management within Technology Risk and Operational Risk, as well as management personnel overseeing the Cybersecurity Program, all have substantial relevant expertise in the areas of information security and cybersecurity risk management.
Model Risk Management
Overview
Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions made based on model outputs that may be incorrect or used inappropriately. We rely on quantitative models across our business activities primarily to value certain financial assets and liabilities, to monitor and manage our risk, and to measure and monitor our regulatory capital.
Model Risk, which is independent of our revenue-producing units, model developers, model owners and model users, and reports to our chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing our model risk through firmwide oversight across our global businesses, and provides periodic updates to senior management, risk committees and the Risk Committee of the Board.
Our model risk management framework is managed through a governance structure and risk management controls, which encompass standards designed to ensure we maintain a comprehensive model inventory, including risk assessment and classification, sound model development practices, independent review and model-specific usage controls. The Firmwide Model Risk Control Committee oversees our model risk management framework.
167
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Model Review and Validation Process
Model Risk consists of quantitative professionals who perform an independent review, validation and approval of our models. This review includes an analysis of the model documentation, independent testing, an assessment of the appropriateness of the methodology used, and verification of compliance with model development and implementation standards.
We regularly refine and enhance our models to reflect changes in market or economic conditions and our business mix. All models are reviewed on an annual basis, and new models or significant changes to existing models and their assumptions are approved prior to implementation.
The model validation process incorporates a review of models and trade and risk parameters across a broad range of scenarios (including extreme conditions) in order to critically evaluate and verify:
•The model’s conceptual soundness, including the reasonableness of model assumptions, and suitability for intended use;
•The testing strategy utilized by the model developers to ensure that the models function as intended;
•The suitability of the calculation techniques incorporated in the model;
•The model’s accuracy in reflecting the characteristics of the related product and its significant risks;
•The model’s consistency with models for similar products; and
•The model’s sensitivity to input parameters and assumptions.
See “Critical Accounting Policies — Fair Value — Review of Valuation Models,” “Liquidity Risk Management,” “Market Risk Management,” “Credit Risk Management” and “Operational Risk Management” for further information about our use of models within these areas.
Other Risk Management
In addition to the areas of risks discussed above, we also manage other risks, including capital, climate, compliance and conflicts. These areas of risks are discussed below.
Capital Risk Management
Capital risk is the risk that our capital is insufficient to support our business activities under normal and stressed market conditions or we face capital reductions or RWA increases, including from new or revised rules or changes in interpretations of existing rules, and are therefore unable to meet our internal capital targets or external regulatory capital requirements. Capital adequacy is of critical importance to us. Accordingly, we have in place a comprehensive capital management policy that provides a framework, defines objectives and establishes guidelines to maintain an appropriate level and composition of capital in both business-as-usual and stressed conditions. Our capital management framework is designed to provide us with the information needed to identify and comprehensively manage risk, and develop and apply projected stress scenarios that capture idiosyncratic vulnerabilities with a goal of holding sufficient capital to remain adequately capitalized even after experiencing a severe stress event. See “Capital Management and Regulatory Capital” for further information about our capital management process.
We have established a comprehensive governance structure to manage and oversee our day-to-day capital management activities and to ensure compliance with capital rules and related policies. Our capital management activities are overseen by the Board and its committees. The Board is responsible for approving our annual capital plan and the Risk Committee of the Board approves our capital management policy, which details the risk committees and members of senior management who are responsible for the ongoing monitoring of our capital adequacy and evaluation of current and future regulatory capital requirements, the review of the results of our capital planning and stress tests processes, and the results of our capital models. In addition, our risk committees and senior management are responsible for the review of our contingency capital plan, key capital adequacy metrics, including regulatory capital ratios, and capital plan metrics, such as the payout ratio, as well as monitoring capital targets and potential breaches of capital requirements.
Our process for managing capital risk also includes independent oversight by Risk that assesses our capital management framework, regulatory capital policies and related interpretations and escalates certain interpretations to senior management and/or the appropriate risk committee. This oversight includes, among other things, independent review and challenge of our capital ratio targets, planned capital actions and regulatory capital calculations; analysis of the related documentation; independent testing; and an assessment of the appropriateness of the calculations and their alignment with the relevant regulatory capital rules.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
168
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Climate-Related and Environmental Risk Management
We categorize climate-related and environmental risks into physical risk and transition risk. Physical risk is the risk that asset values may decline or operations may be disrupted as a result of changes in the climate, while transition risk is the risk that asset values may decline because of changes in climate policies or changes in the underlying economy due to decarbonization.
As a global financial institution, climate-related and environmental risks manifest in different ways across our businesses. We have continued to make significant enhancements to our climate risk management framework, including steps to further integrate climate risk into our broader risk management processes. We have integrated oversight of climate-related risks into our risk management governance structure, from senior management to our Board and its committees, including the Risk and Public Responsibilities Committees. The Risk Committee of the Board oversees firmwide financial and nonfinancial risks, which include climate risk, and, as part of its oversight, receives updates on our risk management approach to climate risk, including our approaches towards scenario analysis and integration into existing risk management processes. The Public Responsibilities Committee of the Board assists the Board in its oversight of our firmwide sustainability strategy and sustainability issues affecting us, including with respect to climate change. As part of its oversight, the Public Responsibilities Committee receives periodic updates on our sustainability strategy, and also periodically reviews our governance and related policies and processes for sustainability and climate change-related matters. Senior management within Risk, in coordination with senior management in both our revenue-producing units and our other independent risk oversight and control functions, is responsible for the development of the climate-related and environmental risk program. The objective of this program is to integrate climate-related and environmental risks into existing risk disciplines and business considerations, such as the integration of climate risk into our credit evaluation and underwriting processes for select industries.
See “Business — Sustainability” in Part I, Item 1 and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K for information about our sustainability initiatives, including in relation to climate transition.
Compliance Risk Management
Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss or damage to our reputation arising from our failure to comply with the requirements of applicable laws, rules and regulations, and our internal policies and procedures. Compliance risk is inherent in all activities through which we conduct our businesses. Our Compliance Risk Management Program, administered by Compliance, assesses our compliance, regulatory and reputational risk; monitors for compliance with new or amended laws, rules and regulations; designs and implements controls, policies, procedures and training; conducts independent testing; investigates, surveils and monitors for compliance risks and breaches; and leads our responses to regulatory examinations, audits and inquiries. We monitor and review business practices to assess whether they meet or exceed minimum regulatory and legal standards in all markets and jurisdictions in which we conduct business.
Conflicts Management
Conflicts of interest and our approach to dealing with them are fundamental to our client relationships, our reputation and our long-term success. The term “conflict of interest” does not have a universally accepted meaning, and conflicts can arise in many forms within a business or between businesses. The responsibility for identifying potential conflicts, as well as complying with our policies and procedures, is shared by all of our employees.
We have a multilayered approach to resolving conflicts and addressing reputational risk. Our senior management oversees policies related to conflicts resolution and, in conjunction with Conflicts Resolution, Legal and Compliance, and internal committees, formulates policies, standards and principles, and assists in making judgments regarding the appropriate resolution of particular conflicts. Resolving potential conflicts necessarily depends on the facts and circumstances of a particular situation and the application of experienced and informed judgment.
As a general matter, Conflicts Resolution reviews financing and advisory assignments in Global Banking & Markets and certain of our investing, lending and other activities. In addition, we have various transaction oversight committees, such as the Firmwide Capital, Commitments and Suitability Committees and other committees that also review new underwritings, loans, investments and structured products. These groups and committees work with internal and external counsel and Compliance to evaluate and address any actual or potential conflicts. The head of Conflicts Resolution reports to our chief legal officer, who reports to our chief executive officer.
We regularly assess our policies and procedures that address conflicts of interest in an effort to conduct our business in accordance with the highest ethical standards and in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
For further information about our risk management processes, see “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K.
169
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Available Information
Our internet address is www.goldmansachs.com and the investor relations section of our website is located at www.goldmansachs.com/investor-relations, where we make available, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as proxy statements, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Also posted on our website, and available in print upon request of any shareholder to our Investor Relations Department (Investor Relations), are our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, charters for our Audit, Risk, Compensation, Corporate Governance and Nominating, and Public Responsibilities Committees, our Policy Regarding Director Independence Determinations, our Policy on Reporting of Concerns Regarding Accounting and Other Matters, our Corporate Governance Guidelines and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governing our directors, officers and employees. Within the time period required by the SEC, we will post on our website any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waiver applicable to any executive officer, director or senior financial officer.
Our website also includes information about (i) purchases and sales of our equity securities by our executive officers and directors; (ii) disclosure relating to certain non-GAAP financial measures (as defined in the SEC’s Regulation G) that we may make public orally, telephonically, by webcast, by broadcast or by other means; (iii) our DFAST results; (iv) the public portion of our and GS Bank USA’s resolution plan submissions; (v) our Pillar 3 disclosure; (vi) our average daily LCR; (vii) our People Strategy Report; (viii) our Sustainability Report; (ix) our Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures Report; and (x) our average daily NSFR.
Investor Relations can be contacted at The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., 200 West Street, 29th Floor, New York, New York 10282, Attn: Investor Relations, telephone: 212-902-0300, e-mail: gs-investor-relations@gs.com. We use the following, as well as other social media channels, to disclose public information to investors, the media and others:
•Our website (www.goldmansachs.com);
•Our X, formerly known as Twitter, account (x.com/GoldmanSachs); and
Our officers may use similar social media channels to disclose public information. It is possible that certain information we or our officers post on our website and on social media could be deemed material, and we encourage investors, the media and others interested in Goldman Sachs to review the business and financial information we or our officers post on our website and on the social media channels identified above. The information on our website and those social media channels is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-Q.
Forward-Looking Statements
We have included in this Form 10-Q, and our management may make, statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts or statements of current conditions, but instead represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and outside our control.
By identifying these statements for you in this manner, we are alerting you to the possibility that our actual results, financial condition, liquidity and capital actions may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results, financial condition, liquidity and capital actions in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our results, financial condition, liquidity and capital actions to differ from those in these statements include, among others, those described below and in “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
170
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
These statements may relate to, among other things, (i) our future plans and results, including our target ROE, ROTE, efficiency ratio, CET1 capital ratio and total credit alternative assets, and how they can be achieved, (ii) trends in or growth opportunities for our businesses, including the timing, costs, profitability, benefits and other aspects of business and strategic initiatives and their impact on our efficiency ratio, as well as the opportunities and challenges presented by artificial intelligence, (iii) our level of future compensation expense, including as a percentage of both operating expenses and net revenues, net of provision for credit losses, (iv) our Investment banking fees backlog and future advisory and capital market results, (v) our expected interest income and interest expense, (vi) our expense savings and strategic locations initiatives, (vii) expenses we may incur, including future litigation expense, (viii) the projected growth of our deposits and other funding, asset liability management and funding strategies and related interest expense savings, (ix) our business initiatives, including transaction banking, (x) our planned 2024 and 2025 benchmark debt issuances, (xi) the amount, composition and location of GCLA we expect to hold, (xii) our credit exposures, (xiii) our expected provision for credit losses, (xiv) the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses, (xv) the narrowing of our consumer business, (xvi) the objectives and effectiveness of our BCP, information security program, risk management and liquidity policies, (xvii) our resolution plan and strategy and their implications for stakeholders, (xviii) the design and effectiveness of our resolution capital and liquidity models and triggers and alerts framework, (xix) the results of stress tests, the effect of changes to regulations, and our future status, activities or reporting under banking and financial regulation, (xx) our expected tax rate, (xxi) the future state of our liquidity and regulatory capital ratios, and our prospective capital distributions (including dividends and repurchases), (xxii) our expected SCB and G-SIB surcharge, (xxiii) legal proceedings, governmental investigations or other contingencies, (xxiv) the asset recovery guarantee and our remediation activities related to our 1Malaysia Development Berhad (1MDB) settlements, (xxv) the effectiveness of our management of our human capital, including our diversity goals, (xxvi) our sustainability and carbon neutrality targets and goals, (xxvii) future inflation, (xxviii) the impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and related sanctions and other developments on our business, results and financial position, (xxix) our ability to sell, and the terms of any proposed sales of, Asset & Wealth Management historical principal investments, the pending sale of the seller financing loan portfolio and our ability to transition the GM credit card program to another issuer, (xxx) the impact of the conflicts in the Middle East, (xxxi) our ability to manage our commercial real estate exposures, (xxxii) the profitability of Platform Solutions and (xxxiii) the effectiveness of our cybersecurity risk management process.
Statements about our target ROE, ROTE, efficiency ratio and expense savings, and how they can be achieved, are based on our current expectations regarding our business prospects and are subject to the risk that we may be unable to achieve our targets due to, among other things, changes in our business mix, lower profitability of new business initiatives, increases in technology and other costs to launch and bring new business initiatives to scale, and increases in liquidity requirements.
Statements about our target ROE, ROTE and CET1 capital ratio, and how they can be achieved, are based on our current expectations regarding the capital requirements applicable to us and are subject to the risk that our actual capital requirements may be higher than currently anticipated because of, among other factors, changes in the regulatory capital requirements applicable to us resulting from changes in regulations, including as a result of the July 2023 proposal to revise the U.S. bank regulatory capital rules, or the interpretation or application of existing regulations or changes in the nature and composition of our activities. Statements about our total credit alternative assets targets are based on our current expectations regarding our fundraising prospects and are subject to the risk that actual inflows may be lower than expected due to, among other factors, competition from other asset managers, changes in investment preferences and changes in economic or market conditions.
Statements about the timing, costs, profitability, benefits and other aspects of business and expense savings initiatives, the level and composition of more durable revenues and increases in market share and the narrowing of our consumer business are based on our current expectations regarding our ability to implement these initiatives and actual results may differ, possibly materially, from our current expectations due to, among other things, a delay in the timing of these initiatives, increased competition and an inability to reduce expenses and grow businesses with durable revenues or to exit certain consumer businesses.
Statements about the level of future compensation expense, including as a percentage of both operating expenses and net revenues, net of provision for credit losses, and our efficiency ratio are subject to the risks that the compensation and other costs to operate our businesses may be greater than currently expected.
171
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Statements about our Investment banking fees backlog and future advisory and capital market results are subject to the risk that advisory and capital market activity may not increase as the firm expects or that such transactions may be modified or may not be completed at all, and related net revenues may not be realized or may be materially less than expected. Important factors that could have such a result include, for underwriting transactions, a decline or weakness in general economic conditions, an outbreak or worsening of hostilities, including those in Ukraine and the Middle East, continuing volatility in the securities markets or an adverse development with respect to the issuer of the securities and, for advisory transactions, a decline in the securities markets, an inability to obtain adequate financing, an adverse development with respect to a party to the transaction or a failure to obtain a required regulatory approval.
Statements about the projected growth of our deposits and other funding, asset liability management and funding strategies and related interest expense savings, and our platform solutions business, are subject to the risk that actual growth, savings and profitability may differ, possibly materially, from that currently anticipated due to, among other things, changes in interest rates and competition from other similar products.
Statements about planned 2024 and 2025 benchmark debt issuances and the amount, composition and location of GCLA we expect to hold are subject to the risk that actual issuances and GCLA levels may differ, possibly materially, from that currently expected due to changes in market conditions, business opportunities or our funding and projected liquidity needs.
Statements about our expected provision for credit losses are subject to the risk that actual credit losses may differ and our expectations may change, possibly materially, from that currently anticipated due to, among other things, changes to the composition of our loan portfolio and changes in the economic environment in future periods and our forecasts of future economic conditions, as well as changes in our models, policies and other management judgments.
Statements about our future effective income tax rate are subject to the risk that it may differ from the anticipated rate indicated in such statements, possibly materially, due to, among other things, changes in the tax rates applicable to us, changes in our earnings mix, our profitability and entities in which we generate profits, the assumptions we have made in forecasting our expected tax rate, the interpretation or application of existing tax statutes and regulations, as well as any corporate tax legislation that may be enacted or any guidance that may be issued by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or in the other jurisdictions in which we operate (including Global Anti-Base Erosion (Pillar II) guidance).
Statements about the future state of our liquidity and regulatory capital ratios (including our SCB and G-SIB surcharge), and our prospective capital distributions (including dividends and repurchases), are subject to the risk that our actual liquidity, regulatory capital ratios and capital distributions may differ, possibly materially, from what is currently expected due to, among other things, the need to use capital to support clients, increased regulatory requirements resulting from changes in regulations or the interpretation or application of existing regulations, results of applicable supervisory stress tests, changes to the composition of our balance sheet and the impact of taxes on share repurchases. Statements about the estimated impact of proposed, but not finalized, capital rules are subject to change as we continue to analyze the proposals, the final rules may differ from the proposed rules and our balance sheet composition will change. As a consequence, we may underestimate the actual impact of the final rules (including any final rules in respect of the July 2023 proposal from the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies).
Statements about the risk exposure related to the asset recovery guarantee provided to the Government of Malaysia are subject to the risk that we may be unsuccessful in our arbitration against the Government of Malaysia. Statements about the progress or the status of remediation activities relating to 1MDB are based on our expectations regarding our current remediation plans. Accordingly, our ability to complete the remediation activities may change, possibly materially, from what is currently expected.
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
172
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Statements about our objectives in management of our human capital, including our diversity goals, are based on our current expectations and are subject to the risk that we may not achieve these objectives and goals due to, among other things, competition in recruiting and attracting diverse candidates and unsuccessful efforts in retaining diverse employees.
Statements about our sustainability and carbon neutrality, net-zero or other sustainability-related targets and goals are based on our current expectations and are subject to the risk that we may not achieve these targets and goals due to, among other things, global socio-demographic and economic trends, energy prices, lack of technological innovations, climate-related conditions and weather events, legislative and regulatory changes, consumer behavior and demand, and other unforeseen events or conditions.
Statements about future inflation are subject to the risk that actual inflation may differ, possibly materially, due to, among other things, changes in economic growth, unemployment or consumer demand.
Statements about the impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and related sanctions, the impact of the conflicts in the Middle East and other developments on our business, results and financial position are subject to the risks that hostilities may escalate and expand, that sanctions may increase and that the actual impact may differ, possibly materially, from what is currently expected.
Statements about the proposed sales of Asset & Wealth Management historical principal investments are subject to the risks that buyers may not bid on these assets or bid at levels, or with terms, that are unacceptable to us, and that the performance of these activities may deteriorate as a result of the proposed sales, and statements about the pending sale of the seller financing loan portfolio and our ability to transition the GM credit card program to another issuer are subject to the risk that the transaction may not close on the anticipated timeline or at all, including due to a failure to obtain requisite regulatory approval.
Statements about the effectiveness of our cybersecurity risk management process are subject to the risk that measures we have implemented to safeguard our systems (and third parties that we interface with) may not be sufficient to prevent a successful cybersecurity attack or a material security breach that results in the disclosure of confidential information or otherwise disrupts our operations.
173
Goldman Sachs September 2024 Form 10-Q
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are set forth in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Management” in Part I, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q.
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out by our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. In addition, no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the quarter ended September 2024 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1. Legal Proceedings
We are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our businesses. Many of these proceedings are in early stages, and many of these cases seek an indeterminate amount of damages. We have estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible aggregate loss for matters where we have been able to estimate a range and we believe, based on currently available information, that the results of matters where we have not been able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, but may be material to our operating results in a given period. Given the range of litigation and investigations presently under way, our litigation expenses may remain high. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Use of Estimates” in Part I, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q. See Notes 18 and 27 to the consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for information about our reasonably possible aggregate loss estimate and judicial, regulatory and legal proceedings.
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
The table below presents purchases made by or on behalf of Group Inc. or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act) of our common stock during the three months ended September 2024.
Total Shares Purchased
Average Price Paid Per Share
Total Shares
Purchased as
Part of a Publicly
Announced Program
Dollar Value of Remaining Authorized Repurchases ($ in millions)
July
1,209,327
$
496.18
1,209,154
$
18,604
August
833,644
$
479.82
833,644
$
18,204
September
–
$
–
–
$
18,204
Total
2,042,971
2,042,798
In the table above, total shares purchased included 173 shares during July 2024 remitted to satisfy statutory withholding taxes related to share-based awards.
In February 2023, our Board approved a share repurchase program authorizing repurchases of up to $30 billion of our common stock. This program replaced our previous share repurchase program and has no set expiration or termination date. The share repurchases are effected primarily through regular open-market purchases (which may include repurchase plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and accelerated share repurchases), the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by our current and projected capital position, and capital deployment opportunities, but which may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of our common stock.
Item 5. Other Information
Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans
During the three months ended September 2024, no directors or executive officers entered into, modified or terminated, contracts, instructions or written plans for the sale or purchase of Group Inc.’s securities that were intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1 or that constituted non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangements (as defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K).
101 Pursuant to Rules 405 and 406 of Regulation S-T, the following information is formatted in iXBRL (Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, (vi) the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and (vii) the cover page.
104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in iXBRL in Exhibit 101).
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
